CeACCA
CAinnce
SPAtnADAise
seAn Ó CACAin.
-ocr page 2-VAN HAMEL
E DONATIONE
PROFESSORIS ORDINARII INnbsp;ACADEMIAnbsp;RHENO-TRAIECTINAnbsp;1923-1946
-ocr page 3- -ocr page 4-Hl.'?quot;'-?'‘ •?; '.-/ •¦ r
'ie'ÏL
'~M
“Oo-cuni jtóifte “Oe aju]’ oiióiia 114 1i-éi|ie4iin.''
BY
Principal, Coldiste Chomhghaill, and Coldiste an Daingin Senior Professor of Method, Coldiste na Mumhan ;nbsp;Examiner in Irish to the Intermediate Education Board.
bAlte Ate, CtlAt :
1923.
COPYRISHT.
[Price 3/6 net
-ocr page 6-Being pages 128 to 180 and 195 to 204 of ceACZA CAinnce gnAmA’OAtje
1/- net.
Easy Irish Conversational Lessons, with Hints for Teaching.
Packet containing Eight Colour Cards, with Hints for Teaching elementarynbsp;Direct Method lessons.
4d. net.
-(O)-
Four years have passed since Ce^óc^ C^intice 5fi^mAT)Aige was first placed in the hands of Irish students. It has hadnbsp;a very extensive circulation, three large editions having beennbsp;exhausted in a little over three years. Since last autumn the booknbsp;has, unfortunately, been out of print, but the inconvenience thusnbsp;caused to many students will, in some measure, be compensatednbsp;for by the fact that a larger and, it is hoped, more helpful editionnbsp;is now available.
But little change has been made in the Irish Lessons, and, so far as these are concerned, the present book can be usednbsp;in classes by the side of the last edition. A new lesson, on Indirectnbsp;Speech, has been included, as this construction causes considerablenbsp;difficulty to many elementary students.
With the object of making the Explanatory Grammar portion of the book, a complete explanation of the whole body ofnbsp;Modern Irish Grrmmar, that part has been entirely re-written,nbsp;and has been enlarged by more than half. Within its pagesnbsp;can now be found as much information concerning the essentialsnbsp;of Irish grammar as experience has proved to be necessarynbsp;for the student of the language. Only grammatical expertsnbsp;will require more, and the book has not been compiled fornbsp;such. To facilitate classwork, the Explanatory Grammarnbsp;has, in addition, been arranged in numbered sections; and,nbsp;for thefirst time in a grammar of modern Irish, a Subject- Indexnbsp;is given.
For purposes of revision, a Summary of Grammar nas been appended. This includes complete paradigms of the Noun,nbsp;Article, Adjective, and Verb, and also outlines of the Analysis ofnbsp;Sentences. As the latter is the first published attempt treating ofnbsp;the analysis of Irish sentences generally, the author will be glad tonbsp;receive any suggestions which may tend towards its improvement.
-ocr page 8-It is no longer necessary to defend the method of langnage teaching on which this book is based, but it may be well to pointnbsp;out that Accidence, which deals with changes in the forms ofnbsp;words, and Syntax, which deals with their relation to other wordsnbsp;and the reason for such changes, are here treated of together.nbsp;That the form and the function of the word must be learnt at thenbsp;same time is a principle which underlies the method adopted innbsp;all up-to-date language text-books. Grammars of a past agenbsp;usually attempted to discuss accidence and syntax separately.
The terminology adopted in the Explanatory Grammar is (so far as suited to Irish) that recommended by the Internationalnbsp;Committee on the Grammatical Nomenclature of German, French,nbsp;English, Latin, and Greek. The Irish Grammatical Terms usednbsp;in the Lessons were sanctioned at a conference of Principalsnbsp;of the Gaelic Colleges.
CeAÓCA CAinnce 5pAmA-o.di§e, with a first edition of only about one hundred and forty pages, now contains over two hundrednbsp;and twenty pages (about forty of which consist of matter notnbsp;included in previous editions). It has reached the maximum sizenbsp;consistent with usefulness as a text-book, and will not, thereforenbsp;be further enlarged.
seAjA Ó cAt.5in.
t)éAt Iteipfce,
Ld Lujudfd, 1913.
-ocr page 9--(O)-
-(o)-
-(o)-
CeAcc A (Lesson.) teACAriAè A (Page.) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
CeAcr A (Lesson.)
51-
52.
Innj'cin (Gender)
CwifeAl. 5einexgt;rhnlt;i6, tl. OxitAfó
teArAtiAê A (Page.)
An Exply. gAe’ó- Graia-1I5. mar.
67 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;151
(Genitive Case, Singular)—
An CéA-o t)toèUonA-ó nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(First Declension)
An DAtiA DtoótAonAt) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(Secondnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;)
An CfieAf ’OloClAonAA nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(Thirdnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;)
An CeACfAtriAA ’OioólAonAt!) (Fourth nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;)
An CüiEeATö ’OioótAonA’ó nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(Fifthnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;)
Suim nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(Summary)
¦Uitfuf loLfAiA, C. AmmneAó (Nominative Plural) 75 Ü. 5eineArhnA6 (Genitive Plural) 76
80
81
82 84
„ ’Öéi’óe nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(Dual Number)
,, tlAtAit), C. 'CAbAftAC (Dative Singular)
„ lotfAit) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(Dative Plural) ...
CuifCAl gAifmeAó nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(Vocative Case)
’OtoótAonA'ó An AnmA (Declension of the Noun) 5Aotnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(Family Relationship)...
69. ¦Uiitnp ‘UAtAi'f’, C. AinmneAó (Nominative Sing,) 85 70 XJioótAonAt) An Ailc (Declension of the Article) 86
71. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;C. AinmneAó, t). Haóai-ó 1 IJ. lottiAib
(Nom., Singular and Plural)
72. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;C. SeineArhuAó, H. tlAtAiA (Genitive Sing.)
73. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CéimeAnuA CoinTieiLge (Degrees of Comparison)nbsp;74, 75- ‘OioólAonAt) ua b-AiT)iAócA (Declension of the
Adjective)
76,77. AitiiAdCA SeAtttAóA (Possessive Adjectives) ...
78. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,, CAifbeAncAóA (Demonstrative ,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;) ...
79-81. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„ HirnpeAóA (Numeralnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„ ) ...
82. tltrhpeAÓA peAppAiiCA (Personal Numerals)
[lOJ
160 116cnbsp;ti94
87
88
89
90 92
94
95
161
162 162
(163
(196
164
165
166
98 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;167
Ceóèc VeACAriAC A | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
-(O)-
The student is recommended to consult, in the first instance, the Tables of Contents at pp. 9-11, and at p. 128, and thus endeavour to obtainnbsp;a general idea of the contents and order of the whole book before proceedingnbsp;to study same in detail.
The book contains:—
(A) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Irish Lessons (pp. 15-124);
(B) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Explanatory Grammar, etc., chiefly in English, (pp. 128-224).
(A) IRISH LESSONS.
There are one hundred conversational grammar lessons, exclusively in Irish. These have been composed and arranged on a definite plan to includenbsp;the fundamental facts of the entire grammar of modern Irish. The studentnbsp;who masters these one hundred lessons should, consequently, have a sound,nbsp;practical knowledge of the whole grammatical construction ot the spokennbsp;Irish language.
For purposes of study the lessons may be considered to be grouped as follows:—
Lesson PART I. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;PART 11.
Groups. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lessons.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lessons.
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Regular Verbsnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1-29nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(c)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Noun, Article, Adjectivenbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;5I-78
(b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Irregular Verbsnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;30-50nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(d)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Numerals, Pronouns, amp;c.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;79-91
(e) Subjunctive and Autonomous ... 92-IOO
The majority of students will find it advisable to work Parts I. and II. concurrently—i.^., to include Lessons l and 51 in the first day’s (or firstnbsp;two days’) study, and thus onwards, completing, e.g., groups {a) and (c) atnbsp;about the same time—and the book has been planned accordingly.
Intelligent students of about twelve years of age and upwards
Progress. who have learned Irish for a year or so, will probably be able to work through groups {a) and (c) within twelvenbsp;months. The Irish in these groups, i.e., (a) and (c), is, on the whole,nbsp;probably easier than that of any simple Irish text published. Studentsnbsp;whose course of Irish lessons does not extend over the entire year shouldnbsp;aim at studying in their first session’s work (say, of seven or eight months)nbsp;the Past, Future, and Present-Habitual Tenses, and Imperative Moodnbsp;(pp. 15-34), and the Noun and Article (pp. 67-86).
12 ^
-ocr page 13-Such students will require about three years to study the whole book. Those who work uninterruptedly at their Irish studies throughoutnbsp;the year will, even though they may have been only elementarynbsp;students when commencing, be able to studgt; the book in two years.nbsp;Fairly advanced students, including those preparing for the examinationsnbsp;of the Middle and Senior Grades (Intermediate), Martriculation andnbsp;Arts (University), and Teacher’s Certificate, who may not require tonbsp;study the earlier portions in detail, will probably be able to read the entirenbsp;book within a year.
Most students find the Subjunctive Mood and the Autonomous Form difficult, and hence the lessons dealing with these, group {e), have not beennbsp;included with the other lessons on the verb.
(B) EXPLANATORY GRAMMAR.
This section follows the order of the one hundred Irish Lessons in (A), explaining the leading grammatical feature of each. The explanatorynbsp;grammar relating to one lesson should always be carefully studied innbsp;connexion with that lesson before the student proceeds to the next. E.g., pagenbsp;15 and page 129 (Past Tense), should be studied before commencing page 16,nbsp;and, similarly in Part II., pp. 68 and 152 iGen. case, sing., 1st dec!.), shouldnbsp;be studied before attempting page 69.
Many important grammatical facts which could not be Grammar of conveniently included with the conversational lessons ofnbsp;Modern Irish. (A) are dealt with in the Explanatory Grammar, the aimnbsp;being to make the latter section, (B), of the book, as far asnbsp;practicable, a complete but easy grammar of modern Irish. Thenbsp;following portions thereof may, owing to their relative difficulty, benbsp;postponed until the book is being studied a second time, viz., (l) matternbsp;enclosed within square brackets, [ ];nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(2) formation of irregular verbs
(§§ 228-244); (3) notes on the article (§ 246) ; and (4) analysis of sentences (pp. 205-209). The notes on Analysis are intended for those who knownbsp;Irish fairly well, and particularly for teachers of the language.
In this portion are set out, in clear tabular form, and for Summary of revision purposes, full declensions of the Noun, Article andnbsp;Grammar. Adjective, and complete conjugation of the Regular Verb,nbsp;and of AcAitn, etc. For summary of the conjugation of thenbsp;other irregular verbs, the elementary student should consult pp. 64, 65, andnbsp;5 99i and more advanced students (in addition) p. 121 and § 242.
This is an alphabetically arranged index to practically Subject-nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;every feature of modern Irish grammar.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An Irish
Index. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;student desirous of obtaining informationnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;on any
grammatical point will, on consulting this index, be referred to the section of the Explanatory Grammar where, it is hoped, hisnbsp;difficulties may be solved.
The book concludes with a list of Irish Grammatical Terms (pp. 2l6-2l8) and Vocabulary (pp. 219-224) of the more difficult words in the Lessons.
(A) AND (B): GENERAL.
Included with practically every Lesson are short Direct Exercises. Method exercises (A-ohati Cleaccca). These cover thenbsp;whole ground-work of Irish construction, and it is essential tonbsp;the student’s progress that he work each and every one of them. They formnbsp;an important aid to free composition in Irish, and have been foundnbsp;more really helpful to students than the usual translation exercises.
In learning Irish, or any language, one can make no real Revision. progress without frequent and regular revision. The matternbsp;in each lesson, and the general plan of the book, with itsnbsp;summaries at definite intervals, have been arranged to facilitate, and, ifnbsp;possible, to ensure, frequent revision. At certain stages of the Explanatorynbsp;Grammar, Revision Questions are included. These questions should benbsp;answered in writing, and examples of each grammatical point referred tonbsp;should be given, and always in sentences.
Spelling.
Dictionary.
SC-, Sg-: These are about equally common in modem Irish books (e.g., pcfitob, rsn'o^’i 'lt;»r5)- The spellingnbsp;pc, pp, pcj is used in this book, and in Father Dinneen’s
Sin: The dem. adj. pin, is, in M., pronounced pun when used after broad sounds, and in such position is frequently spelled pan Similarly, Antipin is,nbsp;in M., pronounced Annpun.
All, tiuK ; These poss. adjs. are frequently spelled ap, bup.
M., C., U., standing, respectively, for Munster, Connacht, and Ulster usage, denote the few provincial variants which it has been found necessarynbsp;to give in this book. Such variants are not always confined to the districtsnbsp;thus indicated.
t4
-ocr page 15----(o)---
---(o)---
“a ¦|!)^T)pui5, |
“a ÖéAnnuf, CAT)’” T)o-finnct PAT)f U15 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;” |
éifi$ IT)’ (in T)o) feAfAtn. |
SóAmuf: “t)’óipig fó 1 n-d fCAfArfl, |
OfCAlU T)0 leAbAf. |
¦D’ofCAlb fé A ICAbAf, |
Vólg ciipbA tine. |
T)o Léig fê cCiplA Line, |
¦Qun T)o leAbAf. |
Tjo nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tCAbAp, Agtif |
SuiA.” |
¦Qo ftiiA fé.” |
(CG1SC :) A CAittg, cAt) ¦oo-|\inne SéAniuf ?
Pat)Hui5.
A 'ÓontlóAA, CÓ5 An óAitc fin. Ctiif Af An iifl.'f i. t)fif I. pAitig nA btüifïni Anoif. SinbAit 50 Tici An ¦oofAf. OfCAilnbsp;é, Aguf CAit UA1C An ‘oofAf AniAó iiA btuifini fin.
A pAT)fui5, CAT) T)o-finne ‘OonnóAA ?
Scpob ffCAgfA pAT)fVI15 IT)’ ICAbAf.
*04-0 (M.) céAfo (C.) 5oiT)é (U.) JporcAit (C., U.) |
•fAétn (-óein) M. [cati a ¦oem....? (M.)] |
16
-ocr page 16---(o)--
7/8/12
8/8/12
9/8/12
411 IA 1 ITOIU.
4n 1.4 1 mb4fi46.
4 6eA$Ain, CAT) ‘oo-tMrinep4’D|\ui5 nuAit\ ¦do bi fé Annfö'o tAtbi titié? SeAjATi: “’O’éipi'g fé 1 n-A feAfAiti, ¦o’ofCAit fé a teAöAf,nbsp;A5«r ' -nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1C-
A Cai’ós, |
A ÊeAg4in, |
At1 éifig pA-ofuig 1 n-A |
At1 éipig lOóriinAU 1 n-A |
feAfATh, nwAïf -00 ï)i fé Annfü'D tAtt 1 iTOé ? |
f eAfArh ? |
CAtig: quot; ’O’éifig.” |
SeAgAn: “tliott éipig.” |
Atlt; Of CAlt fé A feAÖAf ? |
A'tl Of CA1t f é A teAbAf ? |
ÜA-óg; “ ’O’ofCAit.” |
SeAgAn ; “tliotl OfCAit.” |
Atl nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;fé cüplA tine ? |
Atl réig fé ciSptA tine ? |
CATig : “ “Oo téig.” |
SeAgAn : “-niott téig.” |
Atl linn f é A VCAbAf ? |
Atl ’önn f é a teAbAf ? |
CAiig ; quot; quot;Oo linn.” |
SeAgAn: “tliott‘énn.” |
Alt f «1-Ö fé ? |
At1 f«'¦* fé ? |
CAiig : “ “Oo fniii.” |
SeAgAn : “ fliotl fufö.” |
ceisceAiiriA. |
pseAgnAT. |
ClA 'o’éitng 1 n-A feAfAiti ? |
pADpnig. |
CAT) ¦o’ofCAit pA'opuig ? |
A teAbAf. |
Cad do 'óün fé ? |
A teAbAf. |
CAtI nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ré -A téAÖAp ? |
1 n-A pbCA. |
C4p fui^ó fé ? |
’Sa óAtAoïp fin. |
A’ÓliAn CteAÓCÜA. | |
Scplott Déiö gceifceAnnA Agtif oa focAit feo lonncA :— | |
Af ? T14p ? C4p ? |
* nó, AtnAifeAé.
LX
^j'vpvaiio.ivd vu Smiiayd avlivqna ;gt; : uvSpa 4
atlivqnau’oS uv29a aUivqna a Jniuv^s
•ailivqnav ‘911 ^
•vlvavai
uii vvlSvavli uv QoiJoi L nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;vUSvadd Smupoivl^
^^••¦Sinvlaycl SiJmo, vlnS aUivonQ,,, : vlniuv^g
^ vlmu*v95 V ‘uvSoo adiVQoa avQ
^^novu V Uv -iioovl vlv Si^iui^a JnSv ‘quot;ivood 9i Qoiüoi Uoiu apv ‘uul (?.ivk?. v-u i vapve? vnbsp;(^J) $19T OQ. -apo-u V vlv vadvadoiavlq v pd pi^a
¦vpvavlaivd vu ^ailivQua dnSv uipd 9 pd $iu oa uiduuv duSv ‘auim Jivavp aiup v 9d dmpnbsp;OQ. ’^d Sidip^a dnSv ‘aanjd v pd qimmp oq, -niaunbsp;i uiaiviu dv Soip [aa] v pd v vlv Suadayclnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;oq,,, : uvSog
•'l'\vuui9Q. Sidio dyu aov ‘uivdvad v-u i Smdaycl Sidia UnS sd ailivqno. •aavuui9a ?‘di3 dom 2?v ‘luvJvsd v-u i Smvlayd iidiy.Q,
„•pd nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;o,indnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Uns
duSv 'dvavai V 9d nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;uriQ,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;UnS
‘auti vqdno ^d nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;$191nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;4riS
‘JvQvai V 9d iivodo nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;llttS
‘tjjvdvad
v-u i S. uUaycl S^v^^9 4ttS pdavltvcma,, riyapiiunbsp;^ 9au i
S(?,VQ adivQua avo ‘dipiijd. v
„•9d Q.md Uyu dnSv ‘vlvqvai v 9d unc?. UVUnbsp;‘(pd) Sipq Uywnbsp;‘dvqvai v 9d qivodo l4VWnbsp;‘luvdvad
v-u i idvuingQ $idt9 Uyu pdadivquQ,, : q,vpuuoqnbsp;i uySvag
adivqna avo 'o,vpuuoQ v
,-vqyw , ‘uid ivood uv pd *adivqnQ ^ SavQ auuul-oa avQ j’V'iyiu , ‘uid dvood uv divqv 'SaivQ v
•i.uvdvad v-u i pd Siüi9,Q ^ Smdavcl auuivl-oa avQ •mvdvad ,ai Sidip ‘Smvlaygl v
--(o)--
'idia V- 20V9D
-ocr page 18-CeACüA A IV. 1 A V. |
AimreAH CAitce. (IV.) |
At1 CéAV peAKSA. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1 |
An ’OATtA peAtlSA. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1 |
An cfieAS peAnsA. | |
^ pA’optiig, innif T)uinn cat) Do-pinne |
: A tAitjg, innif tio pA’ot'uig cax) |
A SéAmtiif, CAT) Do-jnnne Pat)puig? | |
CÜ ? |
¦oo-t\inne fé. | ||
•p |
pii’Of\ui5 ; |
CaAJ : “ A pATJlVUIg, |
SéAmuf : |
“ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;itn’ feAt'Arh, |
’o’^it'isir ’¦’3’ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦0°) |
“ ’0’éiiMg fé 1 n-A feAfAm, | |
lt; |
'O’ofcL^li nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;mo leAöApj |
’O’ofCtAlt' nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;TjO teAÖAf, |
’O’ofCAIt fé A teAamp;Af, |
quot;00 téijeAf' cóptAtine, |
üo téi$iflt; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;cüptA tine. |
üo téig fé cüptA tine. | |
“00 ¦óün.o^f* nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;mo tCABAf, Aguf |
”00 ¦óünAit' nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;T)o teABA|\, Aguf |
“Oo TSian fé A teAftAf, Aguf | |
quot;00 fuiTiCAt*-” |
¦Oo fuiAjft.” |
quot;Oo fuiA fé.” | |
—Ar nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1 |
—ir nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1 | ||
pi.'ot\ui5 Agtif CaAs : |
“ A pAT)fU15, A5nf A ÜAIA5, |
A fhiöit, CAP Po-finne p^Pfuig | |
A5«f CaPs ? nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;TTliéeiit: | |||
p |
“¦O’éitTigeAmAtI*' nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;reAfAtf), |
¦O’éifigeAtjArt 1 n-Buf feApArh, |
“’O’éifigeApAtt ' nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;fe^if.Arii, |
lt; |
’O’o'pctAniAtl nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;teAïiAin, |
'O’ofCtAtjAtl nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;teAÖAIH, |
‘O’ofCtA'DAII ^ teAéAlf, |
O |
¦Do téigeAtTlAtt cóplA tine, |
”00 téigeAtJAt* cüptA tine. |
¦Oo téigeApAtI CüptA tine, |
¦Qo AiinAtTIAtl ^T' teADAip, Aguf |
quot;Oo AünAtjAtt öut' teAÖAif, Aguf |
“00 AOnATJAtt ^ teAÏiAlf, AJUf | |
¦Oo fuiTieAniAtl-” |
¦Do fuiTieAtjAtl-” |
¦Oo fuiPeAt)Att-” | |
—rtiAti* |
—tjAttt nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1 |
—t)A11 |
* —triAip (M.) t—(M).
AimreAlt CAicce. (V.;
-(o)-
ei-
,v.
iéipig |
©At' lt;i'P ^ ö-oéc A |
'O’ |
óLog 1 noé. |
¦0’ | |
|éipi$ |
tt» Ap A pé A óLog, | |
A ÓéAmuip. | ||
jéipiS |
ÜAAg Ap A pé A 6Log. |
ü’ |
1.1)’
II. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;t)’
III. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;T)’
(An nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Camp;itre)
(An ¦puipm 'ÖeAtnijce)
éipig e^mAlt 5° téip tioiiti a
TIAOI.
éifvigieAtiAtl -AP -A rlt;^, A
SéAmuir, I A Cait^s. éii\igieAiDAtlt; (¦’• SéAiTiuf
I AJU]' CATig) Ap A pé-.
¦o’éipiseAf, ¦o’éifiijip, -jc. T)’éipi5 mé, -o’éipij cü, quot;jc.
I. téig pcélUn eógAin (CeAóc a Cpi) Agup
An óéAT) peApi'A, 'l niinip uAtAi-ó,
An quot;OApA peAppA, gt; Ajtip An cpeAp peAppA. ) mrinp loipAiP)
T)o’n pcéilin pin.
II. ScploP pAföce 1 n-A inbéi’ó nA bpiAtpA po, Agup jaC pcAppAnbsp;¦oe’n VA uirfnp [-i-gAC peAppA ¦oe’n uirhip uacaiP), Agiip Tie’nnbsp;iiirhip loPpAit)] vo 5AÓ bpiAtAp aca :—
üo tiviipij, '00 pcpioö.
III. riA ceipceAnnA Agnp nA ppeAgpAÏ peo LeAUAp, pcpioö ’v’nbsp;LeAÖAp \AV, Agnp cmp ipceAó nA pocAiL aca i n-eApHAiiinbsp;opfA;—
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-Ap--Ap A ciitg A dLog Ap niAiTJin 1 nT)ui ? Iliop
éipigcAp.
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ap éipigeAp Ap A CCAtAip A Ctog Ap niATOin 1 ITOé ? Tli'op---
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ap éipig ’OonnCA’ó •] LiAtn ponti a peACc i nT)é ? D’-•
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ap-‘-Pup pütLe Apéip ? nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quot;00 PviiiAmAp.
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ap PéigeAbAp CeACc a Cpi Ap mAfoin i nüni ?nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— ,---
3- — Cuipip vo LeAÖAp T cü Ag ‘ouL A öAiLe [‘oo’n öAiLe] Apéip ? 1ni’ pöcA.
- vo éuipip To’ pÓCA -) cü Ag -OUL A ÖAiLe Apéip ? ITIO LCAÖAp.
— Ti’éipig Ap A Ji-oCC A CLog 1 noé ? pAopuig.
19
-ocr page 20---(o)--
Se4g4n.
gt;1^
c
c
o
p
Sinne
peA-OAp.
TTAimi’o-tie Annpo Ap ótiAtAn Ati óntiic, Ajup óimtt):—)
SOAgAll Agup 6
PCAtJAp Agup é
üóriinAtt Agvif é aj ‘OUl tiAtn Ajup é A5 Tjut
CAt)5 Agup é Ag ceAÓc
CUAr ^^T'1' ónuic. Clor ^5 bun An Cnuic.
fUAr 5° bApp An ónuic. riOf 50 bun An ónuic.
ó bApp An Cnuic. ö bun An Cnuic.
AllUAr
¦OonnCAti Agup é Ag ceAóc AtliOf
“ til b-ipeAb nA b-uAfAt, aöc ciOf* peAl Agup cilAr feAt.”
II.
Com Af.
Smne
piLib,
CopmAC.
(’Sé pin :—
CAimTO-ne Annpo Abtip, égup öimi'o ;—)
piltb Agup é AnnpüT) caI»!»-
Comip Agup é Ag -out AflOillI-CopmAC Agup é Ag ccAóc AtlAtt'
20
-ocr page 21-
tnO'D OtfOUlSCeAC. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A’ÖÜAU CteACCtA. Scuioö jUi'óce 1 n-A mbéit) 5A6 peApf'* 'oe’n ¦OAu1rh1)^ (aöc ArhAin An óéAX) peAft''*, uirhip uAtAit)) ¦oe tilot) OptJuigteAC An bpiAtAip feo :—Cuip. * nó, éipiseAm, orct-Ain, têijeAtn, ^c. (M.) |
zz
•oL „‘avuno. Vquot;,, „'avciouloJ Vquot;„ -f »l'(gt;3:iili3a'0 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;*
•sUvQva-l ai QoiUoJ L 'SinUayQi uiJ vvlSvevlJ ui^ Smupoivto
, •.....uii -ivooi ivdouloJ OQ, ; SinUaycl
Jiuuiü-oa avo ‘SinUaycl v^,, : uySvag ‘jj
. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;/nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'y
•aSmi ‘Q.vSnaüp nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'o.vnvnQ
—: oJ vo.vJï^jvivlq vuuviuuvu nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'f^-u 1 sa^iyvl Qoivlos ‘j
,/av2ni'\ivq oa ay4 oa avaSUiv vJtii Ji „
• nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-V''?
•g-f^uno. oa it^vloa uv SinUayd ai gJ avlivQnQ.
I Smiia^cl ai uySt^as avlivana av^) i/vl'(gt;vloa uv uiia ‘SinUa^Ql v,, : uy$vas
v-u i nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;QSUig |
,^-iu'(gt;^vl'oa4 ,ai Sivlig |
'9Q.mwl |
•ams |
‘Q.VSni'iivq oa nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;wavlyo v^u |
•uü ivavlyo vu Snivq |
‘avSniUan oa /oviu, 'ivaoi ut' |
^¦ovui, ‘uiJ ivooi uv $ulaq |
‘OrVuna oa nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;li^gvai 'e |
•vlvovai oa nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;unq |
‘QVQotiiOvl ^oa jOvui, ‘uiJit^ooJ u'(gt; |
/ovui, ‘uiJ -ivooi uv qoivios |
aiaa JivüQna „ : Sa’f’a |
‘SiuüavQl V „ : uySvag |
Smaayd oi | |
avlv^Qiia at^D ‘Saivq nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;; uySvag |
( j) ‘vauv^xyiaQ luuiv
--(o)-
8Z
I uySvag aquot;! vlUvquuoi;! avli't^qna avQ
,,‘0.inS nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;vlvQt’^aq uv
uOQ, '9 uiJ UvQvaq vi^ vlmo qqv ‘9 voocl ^at Jma VLi '9 ovvlai vu. ‘ vlv-^dtyd uv vlvlvaS
¦9 S^bl'^ ^-uuvad , ‘uivl qvooi uv QoiUod ‘uiySvag v „ : vldf^quuoij
•V'aapVG'io HV'ao-V'
^i’Jou Jivlq yu vlnSv^ ‘dgu ui^a yU„ | yU | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
-(o)-
-(o)-
Aitdiacc |
tjuiACAtl'DA. |
SeAt^p An pAipéAp fin. |
CA An pAipéAf fin gCAffCA AgAC. |
ScpAC An pAipéAp po. |
CA An pAipéAf fo fCfACCA ,j |
t)Aitig nA pAipéip fin. |
CA nA pAipéip bAitigce nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„ |
tAf An CoinneAt fin. |
CA An óoinneAt tAfCA AgAC. |
“Oóig An p^ipéAf fo. |
CA An pAipéAf ¦oöigce » |
1TIÜÓ An öoinneAt. |
CA An óoinneAt rnwócA .. |
Scpioö pAi-óce 1 ti-4 mbéit) ti4 b-AibUCCA iDpiAtAHtiA fo :-XlimcA, itce, fcwAbtA, cpioónuijüe.
Altltn f AbAifA te CxiAj Ati 'oot'Af ¦oo tJftlAÜAtl'ÓA. \nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Aóc 5am fuiririeó5 'oo AutKit).
tlA ‘Oun An fumneOg.'
At1 t)ün fé An ¦oofAf ? nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;t)0 iDön.
At' Aön fé An t^umneOj ? tllOtt ijön. “OnOAtvc 3tj)t quot;Dijn fé An ’oofAr,nbsp;tlAtl fé An f;uinneó5.
0Tl’0'U1$t©AC.\ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦oun An fuinneOg.”
AI'OIACC r ^ „ t)n^AtAn¦ÓA. \nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tJuncA ^ise.
24
-ocr page 25-92
•vajvaioisvlq v sJ aivJoi •vovaviaivd vu aJ aivivlvaa •?vdvqui \ uiaivui vlv |
•vaJvadoiaJq v aj 3i,a •vavaiiaivd vu aj udivqna « •jau*! uiaivm vlv |
Ovauiadiy^ Uvadiuiv vlnSv n'] uuv ,/niau i uiaiviu üv
‘qvooia vu avuoi-u i ^/pvvlyqm t uiaiviu vlv ‘qivood vu
dnSv 9 Qoivlod (:^ivIq v apvao) uvSgg diuuv^a uü uiqi^od uv 'jj
1 yy
•avi vlivSvavld dnSv ‘uid dvSvd v^a vuuveadvao Smg qoivlog •0,ivg9qodo ju i “nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ Sq.v;2 “nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“
•Q-ivpgqodo i gvvlyquv i vlvqvaq v Stnvlayd, g.vvpgiodo-u up- -j
•'P'3apV'9'\0 HV'Qip.V
g,ivnQ iJi
•ng vvlavuv uv Q.lV'duvaq dnSv uvyuo uv qivSuoo ^^•idnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;duSv auuuljd uv i vlgut dt
•gd nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;0.ind OQ,
JnSv 'vlvqvaq v gd Q.lV4utgt;Q, dtvSv 'vlvqveq v gd utjg, oq.
'auiq viclno gd Q.ldSig'i^ ‘vlvQvea V gd ai^J'OO'iodonbsp;‘qjvdvad v-u i gdnbsp;•uid aiy uvd,
aQ.ind v'-u i Suvvlaycl
‘euiq 'f'l.clrio gd Sigq oq, ‘vlvQvgq V gd aivodo^Q,nbsp;‘i^vdvod v-u i gd $ulig^Q,nbsp;•uid aiy uvd,
go.uvd v-u i Sinviaycl W oq, ‘gau i
•gvvlyqiu nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;inbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;yinbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;uvnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;zi/s/lZ
•mau nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;inbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;yinbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;uvnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;zi/s/OZ
•gau nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;inbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;yqnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;uvnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;zi/s/6l
(•j) 'oveuiaaiv^ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;uveaiuiv
-(o)-
‘aiySaiuuiiau vvlva iiv —po— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦o.vSnmuiiau avap uv —^ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(ll) ’ovewiaaiy^ Uveaiuiv
---(o)-
AttljAK CteAÓCtA.
intiiin uAtATó. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;uittim lotnAit). | ||||
I. II. III. |
éipieóCiAD éipieobjAipnbsp;éipleóólAiD pé |
IHaidiii 1 mbJ Apnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Anbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;b-oCcnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Anbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cbog.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;éip „ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;rénbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Anbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;5.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;éir jj nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;}}nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;JJnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;)Jnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;jynbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;•nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;öir |
PAÓ, eóóiAimiD eóCiAiD pibnbsp;eóóiAiD |
50 téip pottfi A tlAOl. Ap A pé, A S., 1 A C. (S. 1 C.) Ap A pé. |
I. téig fcéain eó$Ain (Ce-amp;óc a Cfi) Ajuj’ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'Pxiit'CineAd, gAónbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦oe’ri X)a uiriup 'oo’n fcélUn-
II. Scpiob piiitice 1 n-A mbéfó AimpeAp 'PAtfcmeAó Ati nS öpiAtAp fo, Agup 5AÓ peApfA ¦oe’ti quot;OA uitfiip 'DO 5AÓ bpiAtAp ACA :—
CeAnnmJ, téim.
III. tlA ceifceAntiA Agup tiA ppeAgpAÏ peo beAtiAp, fcpioB id’ teAbAp iad, Agup cuip ifceAC nA pocAit ACA 1 n-éAfnAtti optA :—
1. An gcoDtóóAiD Ca'ój 1 ’OóriinAtt AnoCc ?---
2 tli,* (nAót) pcpiobpAiD fib ceAóc gAe'öitje 1 mbApAó ? —
n? éipeóóAD.
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An n-éipeóóAip Ap a ceAtAip a Ctog Ap mAiDin 1 nib.ApA6 ? Tl?-
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An jcuippiA Ca'ós a LeAbAp 1 n-A póCA 1 nib.dpA6 ?-
6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-pib bup teAbAip Atiobc ? OpctóCAimiD.
3. - Ap A CÜ15 A Clog Ap triAIDin 1 mbApAÓ ?
ni (M.)
•'SinUavcl 0-v^PCgt;Svlinau oS uv^Spg aU'(gt;QnQ,
—: oJ inau u't^ viv {q) JnSv^ ••••‘Smvlaycl p.^vpp^vllnau oS uïgt;Sp0 UieQ,
—: oi inau uv^ Uv^ (»)
(iÜ0 V apV0o) uiï^Spq uj-^ipoi Qoivlos
9'Vpdp.itii oS Q.Vdunau oSnbsp;aVeiSipi oS •pj lt;( ^ JnSv ‘Uvavai V pJ ‘aun v^idpo pJ ‘Uvavpi V pi O.Vpp'ioJo-u oS •‘luixivpi v-u t SmUaycl Civppeiiip-u oS aivQiia „ : 'nv'uiupQ,nbsp;'Tii'fuuipQ. V ‘lui P Tl t^clno JivvlQua |
^-pi Q,iipuni OS inSv ‘ivQVPi V pi p.iviunaU OSnbsp;‘pun v^Tclno pinbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ctiiSipT.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;OS ‘vlvpv^P'l V pi pit^ppioio-U OS ‘iJiv^ivei vgt;-u i Sinilavcl p.i’p^pppvlip-u OS lUlvilPQ, ,, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;: nivuijipQ, I 'nt's^uwpQ. V ‘pa iipa avo |
„•pi pkiiQ-mg inSï^ 'vlvrp'^pa V pi p.iv^iupQ, ‘pun TidpD pi Q-iiJip-^ ‘Uvav^PI V pi gtiv^ppioio ‘PVpItQU* I uivivpi v-u i SiniaTcl g,iT9ppvli^ : lavuuipQ, |
-(o)-
ce^óc A SéXteAS-
-(o)-
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
quot;‘tnóiméA’O (C.) ; buittii'oe (U.) t Hó, ...feo $^5 txipc , nó,...reo imCiS CAtwinn ; nó,...reo é^iCce. J Hó, aCj^uSa*. |
Ce-Aóc A SeACC-OéAS. -(o)-
flAtltlA tIA tDllATÓriA.
GtiA’óAin I nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;/
T^Aiüej beAtcAine i irieiteArh
tl A mïofA.
31
ƒ 28 \11ó, 29nbsp;31
( lüt
UAiteJ 'LtijnAi'A
30
31
30
31 31
ICAt-
DUAtjAin
i meA-óon ¦pó$tTiAi|t 30
I ’OeitteA* ¦pöjtfiAiti 31 ¦Riiitej SAriiAinnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;30
I mi riA riot)tA5 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;31
riA SéArUlJI. An c-6A|tfA6
An SAtfipAA
An póSrhAjt
An ^eirnfeAti
ó Ia féive t)t\i$’oe 50
h-AbfAn, An 30a'ó IA.
ö Ia t)eALcAine 50
An 31a’ó ia.
(6 ti. LtignAfA 50
¦OeijteAA ¦pógrhAin, An 31a‘ó IA.
ó Ia SAtfinA
50
li-6AnAi}\, An 31a'ó IA.
89 u. (rió, 90 u)
92 U.
92 u.
“ 5eirnf\eA'ó ceótAó eAftjiAC feötAónbsp;SArnpAt) 5|tiAnrhApnbsp;¦póJtfiAfvnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;biAtiriiAp.
---(o)--
Ca pAt)|\«i5 Atinfo Anoif. quot;j
'Oo Of fé ^nrifo i nx)é. quot;biojin i’é AtitifO 5AÓ tA. béit) fé 4ntifo 1 mbAnAC, Jnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^
éirigeAtin ré Aft a ré a
0105 5AÓ mAiTiiri.
‘0’éi|\ig CAtig Aft 4 \ triAitnn 1 nwu, fé A óLog ƒ Aft mAitJin 111*06,nbsp;éifteóóAfó fé Aft A röA ólogi mbAftAC, -jC. | ||||||||||||||||||
|
beift
“Diol
r ¦
quot; beireAnii r^ttr nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;rit^'éA teir.”
“ ni tiiotAntt rgt;tt6A nA piaóa eire.”
A'óbAn ctcACctA.
ScrJob ftAii5ce I ti-A mbéi'ó riA bftiAüftA ro teAUAr :—
'OéirigeAtin, touAiieAnn, rcribéAtm-
An feéiLin ‘o’innir ©ógAn (Ceaóc a CrO rcr’ob 6 Agtir riA pocAib, “ gAó tDATOin,quot; 1 n-ionA’D n« bpocAt, “Aftnbsp;fMAfoin I n*Diu,” Ann.
31
-ocr page 32-•Ui0av ‘OU I
SS
(’ü ‘'O) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'?u *
• - - - - ‘uiaiviu pvgt;S So-ip
V pi Uv SmUa^cl uuv9$ümau oS U'P^$O0 vliao,
—; 9 Ovl inau uv
Jv Qoivlovl (lÜQ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ap'ï^ao)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;imui^a uivl uniSoJ uv 'H
-vJ'p'p'tyiUa u^oa 9'p’9vlpiy'\-p’?u^ vl'fsJiuiv inSv ‘—oS i—VO i —uv—; oai iivood vu g,ipqui v-u i a2(?.iyvl Qoivlog 'l
•VaapV'B'XO IIVQQ.V
loiu
Ctiovio
^j-vlvai uv vlivqo uv UWV-ioui „ ^^•aüvao 2\lv9u UUV9o,iovio ,,
-ilivnu j-o.vo ij-vio ’-JU-: aiviau i avSnuuiaJ y2 (lt;?) •-vunui '-ovu- ’-oS ^-vo ,1-ovu j-uv-: aWiau i o.vqno.dny2 (»)
•vood v-u I ^ UvQvai v pi uuv9vluio2 73 •oJuuv i yi 9vS Smvlaycl uuoiqlU 73
• - - - - pd uuvuna(W pvu) yu nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘p pd uuvuuaU oS
• - - pd uuv'iodo(-U pvu) -l| yu •vlvQVP'i v pd uuv'iodo-U oS ¦- - - pd uuv9Sivlip(-U pvu) -li yu •luvdvad v-u i pd uuvp$i.vlip-U oSnbsp;•piuim oS oduuvnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'omiut
nvumpQ uuoiq(lU pvu) yu oS oduuv Sunlaycl uuoiqlU oS pd vliaQ,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pd Uiea
i quot;lyapilU '^190' Q,v3 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^ Sp,y3 Jvliaa av3
oS
‘Sq,iv5 V
„•uuvuna „ : Sp.va ^ - - - vlvQvaa
V nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pd uuvuua(U pvu) yu
^^•uuvqodo „ : S0.V3 i - - - vivQvpqnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;J(-U pvu)
V nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pd uuviodo^ -H yu
^^•uuvaSivlig „ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;: SgtvQ
i - - ¦ uivdvad
v-u i pd uuvaSuiip-U uv
„•uuojq„ :SQ.va
I OlUllU
oS oduuv Sinvlaycl uuojqlU uv
„•uuvupQ. JU „ : lyppiUi
i— vlvQVPq V pd uuvuna(U pvu)yu
,/uuvqodo JU „ : lyspiUd i---ilvQVpq V pd uuvqpdo-U uv
„•uuv9$ivlip JU „ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;: quot;lyspiiu
---ijivJvad ((-W Ipvu)
i v-u i pd uuvpSivlipj-H »yu
„•uuojQ JU „ : lyepiUi
i PtUiUt
oS oduuv 'i'ivuutpQ, uuojqm uv ‘iWiUd V
--(o)--
--(o)----
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
itnit) —I'D ’quot;t'tó. biotin CÖ, éifige^nn cn, ofct^nn cn, téi$eAnn cü, ic. |
tJiitim tiAtAtt). |
nttitin lotKAit). | |
I. |
'OónAini ino füite gAb oitibe |
'DünAirni’o a]\ füile 5AÓ oitióe |
II. |
¦OünAip ¦00 füile gAb oföbe |
’OónAtin fib bup f Cube „ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„ |
III. |
quot;OónAnn fé a füile gAb oTóbe “OünAnn p a fi'nte gAb oibbe |
1 ’OünAit) A fCiiLe nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„ |
ITlA t)üriAnn i'é .a föite, bionn i'é i m-a tonlAX), if tióCa. IDtiMA fiTJöriAnn }’é a f-uite, bionn fê i n-A ¦öüif’eACc, jAn ArnjiAf.
I. “ 1tim mo nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦*T' ^ fCACc a 6I05 5AÓ WATOin.”
Scfiob An fin, Aju]^ jaó pcAfifA ven vA uirinp Vó.
II. TIa ceifceAntiA Ajtif nA -ppeAsiAAi peo bcAnAf, pcfiob it)’ teAbAp lAT), Agui' cuif ifccAó nA pocAil acA 1 n-eApnArtinbsp;0|\tA :—
1. An
ScAgAn •] SéAmup a mbéit 1 n-Aon Con ?
2. A SeAgAin -] A ÜAit)g, AH n-éipigeAnn fib poirh a b-oóc gAó niAfoin ?nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;------
3 An n-éipigeAnn SeAjAn ¦) CAiig poitii a b-oCc gAó niATOin ?--
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An--AnnfO gAó Aon IA ? nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tli bim.
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An---An ^Aetjibg pO-ttieA-p ? nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tli téigip.
6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tlA (nAC)-t\ö-rhAbL 1 ? nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tli léigcAnn (pö).
34
-ocr page 35-SS
,/qi'(gt;2tJ0n t iJ uu'o^aiiiiiD dv ‘'ivid ü uuoiq \lviuv 50^$ u\gt;' •fliiliotgt;? iJï^ ainiiq iJ uu'p’avhno 'wvlio ü uuoiq Uioiu^ 5ov^S uv^nbsp;QifoioiJ ilT p-rii U uurgUmo dv ‘diva iU uuoiq Jï^aaiinbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;uv
uii'C'uUS iJ uuTavlino U_v ‘p,iFuvlo iJ uuoiq Q.tvnaa v iov$ u^ •Quiiov'Ci.]nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;”
•lumt'p’^ Q •:?^nO rp-jv aii'P^q 0nbsp;•SivoUop Qnbsp;•aqUilipdnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;0
Uviuv nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;apvoo Svnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;q'i'ïi'iu
UlOUV nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;apvaqnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;?'C'uuJo3nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;vq
aveau V nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;2?'092 S.Vnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(3.vpuuoanbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ya
.. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;' . .nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;apvao Svnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;S(j.v2gt;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;va
•pvno fdV 01'VQ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;oSnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;UlOU qua Sv»nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;iyiuoQnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;vq
•aovliiipi nvpq nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;oSnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;aivna o qua nvuijipo.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;yq
¦luiqqi'pSu i livia aipvlv^aS va •pviqq vpy sqi'fQLU 1nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^l^03 qilicl va
•JivovlooS I 4V9a Uvat^acl va •aovidipi qvpqiu i aivna uvSvag va
(; aiiuiVPv uu’f’avli^-u vu Uvi i vlnS JvoS i iliuq ; uü pgj
•vlvavacl
Mva;:^
•aipUvsS
[ -ovuiUoq nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;**** **•
•pov
¦
4 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;2.^
mviu
o-
3-
3
(gt;
w
¦p
lt;
u
--(o)---
I
9S
•0.v9iivnQ oa ‘q.vqoivIoJ oa ‘p-vaSivliwo. oq,
—: ivuv^ai. oJ vvl^vivlq vu g.i9qut v-u i aao-iykl qoivlq
¦uuv ^^‘tuau i uiatviu vlv quot;ivoodq vu Qvuoi-u i JS-O 9J iq oa vlivuu uiaivui qvS ‘qivooJ vu inSvnbsp;9 qoivloi (iUq V a?v9o) uvSpo iiuui^a uii uni^o»!
•avi Uv9iu oS 9iuin 9J qvgvlinoS oS apvnbsp;‘qqvm oS gmm Sivavp ainp
V nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pi Q.'!^9vlmo(S pvu) yu
•pi V iv pi 0.V9Siiip-u oS apv ‘Soqp v Smo
V nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;iv 'Q p.v9$iiip(-u pvu) -q yu
pi aiivquQ,
I Siuiaycl aiivqna avo
^/aviiv9w oS
90110 pi
-imp oa ‘apv ‘Q.V9imp !U
J ^ qqvu» oS amm ISivavp amp vnbsp;Ipi avaimoS uv
,;Soqp
V pi V iv
pi g.v9$iiip,a J apv 'o-vaSiiipnbsp;m „ : Stoiaycl \
pi IQ oa iivnu SoQp V Smo V ivnbsp;iymoQ g!,'f’9$iiip-unbsp;uv ‘SmiayQl
•9va uv at^ai iv uvia oS iivqo Sv pi CIOW °CX ioSv ‘apo-q v iv vaivaioiaiq v pi ‘ivam oS amm Sivavp amp v pi avpimp oq, 'SOQP V pi V iv iymoQ avpJiiip^Q, ‘Sp pi iq oa iivou uiaivu» pvS |
•avQ uv p,v9i iv ivauLuivni V iv pi uuoiq inSv ‘piaa V nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;iv vaivaioiaiq v pi uuvapi quot;nvoi oS awm Si't^Q.vp amp v pi uuvaimQ ‘SoQp V nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;lovu V iv iyaioQ uuvaSiiig ‘iiouv uiaivoi pvS |
•SoQp V pi V iv pi Q.V9Siiip,a ‘Sp pi iq oa iivnu‘ap'p' •uiaivu;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;V lovu V laa oS pi uuva$iiip iq
•vqqvQ Q iyoioQ Q.va ii Svq ivai-uvag
-(o)-
uiai— aiiuu
•pvq uv at^ai vlv uvia oS vlivqo Sv |
‘tlQ.iq oa |
^^•pvq uv a'VPi vlv uvia oS vlivqo Sv qii |
O-oiq oa |
^^•pvq uv avpi vlv uvia oS vlivqo Sv nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;UllUiq oa |
itvSv ‘apo-i| V vlv vaiveioipvlqui v |
inSv ‘apo-q v vlv vaivaioipiqvu vlnq qii |
avppi^a |
inSv ‘apo-q V vlv vaivaioipvlqiu vlv nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;UllUlai^a | |
‘vlvpLu oS vduitv Sivavp ainoS v |
Uldlvlinp oa |
‘vlvpLU oS qivuin Sivavp ainoS vlnq qii |
avpviinp oa |
‘vlvpui oS uuivuin Si'f^avp ainoS vlv UllUlvlinp oa |
'uiaivul 9vS Soip V nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;V \lv |
4lQ,lSivlip^a |
‘uiatv^Lu pv^S Soip V nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;V )iv QlJ- |
avpSiviip,a |
‘uiaivui QVS. Soip V Bd V \iv U-llUlSlUlp^Q, |
‘Sp nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;a'f^puuoa L ivuioQ iq oa vlivnu |
‘Sp vlvqoiq oa vlivnu ‘avpuuoa 'V L iivuiog» v ‘a't^^S, „ |
‘Sp ivluoiq oa iivnu ,, : (pqi9 vlvei-uvai -v) a''^pnuoa L iyiuoQ | ||
1 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;y(a)3— |
yea— |
1 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;UUl— |
!gt;•
uv Q,v9d
dv uvia oS vlivqo Sv si vinSv ‘qpo-n vnbsp;vl's^ vad'f^aioiavlQ v pJnbsp;‘vivaui oS
aium Stvavp amp v pi QvS. Soip V pi iv pi
Q-oiQ oa Q.VP?l,Qnbsp;O.vpvlinp OQ,
‘Sp
Q,V9Slvltp^Q, iyiuoQ jq oa Uivnu
uv a’f^ai
üv uvia o2 vlivqo Sv yQ2iq oq, inSv ‘ppo-q
V üv vaivaioipvlq oo- VO^pi^o. ‘ivput oS
3vu*u Sivavp amp oa vaaimp oq. ‘maivut
pvS Soqp V pi V iv yaaSiitp.Q,
‘Sp itq oa Uivtiu 'iiyuiOQ V ‘a't^^S,.
^^•pvq uv avei viv uvia oS viivqo Svnbsp;inSv ‘apo-qnbsp;V vlv vaivpioi0vlq ou*nbsp;'ivpui oS
u»vu*rv Sivavp aifip oui ‘uiaivu*
pvS Soqp V pi V vlv
WWiq oa uuipi,anbsp;Umiinp oa
umjiviip^a
‘Sp iojQ oa vlivnu
: vqavQ Q JvuioQ
ö
gt;¦
o
gt;
‘V'suv'ocl sv-aua u'igt;'
•V'su\gt;'0d v-iiv-a uv
'vsnveol avg:? uv
(¦jj) ‘eaaivp-avus UveUMiv AXX V L ' AIXX V V2L0V9O
-ocr page 38-88
('fl. quot;o) o-ivUtvuv 'aiUm-u i 'ou*
•(qii) Q,Vgt;QOlvloi OQ, l UlJ 9
u./c^viiQ vnclno nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;uv Sq.vq L ui^d---('gt;v»’Uj) yy, -g
^ uij 9 ULVQ.yi'iq viclno Sqto.9v5 qi-uuivaoïvloJ u-p- 'f
oa
•a'li'oq Vvl,
i 9.iilmuv uvivp'i^g pvS S9.VQ JnSv iniuvpg Q.oiqiu yg 'g
O-oid !U
c uiJ 9 uiv9,vn9 yp. yn ?V'S oiuuv^ uySvag----uv ‘Z
-£ ^9.ivlmuv uiaiviu 9'p^S Soqp v apv^ai v vlv yapSivlip-u uv 'l
—:ypUo
i(.ivuJv0-u i ya'f qivood vu pvaadi vlitno JuSv 'avi Uvqvaq
qoivlod 'ivavaquot;! oaJ ivvlSvsvid vu duSv vuuvaadiao vu ‘H
•QQ. Uiium ya u ea vdvlvad pvS dnSv ‘uid 9.yvl uv qoivlog
^^'oioa qiGod Uv qua mioU
uiaiviu pvS uiUo uidivp om uuiUinp oa ‘S.Q doiq oa Uivnu „ 'l
•uiatvm pvS Soq? V pd V Uv diai$iUi9 a -
r iii
ii
i
•uiaivm pvS Soqp V 9d V Uv ld ava$iUi9^a
•uiaivm pvS
VSoqp V pd V Uv pd av'sSiUip^a
•uiaivm pvS nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-uiaivm pvS
Soqp V pd V Uv qtd pvaSiUip^a Soqp v pd v Uv yopSiUip^a •uiaivm pvSnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'uiaivmpvS
Soqp V pd V Uv dimi$iUi9^a SoqpvpdvUv uuiJiUip^a ' ‘uu.l o vauvaviqQ
•Od'U'U'lOL Hiium
'aivava nuum
68
___anSv 'Soi? V nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;0.v9p9airKj. oa (i.iu apv^i) vliUv
Üiain Sysvla oS vip-vo Q iyiuoa p.V9qiu ya „—= 9 oi
inau uv Up-aoïvloU (ula vapveo) uvSog Jtuui^a uti uni^oi uy -j
SniVQ a IVO
^•s avooaqwQ oa vaJvS vlvai vil ap'f' ‘a'p^sSvliv ouma uo'f^ avedaiv? oq, ,,
uVvl, 0O,iUvl v-u i pvl nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;oa uvJ, 9g.in4 v-u i Smviaycj. iq oa
(q^iu apv)
viiouv oiuuv Siiulaycl p,vpqiu ya nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'ui4 p yq vqclpo
¦OViaV-GSuiOO 0.OIU
•qua nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^,-uivSv
ilyqoS nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;uv vlvnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pinbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;a'®'^Qoiioinbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;oanbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;oqtvp uovnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;q^iu 'pnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;uioiq iliaipi
‘qiqicl nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Svnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;oqivonbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;p.vpqainbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;yanbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;|nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;lU ,, ¦ Qiiiclnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'Quanbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;vlyqoS uv
'•vlv pp, pu qvooi qoivloi 'qtqicl v
l 'uii ivvloa uv qivoio ‘SpivQ v
•uuivSv apii i,v 0uuva tt^pq oa poiuuv uiviiq q uySvag q,iu ‘uuivSv uySvag pvaqui ya ):0uma opii apv q^iu ‘pvag^nbsp;•0aipaiq pi qiniq oS apv j -auma api;t ^ iiouv oiuuvnbsp;'uuivSv oiuuv uySvog Q.Vpq oa Uivpyq i yav auina ^Oftui^ uy
(•j) •ov'i'iveswioo aoiu
-(o)-
TTIot) CoitiseAtl-AC. (Il.i) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
imir
—ÓCA \
—V f
? '* 1 TnbA|1AC ” ATI *OOtTinAC, AJUf 'D^A nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;fitl Til béitniT) AnnfO.
f 'O^éijteópA, ¦o'ofcLÓFA (M.)
-ocr page 41-A’ÓÏ)An ClBACVtA. -(o)-
ttloTÓ CoiriseAttAC. (UI.)
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
’Out)A1^c 50 tl-ot'ctóóAinn mo leABAj\...ic. scuippe/st)...? üo Buifi-'eAt). Ui CuijxpeAt). |
1
1UC./
-ocr page 42-•JiiuiSmupoiJp oa ‘avadJivlq ‘vlvavianid oa ‘vlviuveSiu oa ‘ysowlai oa ‘aiiuivopvlSvoUdnbsp;‘dvaSivlaiq oa 'aiv^dioia ‘ajiuiv^dvq ‘diimv'Spp oanbsp;‘vlVQvaSklina oa ‘aiSipa ‘vlivpoaiiv^q ‘divUvlvaS oa ‘uuivaoïu oanbsp;—:09d Qivvlpvivlqnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;oa vlaqin dnSv vJvlv^ad‘vivadua'p’di avQ 'Q
•diiupi ‘uuivdqoivlod oa ‘diaivu-p-aq ‘diaido-iv^nq oa ‘ydptjip oa 'api'f^o ‘diiuivpgaqiui^a ‘a'ï^o'it't^nQ
—: oad Qivvlpvivlq vu oa diium duSv vdUvad ‘aoiu dv avo ‘V
•aSiV'av'Luv'uS vuuvaasiQo
,a i aodm poaa ydqo-u uv 'ado adva avpqu» ya 'S
oa
I qid dvadSipq (pvu) yu pvdyqut i oduuv ad-qid avpqut ya •- - - - ya‘- - - - oS pd avlivqna i SavQ adi't^qna avo 'g
uuidSipi (pvu) yu ‘p'vviyqui i oduuv uuipqw ya ‘Saiv^ v 'Z
oa „—: SavQ i aSqiaavg ouiuovl
•uuitóv avpp -oa vlgui uv ‘Sava
-oa i uovdv qivSv.
ya-
Sv aqia augd avgo L yd-avSv (oOI?) 2ugd avgo avgqu^ ya 'l
—: vavlo
iqvudva-u i yav qivood vu gvaadi vlmo dnSv 'avi vlvqvaq
^ai Qoivlod ‘dvuvai oad ivvlSvadd vu duSv vuuvaadiao vu 'H
•ga ‘diituu ya u^aa 'vddvad gvS dnSv uid ayd uv qoidos
„•aqivQ
rdj aivia ,ati vavq om uuivdSyd,a ‘mvSv uidivo avgqm ya ,, 'I
•vaapvG'lo n'O'Qav'
•¦•5Ut1 ...riAti |
...gup 1 ...nAp 1 |
éipig.,.. |
( ^ün.... ...llAp l. |
mA |
rriA 1 |
éipig éipigeAnn.... |
r -Dun ¦mA \ ¦QünAnn.... |
TTJutIA |
1TlunA| |
ti-éipigeAnn... n-éipigeA^ö.... |
niunA ( tl-oüiiAnn... l. tl^ounA'ó... |
mutiAn |
111 u nAp (mApAp) |
éipig.... |
HlunAp ‘Dim.... |
tlCip tOpAlg All ttpiACAip. |
xin c-^u|tu5A’ó. | ||
Au. riAc. 50. tntiriA. |
ƒ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;gUCATOe. \ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;COTIfOtl (tiAè, ‘U’ ‘m.’ ‘tl.’ 'f.’ ‘p.’) |
‘n’- poim An ngucAfoe. Up’ÓUÜA'Ó. | |
Ap. •oo. TlAp. 3«p |
tn'. tn'op. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“IgurAi-óe. . mA. muriAp. ƒ Conpon. |
SétmingA'ó, |
AtitoAn cte^CctA. -(o)-- 1 'ocof^jió bfiMC^ip 1 TiTiMit); nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;?’ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
43
-ocr page 44-
mot) oR'outgceAó. Aimse^n óAiCce. seinen 6. jjn^c-tóttKeAó. griAt-óAicce. mot) comjeAttAó. |
|
44
-ocr page 45-
| ||||||||||||
i Cuifpit) pü CuineAtin fiönbsp;T)o CuiixeAt) fiö 1 mtAtlAC. |
Cuii^i:i’D | |||||||||
| |||||||||
Cuipt) T)o öuipüff |
t)o
imif
”00 CuifpeATi fiö o
X)o Cuifp'Oïf o
¦DA^
(•DA tnbéiéeA 1C.,)
AS DUt A tJAlt/e-
45
-ocr page 46--(o)--
IS. -(o)- | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
AT^ÜA-R CteACCtA. |
Cull^ ATI poCAt 1'0 ‘ ¦Oeiplm ’ poilil gAÓ PA-Ó TDÏOÖ fO tOAtlAf, l pcpioO tiA p^'Rce 1’in iw’ LeAÖAp :—
(1) 1)' ¦ooócüip é pin. (2) rii j;uaIa i fin, aCc cop. (3) “ (lp) ¦oeApöpAtAip ¦oo’n BAp An cotilAt).” (4) 1p Uoni-pA An leAöAp po.nbsp;(5) “ ni ii-tiAlAó quot;00 ¦ónine a öpAC.” (6) lp oLc An tA é peo.nbsp;(7) “ lp niAit Ati pcéAttn-óe An AimpeAp.” (S) ni ¦ooóciiip nAnbsp;CAiUiüip m’AtAip; peipmeóip ip oa-ó é. (9) “ lp uAtsncAó Annbsp;puT) ICAnt) 5An rhAtAip.”
«3
-ocr page 47-CBACV a XXXI.
(II-)—AimreAU tAicueAÓ,
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cin|t 1 jcompAjtAit) Ie CeAcc a X)eic Vf pice:— T. lp (tnuinceotp— mile— b|teA5—) : Ainm coirceAnti, fló, ai’oiacc 1 noiAi’ó * 1f n. lp ( mipe— i' pin— é pin—) :nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;popAinmnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;i noiAi-ó ‘lp.’ |
Cuip HA (TocAit feo ‘¦oeij\ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;f'^'ó 'oioö fo teAtiAf, Aguf fct'ioB tiA i^AiAce ftn to’ teAïtAjM—
(1) . 1i' é pA-Ojiuig ATI buAóAiLl, if peA]T]\.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(6). “ lil' ti-é tA riA 5Aoite tlt;3gt; tia fcotb.”
(2) . Sin é An cApcA buTOe.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(7).nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ifnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;é SeAgAn ¦oonbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bpif An fuinneóg.
(3) . tllife An nn'nnceóif.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(8).nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;iiinbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;n-é An CAfCAnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;buTOe Acii AgAC-fA, aöc ^nnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;cJiftA biin.
(51. “ 11i b-iAT) nA gif tnófA a bAineAtin An gógriiAg. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(10).nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ifnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;é mo tuAipimnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;go bguit. An peAfr 'S-óic.
-ocr page 48-ceACc A 'oö’öéAS A’s piCe. -(o)-—
AiiTiseAn CAitce. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
quot;Oeii^im TiAó é ’OóriinAtt acS nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;cAinnc, a6c (juf Ab é) SeA$^n (^avA aj CAinnc).
¦OubAtvc riA|\b’ é “OóriitiAtt ’oo Bi Ag CAinnc, aóc (sui^b’ é) SeAg.Ati ('oo Bi Ag CAirtnc).
At1 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;gteATOrcbn ? niot\B’ eA-ó. tlAtt ^Ae-BeAt ati u-AtAitt eógAn ö SivArhnA ? quot;00 b’ eATi.
Attti’ é pATDfuig ATI buAóAitt 'OO b’ gOAft' g^og 1 iToé ? TliogB’ é. tiAtitï’ é ? niogb’ é.
A’ÖPATI CteACCtA.
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ 1f bgotAttAó ATI tA é geo. If é Ati Ba if bgotAttAige tAinig te feAócrhAin é.”
(i) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ 1f i tnAifiin ATI CAitin if ¦oeige Ag ati Bgeif i troiu, aóc, ni b-i ig gAe'óeAtAige.”
I. ScgioB tiA gAi'óce fin (a) (b) Agug AimgeAg óAitce ¦öóiB.
II. ScgioB nA gAi'öce fin (a) (è) Agif, AtmgeAg óAiCce ¦óóiB, Agug An focAt fo '¦ouBAgc gOmpA.
-ocr page 49--(o)---
“Da mbéAt) CAHC ofc, Att(ïgt;-lt;'A) rhAit beAC cupAn Cé ? IDA'D itiAiC biotn. tliotlnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tiom. |
'OnbAipc pé, dA mbéAD CApc Aip, suftnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;beip cupAn cé. tIAtt biAit beip cupAn cé. | |
Apö’ feAt'p beAC cupATi bAiriTie ? quot;Oo b(Ap) peApp blom. tliopb’ fCAft' blom. |
gupb’ gCApp beip cupAn bAinne. nApb’ pcAfp beip cupAn bAinne. | |
...gtip rfiAit (blom, -|C.,) ...gut'b’ peAt't' (blom IC-, |
nó, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...50 mbAA ,) nó, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...50 mb’ |
rfiAiC (blom IC.,) peApp (blom, -|c.,) |
“ ’Oa mbéAt) An nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^5 fcoibceAA nA jcpAnn, tïA'D mAiic beif An CpnAiptéiA coAf.” “ T)a mbéAP cmgeAnn Ag ah jcac, bAli mmtc a bop pétn inncj.” “ t3’ peApp blom ¦DO béAb do beit bi'tfce ’nA btiéAgAC.” | ||
Ai:)t)ATl CieACütA. |
Scfiioï) t'Ai’öce 1 n-A nibéit) tiA TriufmeAóA fo te^n^r T)e’n tlAfC, lt;)i5Uf ITlott CoingeAttxió 'oo jaó puiftn ’oioö
At' ?
t)AA, nioi', niotvö’.
-(o)-
-(o)-
PeArrA.i'Unriir |
A PAtltltlIS, An üpuit cfi AS | ||
PAtipuis : | |||
I. |
pit ? An nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tnire A5 |
“ tii’ptri; Aóc cAim as puiOAt.” “ llï’tiH ; Aóc CAjti AS léi$eArh.” | |
II. |
¦p |
rcri'oOAii ? |
(nó, cAoi) |
An ripuit SeASAn |
“ llï’t nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;; Aóc cA pé AS pinOAt.” | ||
III. |
AS pt ? |
“ tli’t nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;; Aóc cA pi AS pcpioóAA.” “ni’Pmio; Aóc cAirntt) as | |
An ttpuir tnAipe AS téiSeArh ? An tlpuit cupA a’p | |||
I. |
SeA$An AS pit ? Annbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nnpé a’p |
pluOAt.” “ Tli’t (piB) ; Aóc CACAOI as | |
II. |
t lt; |
ITlAipe AS réigeAtfi ? |
pcpioÖA-ó.quot; |
III |
T-gt; |
An nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;SeASAn |
° tli’ti'D ; Aóc cAit) (piA-o) AS pint) At.’quot; |
0 |
a’p ’OóPnAtt AS pit ? |
¦Oein pAt)|\ui5 HA* (tiAct t))F«it ré A5 r'é,
ACC so nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;fé Agnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;IC.
Ha (mag rgt;)ruit se^jAn as rit ? hï’l.
Ca DpuiL SeA$An ?
I quot;Ca ré éótTi r'S'^i l-eir ah TicAit-réiCLeAiin.” I quot; tl' t, Aon cemceAn rndr '00 teinceAn réin.quot;
APPAU CteACCtA.
(«) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ CAiin 1111’ feArArh : ni’tim im’ fiiitgt;e.’’
(ft) quot;‘Oeirini 50 Ortniini im’ reArAiri : nA ptiiLini im’ fufóe.’'
Scrioö ATI ¦OA pA-ó rin («) (P) Astir SaC pcappa -oe’n Tji tnrhir Aöiï).
*tiA (M). ttiAÓ (C., U.) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quot;
50
-ocr page 51--(o).
| ||||||||||||
“tjioé fUt) A54C nó |
bl ’ti'A éAötnUtf.”
amp; ÜA1-Ö5, AbAip te ’OóifitiAtL nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;;
tieic Antifo Aji A 9 A ÖL05. quot; t)i Anni'0 a|\ a 9, a 'ÖómnAitt.”
AbAtf te CAOïtligin
SAtI beic ^5 CAtnnc. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ Ha bi Ag CAiniiü, a CAOimJin.”
Cia’ca ¦00 ö’ ipeAt'1' teAC
belt Aiiiifo nó belt 1 n-AniejiiCA ?
belt 50 tAiwii nó 5An beit Af ftgiiAiti ?
fux) x)0 belt AgAC t:6in nó beit 1 n-A éAginuif ?
I “ 'T fCAfti beiC ¦oioiiiAOïn 'nA tjeit •ot'ot-JnótAó.quot; ] ‘‘ 11i fcojin vo -ónine botc ciAti ‘DO beiC •lt;^'5®-'
AbbAlt CteAÓCÜA.
Scfiob Cfl f Aitite 1 n-A mbéfó tia pocAit feo belt, sAn belt, ¦00 beit-öl
-ocr page 52-
( lï) ÜIVQ—j. |
(•R) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;* |
•Qipo, titium ya u^sa v.Ulv^sd pvS inSv ‘uiJ O-yd va uv qoidog
•:ipvavli(jp ,iui vlvQvd yu : vlipvlv pv^aop ^lut JvavU oS iuivIipq, ,,
•apvadma lui ivQvvl lu : dipdv aviaop lui Joiq on,..
' nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;lt;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;VJ« »,
'V'aaCJVO'lO UVQQ.V'
^^•pvauuoio uinio uv IC^ Ott oiuiu* Ji | iq oq,
,*«1iyQ vJ, iojQ oa „ : ‘d i Sindayd v ‘pau i JivqvU yo -iq oa i sau i pqivq uySvsg qivvl (OVU) y U •pqiyq yJ.^ pd qivvl OS apv ‘pau i oduuv pd qivvl (OVU) yu Sindayd PvliyqnQ,
•qivd
••••qivU
•QtvU iU
; i vavqvd iu „
¦ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;IUnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„
^UVUivqvd lU „
^j-dlPT. 's'uvq vd^ uvd-Uvaoïq oa j/diPi ‘o'uvq vd, od-j.U-Vgoiq oanbsp;,,-pqivq vd^ ^UVUlojq oa
r unciiQ L 2iyo qivvl up-£¦ p -I didmiu L uipd dvqvd ux)-Sq,vQ L uipd divqvd ux)-
o
r*
“ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pdid iq oa
“ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ uypdiod iq oa
^-dip-j ‘pqivq vd^ 9d-Uiq oa ,/9'livq vd^ dOiq oa
f qivvl lu „ ï ai't'vl !u „nbsp;dlvqvd JU „
5 aVqvvl JU ,,
: Smdayd
lt;-1.
{i.
vitiuia
-----(o)-
s,v S\^9Q-£gt;s V' iipveo
-ocr page 53--(o)--
I.
II.
III.
I.
II.
III.
lt; 3:. |
| ||||||||||||
TDeifV fé |
50 mbnn....,
50 ttibinn....,
50 mbip... 1C. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(V.)
50 mbitei,.... ic. (VI.^
tlA [tIAC fn)bïonn fib 1 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^co'oiA’ö |\oirh nieAbon-oibCe
¦oe ? tDimiT). Ui biniiT).
Ha ^tlAC t1l)btte.i in’ óontAt) jioirh a b-oóc, A5Uf cü in’ teAiiO ? quot;00 öinn, if nóóA. Ui bi'nti.
“ t)l011t1 AH fipiTine fcA^iö uAifeAticA.quot;
“ 1)101111 ceAtin nub Af. gAó mAinin eAffAig.”
AtlttAn CteAÓCtA. t)fm. *00 öiriii.
Sc|\1oï) {lAiitice 1 n-A mbéit) gAó peAfj'A, uirfiip uAtAiii i tiirfiif lolitAiO, no’n VS öiHAtAp fin.
58
-ocr page 54--(o)-(VII.) —AimreAti VAircitieAc.
PCApfA. Ullllin UAtAlt). |
tnitim lolTiAit!). |
La fAoïpe Ati IA 1 mbAfVAó, i xgt;’A bpig fin,
I.
II.
III.
’fA ÖAiLe, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lgt;éirnit)1 -tie 'f A ïgt;Aite,
t)éiV(-fe’fA ïgt;Aite teif, A Ü. L)éfö fiït-fe 'fA bAite,
teif, Ajur
t)éfö CAttg ’f4 fiAile. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;t)éi‘D (C. 7 S.) ’f4 ï)4ile. | ||||||||||||||||
|
tlA (tIAC m)t)éi'ó Se4SAii 4tinfo 1 mbAf4ó ? tlt' béfö.
Ca mbéif 1 mbAf46, 4 I^Axifuis ? p. “ Pé4'o ’f4 b4ite.’‘
tJéfö I “ mun4 ti4ib fé 1 nt)é 454c, béi'D fé 1 trotu 454c.quot;
AtiPAn cteAóütA.
I. quot; ’Detfim 50 tnbé4'0 ttn’ 6o'ot4’ó fotrfi 4 ¦oeió.”
Scfïob 4ti f4‘ó fin 45tif 546 pe4ff4 quot;oe’n ttA mrhif •ö6. [Pïot) “ ¦oeifitn ” 1 n54ó fA1 ¦olob 454c.]
II. “ ‘0«b4fc 50 mbéinn int’ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;foirti 4 ¦oeió.”
Scfiob 4n fAt) fin 45Uf 540 pe4ff4 'oe’n tiA uitfiif -óó. [Plot) “ 'otab4fC ” 1 n546 f Ab ¦oioO 454c.]
t)éimï'olt; nó, béAtii (M.)
64
-ocr page 55---(o)-
(VIII.)—tnoA COIMSeAttAC.
| |||||||||||||||
'Oeit\iiTi ƒ50 tnbéinn fcoit 1 mb^p^ó, |
tio béAt)
“ X)i. mbé^t) poineAnn 50 S^riiAin, tJO tiéAt) bpeAll dp •órnne éigin.”
“ X)i. mbédt) piop AgdCj quot;DO béAt) beigedp asac.quot;
AttbATl CleACCtA.
’ *04 mbéinn im’ •óüipedCc dp pedb nd b-oibbe,
¦00 béinn cpAibce dp ped* dn tde 1 n-d ‘óidi’ó.” Scpiob dn pdt) pin, djup gdC pedppd 'oe’n ¦Od uiiinp 'óó.
Ainm Dpidcdpijd, |
Abdip te pAopuig beic dg |
III. | |
téijedfii— | |||
TTloP) OpbuijtedC. |
“ t)l dg téijediti, d pdopiiis,-..” |
II. | |
lt;5 |
Aimpedp | ||
9 |
tUCpedC. |
Ca pAwpuij dg téijedrn dnoip. |
I. |
Cditce. |
quot;Do bl pé dj téi jedtfi 1 ntié. |
IV. | |
u |
^Aipcinedó. |
tJêl'D pé dj téijedrh 1 mbdpdb. |
VII. |
p |
Sn^it-tiiitpedt. |
blOHtl pé dj téijedni jdC U, |
V. |
Ê |
nudip bionn pé dp pcoit. | ||
gnxit-óditce. |
bi blO'D pé dj téijediti éó.rh |
VI. | |
mime pin dmiipi*. | |||
X)A mbéd-ó CdTij dnnpo. | |||
irioA Comgedttdb. |
Do béAb pé dj téijedtfi. |
VIII. | |
B6 |
fceAÓÜ A üAèAt).
--(o)--
leAC . . , , DubAttc teAC . . . , ic.
OuttAipc Caic
Caic : “ A SeAgAin,
Ca CAt)g 50 lAg.
Tli’l, Aon goite Aige.
1f ]:ïoti T)om é.
Til niAiC An fcéAt é.
1|' i TTlAipe •o’inmi’ -oom é.
Til Ti-1 fin A ïiAnAlcfA.
tTéit) fé leAbAit) geAfCA. Tli rfiAipgi-ö fê 1 bpAt).
Oeip Caic SO tlpbit c. 50 tAg
HA puit Aon.......
50 t(Ait3 C. 50 lAg. nA tlAlTi Aon.........
sunb’ pïop -oi é.
ITAtt AU r- é.
StlTlb' 1 TTlAipe......
tiAtlb’ 1 r'u A ï).
50 mbéAA pé.......
HA iriAippeAb ré---'
S«t1 pop ¦oi ê.
MAC triAIC AU p. ê. SUtlAb 1 TTlAipe...nbsp;riAC 1' pin A b.
SO tnbêi-ó pé ... tlA mAippi-ó pé.
TTeip (nó, OuttAipc) Caic te SeAgAn
Oo tAbAip fé LlOtn-fA, AÓC Tliop cuigeAf 50 niAit é.nbsp;t)uAil Anonn cuige 50 Luaé, 1nbsp;TDio-ó put) éigin A5AC Tió, AÓCnbsp;TTa iDéin mójvAn CAinnceteif.”
3VlTt tAttAip pé tél pélti, AÓC tiAtl éuig pï 50 tnAic é ;
TjUAtAt) Anonn óun CAittg go tuAt, t put) éigm t)0 13eiÉ Aige 'oó, aócnbsp;SAti mópAn CAinnce t)0 'DéAtlAtTl teip.
AÓÏlAn Cl^GACCCA.
“ASéAmuip, nA pAn Annpin, a tuitteAtt. tli ti-Aon óAttAip TTï’t Aoinne Ag ceAóc An cpeó po, Agup ip miüit) t)üinne
I.
OórhnAtt: tDUIC é-
t)ut AP pcoit. Dpopcuig opc, Agup tiA ttimip oéitteAnnAó nó ttéitt All iTiAigpcip Ap ttuite tinn, Agup ttuAitpitt pé pinn. Ca t)o óeAócAnbsp;go IYIAIC AgAC-pA, AÓC niop télgeAp-pA póp 1At), Agup ttAt) filAlt tlOlUnbsp;tteit ’pA pcoit go tuAc óun iao t)o téigeArh.”
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A ÓêAtnuip, cAt) taeip OóitinAtt teAC?
(b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cao t)uttAipc OóinnAtt te SéAmup ?
¦ppeAgAip An x)S óeipc pin, (a) Agup (b), Agup pcplott ha ppeAgpAi 10’ teAttAp.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-
II- OuttAipc CopiTiAc te pAopuig éipge Agup a óuit) éAt)Aig vo óup uime, Agup go pAgATOïp Ag pnAtti.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1 An ttiAitiin t)o tt’ peApp tAimS
te peAócrhAin i, Agup gup ttóig teip nA pAitt Aon puAóc inpAn tupce-
OuttAipc pAnpuig teip nA Ti-éipeóóAti- TlAp bóig teip péiu go pditt An rhAitnn óórh ttpeAg pin. TTAp óooAit pé piiinn Ap peAttnbsp;nA tt-oittóe Agup t)’A ttpig pin go pAitt GootAtt cpom Aip, Agup gonbsp;ttpAnpAti pé niAp a pAitt pé Ap peAtt cAmAitt.
Scpioü é pin Ap An ntjut po :—“ a pAtipuig, éipig .... CAmAitl.”
CeACt A Vl-AOTl A’S -OACAt).
-(o)-
An (if) CApcA é pin ? Ip CAfCA (nój 1p eAt») tii (ip) cApcA (nó, til ti-eA^ó) | |
An (ip) é An cApcA b^n é ? |
An bptiit, SeAjAn Annpo Atioip ? |
Ip é. |
tii piiiP (ni’b) |
ni b-é. | |
Ap(Ba) jAetieAt..,? |
An pAib pé Annpo i nTié ? |
t)A ^AetieAt (nó, ”00 b’ eAti) lliop(bA) 5Ae'öeAb(n6, tllopb’ eAti)nbsp;Apb’ é S. An buAóAitt 'DO b’ feApp |
tii pAib. |
Do b1. | |
’pA t'Ang 1 ntié ? ¦Do b’ é. tliopb’ 6- |
A-p | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
67
-ocr page 58-89
01
¦vlrwySuy^ ^ Soip V piaa v luiovl pv^aaJi
iU i Soip
V piaa V Uv niau i oiuuv pvaaii Sq,v:i L uyS'p'as Siuivaa u'p' 'q
- I vup.vi'iqui i 4pi pvnp uv^ iivqvnoS u^y -g
- JU i “ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘‘nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ aa-Qii Ui'txniQ u^y
•Jvavlivn^ JU ^ niau i auuiov p avaSvliv--u'p' '9
- I luviU uiuiop vlv vi-vUav'iu oa StiU u'p- •§
—JU i mau i oa avaSJivJivlinui L uy$vas Suaa up- 'f
-JU i oiau i vJ-iupa avaSiliv vlvqvSuaa up- 'g
--^ uiaiviu üv v^pvavlaivd vu \ivpvvlpnau up-
aüvqna } nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^
£ vlnuivps ai
vopd v-u i nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;/(ivvlqua)')
Jnp oa UvQvai v iiaq- nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;£ Unuivps ai \ a '
•II
•vpvlo uivuvlva-u i yav qivood vu pvaaii vlmo JnSv ‘avi JvQvaa ^ai pojvlod ‘Jvuvai oaJ jvvlSvadd vu L vuuvaadiao vu-
•pa vliuiin ya u^aa
vdvlvad pvS dnSv dojd ajvla aiivuiupQ, lud vdapva-a uv Sip'i—
i/amp V vlv aavu* no SrU4 oiuiut vlj „ ,/i9a uvaq avlivqnau oS luoia uvaq aUlVC^UQ | |||||||
|
•euajvp uveaiuiv—(i)
-(o)-
69
—; Jyuvai oi quot;inau uy \ly uiJ uni^Ovl uy QoiUog
ily SinUaycl Qiyvl oS UvlyaS yQ inSy 'Uiyijiop y Jp iyaa aii^q |i Syai OQ, -aSiy ayid Ugiu aQ.iovlo uy Qiyvl oS taUtn Jyay mnbsp;oa JnSy ‘oyiu y 3uuivl-oa ayo SmUayQl vliygyiu o,iyiynp-o(xnbsp;•vliai agya^uoy uy -iiooi vly Q.iynp-oa JnSy ‘g py30.mqnbsp;oS o.iyn uyaJiavl oy^S oq, ‘ga uigd uga y 9vl Sug duSynbsp;‘Smvlaycl un'iiygyuQ u^oa Syuda gyS oq, 'uii eiuiovl yi u,gnbsp;aai,-u ai and uoy diyni yu agoQ u^'l^V'gynq gi oiyuuog-oanbsp;‘ga aiooi vly ana Sv' ‘9 ?i,a Suvvlaycl g lt;adoiu ‘Snvl ymnbsp;agy ‘uvavyuv vly Jvai ug'v y gd Sny, -vlyvloo uy Jvai aanvyonbsp;gd Qiyvl oS vUyayui y-u ai gd avUygna dnSy ‘gau v Soignbsp;y vliygyao y vly iiood u^g aiiyg y Simlayd Svuvy^ „ : uy$g0 -jj
¦uiga ‘$iga ‘vlvyqy ‘dioio ‘oia^
—; dyuyai od vlygyivlqui yu ‘aiygyn vliijun ‘ydvlyad yvlya ‘aagiyp vlyaduu'g- ai^Qiw 'y-w ^ yuuyaadiao Qoivlog -j
^^•uvd aigu* uy SayQ Jyuvlyaau oS avlygnQ : g Smvlaycl ai'y'l'ynoS oSnbsp;dnSy ‘diai uiSvg anvl Sg.y2 avliygnau oSnbsp;'SayQ 9d yoyig oSnbsp;;dnly oduuy giai i gd Siuiyaa oSnbsp;dnSy ‘aiyn yd-vlygyai oa gd vlvyndg oSnbsp;‘g ga 9d Snaa oS
‘Say^t dy iiyvda Sy uuouy gd (daiySyaau) aiy^yaau oS 'dygyai uy dy Smdaycl Snd oS
adygna „ : ddywinga
I gau V dvydqna ayo ‘iivyuijvgQ, y
•didy dvy-u dyg Siuvyg dnSy ‘guS y gd auuid-OQ, •SayQ ai aauuiyo uydgui gd jVUU^ao.nbsp;•uuvi ing y iq oa dig ‘auuid gd VOVd ju,nbsp;agy ‘S.q.vcx 9d oiyuuog-oQ,
•liyuiiigQ. dy iiyida Sy gd (^aivSvaa) aivovao. ju •Say^ vly liyida Sy uuouy Smdaycl ai^^g-oa
ceAóc A ceAt-din a’s 'OAéA’o.
-(o)-
1r mime biof (bi'onri) mo teAbA|i-fA A5 Ca-05, •] teAbAfi Catos t1UAi|i biof (bionn) An fcéAt mA|i fin,
¦CAI’ÓS,
CêlSeAim ré^Aiiorm Ag CfiAlt
A|1 UAtlJ, A5«f
¦Dó.
leAóAr-rA «AID, Aóc ni p^c^sAtltl ré Aon r'JD eite «aiD CASAtItl ré 1 teic Aiinro Ari'r-
CaDj.
tiA reic A bveicit?, «a ctoir A scloirib-
n? AbttAtiti sAtAr pada bréAg.”
At^tDAR CteAÓCtA.
I.—téij rcéititi ©ógAin (CeAóc a Cp? A’r ’Daóad) Ap Ati «Dut ro teAfiAr:—
quot; Casatto pADpuig A bAite ó’n rcoit Ap a ceACAip a ótog 5AÓ crAtnóriA... = ”
—^A5«r 5aC peAprA De’n da «irhir do «a bpiAtrAib.
II.—Scftfob pAiDce 1 ti-A mbéiD riA bpiAtpA ro leAtiAr, AimreA|t $«At-tAitreAó, An óéAD peArrA, «irhip lotpAiD, do 5AÓnbsp;bfHAtAp ACA ; —
AbAip, pom, pAg, CAbAip.
60
T1ö, cugAnn (M.) fbó, n? Detp. J CtuineAnn (C., U.)
-ocr page 61--(o)-
4n«t|ii-ó, teif, if mitiic ¦oo bio-ó mo tcAbA-p 45 Ca’Ój ¦) te^bAfi t^fos AjAm-fA.
ntlAIH ¦DO 6)0-0 4)1 fCéAt tllAj) f))l,
¦beUteATÓ P. 411 teAÖAil Üai-ój.
6étSeA)3 4nonn 45CHMU
Ajl tA'ÓS, A5«f
t)o'tieitieAtgt;* 4n teAöAii Ui CUSAID fé *no tiACA tiO.
¦oó.
t)0-SeitieAtgt; fé mo
leACAf-fA uAi-ó, aCc tii iPASAID fé Aoti fu'o eiLe Dai'S. tASAt) ré 1 telt Aiitifo Afif.
TJo-CIO'Ó t'é CaSs, aóc nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ni peiceAA fé ptine.
(A)'DeitieAt) ré fuséisinte Ui Atgt;11AÜt ré mOfAn.
CAS5.
“Demim tipASAtin..., 50 BpeiceAtm..., 50 ii-AbtiAriti....(III.)
(50 üfAjAS..., 50 öpeiceAS..., 50 n-AOfAS... (IV.)
fcéitin eójAin (CoAéc a Cfi A’f 'OaCa'o) Af An nsiiL r® te ATI Af:—
“ ÜAJAS pASfUIg A amp;Alte O’tl fcolt Af A CeACAlf A éto5
5AÓ CfAtnóiiA AODifiS... 5 ”
—^Aguf gAó peAffA se’n sA uniiif so nA bfiAtfAiïi.
'ScfioB fAiSce 1 n-A mbéiS nA bfiAtfA fo teAiiAf: —
téiginn, nï pAgAimif, 50 bfeicisïf, tAgüA, ¦oo-beifimïf'
Tlö, tnjAS (M). t rió, ni -oeifeAS. J CtumeAS (C., U.)
61
II.-
-ocr page 62-29
( fl ‘D) Q.iduirvio I -O-ivavlv^sa lu ‘qu | nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-j^) Q,ivivlvQva ‘pu
^ apout^ So'ip V apo-u lui; uv^idS uv piJ p.idpipdci uvquot; '01
- ^ apouv vpi't^pvl vu Qid (?,idoi0dQ uvquot; ‘6
(j apouv vpvadaivcl vu Qid Q,ivpoUqv-u u’p'
i pvUyqu* i uiaivui dv Spadind uv qid p.iddi.o'io? uv- •£
--I apouv opi^-u pq anvl uov qid o.i.SmdQ uv '9
'UiSind (u I pvdyqui i od-aivu avsSvltv----uv 'g
I pvvlyqiu i oduuv dutmiu d^v Sp.v2 P-ivdpoiaa uv
•(qid) p,ivdooQ pvdyqiu i oduuv--uv 'g
-- nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;lt;; nqi^PvuQ V ‘apouv pqivq v sd-qid p.iv5vd uv 'Z
uv 'l
-!U
¦av$vH I apouv aqivq v
—: vpvlo uivudva-u i yav qivood vu pvaadi Uuio L ‘avidvqvaq
Qoivlod dvuveq oed ivdSvavld vu L vuuvaadieo vu—'jj •pp üiu.un va u^a vddvad pvS ‘pvauiadiy^nbsp;vlvaduiiv duSv (avpvQ. d,v ivIq v apvpo) uivSpg uiqipod $19-^—• j
,,-ov0Uq UlVQOeS L uuvQV-q vu u»ivud aq adig td aivcloota dnSv ‘sSip uv qom
•Q.VppUqv-u oS •pivppdqv-u oS
‘aVaSuidq oS advqnQ ‘•••ai$indq oS mtUiPQ
•¦avpdoipdq oS ‘¦¦•aidoiodq oS
•pvdyqu» i
•pa adivftvp oa V3VII OW d»pq pd igiVOpUQV iunbsp;•puuid pd gidoiad lu
•O.t’rnsqi» and uov pd giSind w
•9 wvi'i oa pd ^givrtgiqia lu
uü aipui uv Smvlaycl Q.lVdUVaQ ¦9 SpvQ jaiaaioaonbsp;•pa aUivqvp oa vlvqvaqnbsp;OW Sava aq 9d Q.ivdUv«a(V)nbsp;apv ‘SpvQ pd Q.ldlO(-OCt)nbsp;•divlv oduuv piaq t pd ttlVdOOlQnbsp;: ai'(^w
vd-vlvQvaq OW pd Q.lVClOöS!(-OQ) •p pa pd ^aivdUveg(-OQ.)nbsp;dnSv ‘Sa'V5 dv qqvida Svnbsp;uuouv pd (givovg) givsvunbsp;•utd dvQVpq uv dv pd givdUvaQnbsp;didv oduuv Smdaycl O-ipQ : pvdyqw i
•oveunaiy^ gveaiuiv—( a)
-(o)-
-ocr page 63-89
(‘n ‘quot;O) CiV'aduimgt -g-vdilv^a lu 'piU ('h) Q.V’dvlVQ'p-p ‘Q^^
oa vliaim ya 11,0a viUvod qvS diiSv
•___o-iiva V pi a'^iooi? ‘pWfqiu i qiooi \lv Smvlayd avpqm yQ_ ^
—: iviiv^aq
oi inau uv iv (a't'pv'Q. i,v ivIq v ap't^ao) uivS99 upipoi Si?quot;!—jj
- I ypqgaS-oa av^o -g
- ^oiuuv anvl uov y05$'.niQ uv -g
- !U
oqipp 'P'-u 01 apvpiuov' uv Pii'oq v qii (a^P'i^vl) a's’S'^'i i'Vquot; gt;
_m £ 01199 'i'-u 01 ap't^pduov uv iuuivpg L vJ-ydooiaa uy -g
---£ avni oS 0iivq v (vapvi) ypSvi uv-
•uuivdivpQ £ 2Vai oduuv vIvqv0i amp oa-uvquot;
‘uuivSnp O0i uiivpvg via oduuv yopioqui fa
_: vpio uivudv0-u I yav iivood vu pvaaJi vlino iuSv ‘avi
ivqvai ,ai Qoivlod ‘Jvuvai O0i iviSvaid ou L vuuvpaJioo v^_-j
V^^apV'G'lO HV^QO.V' ,,-lvdv,a diyi nvdvo ivSovi uv UVCtUVaa }[i
I -oL ‘luon Sipa dl
¦••avppvlqv-u oS ‘quot;avodoiadq oS ‘••avoSindq oS'quot; \ ‘avlvquQ, ‘ouUoq^
•pa piivqvp oa vavq oui ai0i pd ^avopwqv !unbsp;•0uuid pd avadotad lu
•aivn
•(qivU lu apv ‘pu) aipq tu apv ‘oduuv pd av^PQut y(xnbsp;‘uid aipiu uv Sinvlaycl avdUVfQnbsp;¦p Sava jQ.vaddio'ipnbsp;•pa avlivQvp oa dvqvainbsp;oui Sava ai pd avduvaa(gt;p'^nbsp;apv ‘Sava pd Q.vadi9-OQnbsp;¦didv oduuv at0i» pd oivdooigt
0110 aud uov pd avasmd lu : aivu vd-Uvqvai ou» pd aVQoeS-OQ •pa’!^avqoiupd,i.a'C'Uciniaiunbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-p pa pd ,^avdUxyaft-OQ
duSv ‘Sav:^ vlv iivuia Sv uuouv pd (Q.VOVU) avsvynbsp;‘u»d dvqv0i uv Uv pd Q,Vdl4vaQnbsp;dtvSv ‘oduuv Sïudayd pvaq oa
uvd avsqui vunu» ; (oau »V'i uv avliovd yq 'pu) pvdyqu» i yq uv adiovd yq
-(o)-
CexXCCA -A tl-OCC A’S •OACA'O t a tlAOI A’S t)ACA'0.
COm fAnSce i n-A mbéit) (a) jaó bt^AtAn, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(*) SaC aithaóc eiMAtAfóA •oïoO fo teAtiAf:— | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
a w |
|
-(o)--
AlTini ÜRIACAU'ÓA. |
m0*0 oH'ouiSteAC.Airitn t)R=iAtAR’ÖA. |
A ’ÓÓttlnAltt, CAT) vS Ag P^T)fU1g X)’S •óéAnAtfi ?nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'OórhnAtt:
3. “ Ca pAT)fuig Ag bfeit Af An teAftAf fin.
6. Ca nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;fénbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ag ¦out Anonn Ag
CflAtt Af CATSg.
9. Ca nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;fénbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ag CAtiAifc An teAÖAif
¦00 VAAg.
12. Ca nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;fénbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ag fAg4iit teAÖAif
eite ó ÜAOg.
15. Ca nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;fénbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ag ceAéc 1 telt Annfo
Afïf.”
A triicitj AöAin te pAxiiwiig nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;TTIióeAt; a pA-Ofvuig,
4. Dut Anonn Ag cimaü Afi ÜA^óg. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;5.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Céig Ationn Ag c^iaLI Af tA’óg.
7. An leAÜAf-oo cAtjAlUC ¦oo CATig. 8. CAöAif Ati teAöAf fin ¦oo ÜAAg. g 10. teAOAf eite tj’pASAlt uaiA.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;11.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^Ag teAöAf eite ó ÜAtig.
[t)eifim] beif, beifeAA fé, beifimif, beifiA, be*ni'Dtf Af nA CAtAOïfeAóAiö fin, ic.
Aóc :—
[CAgAltn] CAf, CAgAA fé; CAgAinn'f, CAgAlO, CAgAlAÏf IfCeAt.
[CugAlm,] CAbAlf, CngAA fé, CUgAlmïf, CUgAlO, CUgAIAlf Aó é.
Ui ti-ionAnn 'out 5° ‘oci An bAite móf Aguf ceACC Af.'
Scfiob fAiAce 1 n-A mbéiA nA b-AntnAnnA PfiAtAfAA fo teAnAf :—
t)feit, cAöAifc, fiA, gAÖiiit, fAgAit, AéAnAtfi, clof, feicfinc, auL, ceAéc.
-ocr page 67-----(o)---
CeACC A Vl-AOntDCAS A’s ÜACAT).
---(o)----
---(o)---
pi ni 1111 SC111. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
'r 'ntifcin 'oo pocL^iö peo :— buACAitt, buAitceoi-p, tACA, AiATJAn. neAiincój;, fcoitj peAtin, böinn, ticip, CApAtL, ceAnn, t^ip, béAL, cAitc- |
67
-ocr page 68--(o)-
CuireAt SeitieAthriAé.
---(o)---
Ati CéAt) 'DioctAoriA'D.
cuiseAt AinmiieAC. |
cuiseAt seineAttiTiAC. |
Or) sAi^rón* é rm.
CAf«|\ é -pin.
Sm é 4n c-uptAp. Suit)ó^nt ê fin.
lp A'ötTiA’o é peo.
Sin é ce^nn An jAppüin.
Sin é ceAnn An óApüip.
CA Cat^s 1 n-A peApAtti Ap tAp An nptAip.
Sin é ¦opotn An c-funlxiAin.
Cat) é An pAjAp puiPxiAin é pin ? SiiitiCAn AtmiAit) ip CAt) é
(a) quot; é ” Ati popAinm. |
W 1. |
Conpon CAot ttcip ¦óeipi'ó |
(6) CoTifOTi leArAti nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦óei|ti'ó ati |
II. |
ATI AT1TT1A. |
AbmA. |
Ca félTTllujA'Ó AfV ATI ^COTIfOltl ¦OrOfAlj 1 TTOIAI'Ó “ATi/^ | |
¦bAp
LéigeAnn
bf’t tuiD ’nA teiJeAp i n-AjAit) An BAip.” CmjeAnn peAp téijinn ieAt-pocAP.”
I.—Scpioï) nA pAiP)ce peo leAnAp it)’ VeAÖApj A5tip ctiip ipceAó nA pocAiL acA 1 n-eApnAtti optA :—
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;lp----PpAip é pin.
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sin é----An pip pin.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sin é ceAnn An---
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bopCA---ip caA é peo.
II.—ScpioG pAiPce 1 n-A mbéip) CuipeAt JeineAitmAó jaó pocAit ¦oioö po :—bótAp, CApAn, pAgApc, LeAbAp, ApAt.
[Seo ’oeiptneipeAóc :—CA An cApAtt Ap tAp An öötAip.]
SApüp (C., U.) f nó, ptji-óeAéAfl. |
«8
-ocr page 69-69
«oia nvood oï^S pvuiwv^oiuoS ivodmQ (?.i9qiw v-u 10a9,i?a oojvlos—• jj
¦-vu luiSioa avi uig
•vlipav-ivaclJ uv Sv iMtyi v-u i--vu uuvvlo yQ -g
•uiJ 9 aSipdvD--vil -g
--p uig i
—: vpvlo luvuJva-u i yav nvood
vu pvaOvli vlmo vlnSv ‘vlvctvai ^ai vlvuvai oaJ aao.iyvl vu aojvlog—-j
'V'i^apv'O'io uvao-Vquot;
•aSipouuveu vu---
uvaSiudq
O-ve-id
uiLU
^^•9uSinUq pvdoa yu^nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;o.V9\ltaa dvlvai di
•Suiui aoiv-u i o,vauini dvdnd di
| ||||||||||||||||||
•aVUOV'lOOlQ VWVQ, uv |
-(o)--
--(o)-
CeAÓC A CeACAIft’OêAS a’s -OAÓAX).
CuireAt SeitieAtiitiAC.
--(o)---
cinseAl AinniiieAó. |
cutseAl seiTieAtliiiAC. |
til ‘ooócüip, |
11i niAc ¦ooócCipA nnpe, nA |
tIA CAlttlÜip m’AtAip : |
tïlAC cAittiüpA Abc COtfi beAg : |
peiptneóip ip eaX) é. |
ttlAc peipnieópA ip eAti mé. |
ClA n-é An bllAÓAiLL ACA Ag |
CAim bo’óAp ó óAinnc An |
cAinnc ? |
btiAóAtlA P’n* ! |
lp btAt é pin. |
Sin 1 ppéAttif An ötAcA pm*. |
i {a) quot;piinrirtfcin ‘oo^i cui-o ip mó quot;oe nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;| tiA poctAib. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1 1 |
{b) ' A’ ticip Tieipi-ó An AnmA. |
Ciitliü)|VjCinncéit\ | “ t)eAn c^ilUtifVA beAti cmncéAfVA : fiTi Inbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;beijtc öAn nA t\éi'óci5e/!knn te ’óéite.”
CioC, c^t nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I “ üor^C ce^CA ceó ; ¦oeijieA’ó CAtA gteó.”
A'ÓÜA'R CleACütA.
I —Scpiob riA iiiii’ï'jce feo teAnAj' iü’ LeAbAji, ASUf cuip ifceAó nA poCAU acA 1 n-eAftiArii opüA :—
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sin é -An OuAiLceófA.
2, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ ni tAgAnn----Af 6toiC peAÜA.”
S. Sm é itACA AftD an---.
11. —Scpioö pAiAce i n-A tnbéi'ó Cuif eAt JemeAtnnAb jaó pocAit uioD po :—SpeAtATDóip,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bATDöipj pAigTiunp, beAiinAbc,
Loó.
'quot;SAti (M ) tnó, ppéAm.
---(o)--
CuireAl SeitieAtiiiiAC.
--(o)----
Atl CeACHAthAt) OlOCtAOflAÜ. | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Duine I “ 1f niinic •do Duif ccaii^a -óiinie a ft'ön.’'
t)uile I “ If Dóig Le fodf tiA buite gofdb é féin fcdf tid céilte.”
I.—ScfioD nd |\lt;5,it)ce feo ledridf id’ LedDdf, d^tif ciiif ifcedó nd focdiL 1 n-edfiiditi opCd :—
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;üd---- dn ioiT)Anui-óe 1 n-d tdiiti dtge.
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'CA---dn Cfüii'cin bfifce dgdc.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'CA cón dn------— duD ó’n Dceine.
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tDeip Dedn dn-----50 Dfiiit fi bo'ódf dg dn gceót fin.
Scfiob fdlTice 1 n-d tnbéi’ó Cunfedt 5®quot;^Gdinnd6 5d6 f ocdiL Diob fo ;—Cóifce, mdLd, uifce, coinin, fdijifge.
71
-ocr page 72-u
•vliv^ooa Vivln VSuvaa ‘vuüoe nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;—: oU aoia
livooi pvS pvumv^guiag 't'o-aJiriQ Q-i^qui v-u i aap-iyU Qoivlog—‘JJ
•---— V JvUoau i i)iviv94 v-u i vqvS uv f
- vlivjvp-moiUd uiuayg unQ, 9 Ji g
¦uvpyq vu--9 uig
•pvvloyo yu
vly uuyqo uuyJyd !U 'x
—: ypvlo luyuiva-u i yay qiyooi
vu pvaadi \lmo JnSv ‘Uvqvaq ,ai Jvuvaq ogj aap-iyvl vu qoiUos—'J ¦'P'^apV'G'lO UV'aO.V'
•UUypvlig-u vu vSuvaa Sqip-av^ uy i Ji. | avlig „•avUyp Titjvl uypyovl uv pivut Ji „ | vvlvQ
„¦V—., nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;..nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(’Il) | |||
n ? nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;»* it ^ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;*»nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;itnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;gt;» |
{=) |
•aaiyanS (-j) —: 'iivaoi uv avaiiiaa |
(9) |
(„9,, JnSv) | |||
•uiuivvloi uv „ 1,, |
(») |
¦uy$vas
•uii i aivSvivi Ji ••••Uioypyp uv 1 uignbsp;•vuvlvap. OW i uig
¦\ uu •UvJvlninop OW ƒ Sv SiicnevS O
•utvl Ovq$vul vu uuvap ya avi uig
•uivl OvaUiovpvo vu woUa p uig
•Uyuvlyag. ow aQ,ioUp vly qvpvl yQ
•a\yuox)quot;xooiQ. aveSino uv
---(o)-
•ovuiuveuiGS aveaina
-(o)-
-(O)-
/O^inm briiACAti'DA: CuireAt/ SemeAiiitiAC i m-a ‘óiAit). | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
'OopAr, pO$Aa
min
“ 1f é ¦oünAA xin t)Ot\Aif CAfi éif riA po$tA é.’
“ Ui péiTUf Oeit Agite mine Agtif Oeit xxgpe^TiSAil,.’
Sc]iioö óüig n^itice ¦oe’n c-fA$Af fo teAnAf JxieifmenieAdc tie gAó ¦DioCtAonAt)).
p^TDliuis A5 ¦oünA'ö tn teAüAHi.
78
-ocr page 74-cgaCc a n-OCCOeAS A’s ¦OACa'O.
--(O)--
All CuireAt SemeAtiitiAC (tliriiiii llACAit))-
--(o)----
ctJiseAt |
AH CéAX) ¦Ol'OCtAOnAt). |
All ¦DARA ¦OlOCtAOIlAt). |
All tfllCAS DlOCtAOTlA’0. |
An ceACRAriiAD DToCtAOnAt). |
An cuiseA’O DTOCtAOnA’O. |
1 |
e |
A |
1111* n, T), c. | ||
AintntieAC. |
CAfüt' é fin. |
pAifC 1 fin. |
peifmeoif if eAP m’AtAif. |
DofCA é fin. |
Sip 1 éife. |
geineAtiitiAC. |
Sin é ceAnn An CAfiiif |
Sin é cLAiPe nA p^ifce fifi- |
TRac feiftneofA If eAP tnife. |
Sin é bAff An bofCA. |
If é tlAite .5tA CtiAt pfiotn-óAtAif nAnbsp;b-éifeAtiii. |
AtntnneAC. |
If fuitiCAn é fin. |
Scoil If eAp i feo. |
CiA ii-é An buAóAitt acA as CAinnc ? |
CA An CAiUn fin i n-A fuiPe. |
If CAfA Pom SeAgAn. |
gemeAninAC. |
Sin é ¦Ofotn An c-fuitióAin fin. |
Ca ¦OOfAf TIA fcoite feo Af OfCAIiC. |
CAim boPAf Ó óAinnc An bUAÓAbbA ÜP- |
Sin é beAbAf An éAitin fin. |
CA gAePits AS ctAinri' mo ÓAfAt). |
CuppóitieAè. |
ScfAC An pAipéAf fin |
’Dun An fuinneog fin. |
DuAit c’uóc. |
CuAfPUIg ¦oo l^ÓCA. |
JLAn An eoóAif fin. |
CA f é A5 fCf acaA An |
CA fé Aj; ¦oCiiiAP nA |
CA fé Ag bUAtAP A |
CA fé AS CUAfPAÓ A |
CA fé AS stAbAP nA- | |
gcmeArritiAè. |
p^ipéif fin. |
puinneoije |
oóCA- |
pÓCA. |
b-eo6fAc fbi- |
innscin |
pi^tinrifcin. |
l)Aininnfcin. |
¦pijuntifciti. |
bAimntifcin. | |
quot;Ltritt *óei|ii’ó AnttiA :— |
Confon. |
gucAiPe. (A.suf nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I'n.quot;)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(A.suf quot;—If,” quot;—it.” |
ccaCu a HAOWÖAS VACAV. --(o)--
tiiniiR! 1 |
I. |
11. |
III. |
IV. |
V. |
Uacai-ó. |
(l)') CAi-ü]i é fin. |
1f tAftl i' fin. |
1f buACAitt é fin. |
1f fcoLAife ttifA. |
1f COtTlUffA Pom |
(l]') CAfiiip lAt) fin. |
1f bUAÓAItll 1AP fin. |
1f fCOtAlfl flb 50 |
SeAgAii. | ||
lOlt'Al’Ó. |
1f LAriiA lAt) fin. |
1f coni- \SeAgAn T | |||
télf. |
uffAinPomi CaPj. | ||||
Uacai'ö. |
SuiPCAn if eAp é fin. |
Ofoój: if caP i fin. |
ni feiftneóif nitfe. |
C^fCA if eAP é fin. |
CAfA Pom CaPj;. |
1ot|lA1’Ó. |
SuiPóAin if eAP lAT) |
Ofoó5A if öaP iat) |
Ili feifmeóifi fib-fe. |
CAfCAi if eAP 1AP fin. |
CAifoe Pom CaP5 |
|quot;in. |
fin. |
A5tif SeA^An. | |||
Uacai-ó. |
Ca ah fCAf 1 n-A fuiPe. |
Sin i ino fOiL ófé. |
Sin é ni’uóc. |
1f cfüifcin é fin. |
1f eoóAif i fill. |
CA nA fif 1 n-A fuiPe. |
Ca nio fiiiLe Af |
Sin lAT) buf n-oCCA- |
1f cfuifcin? 1AP fin. |
If eocfACA 1AP fin. | |
OfCAIfC AKAin. | |||||
LaiVia (ni, LeACAn) | |||||
Atl C-At- |
'Do CAotuijeA'ó |
Do cui|ieA'o te •oei-peA'ó ATI pOCAlL. |
Po cuifeAT) 1 te -oetfeAT) ati yocAit. |
[Cui|i 1 5compA|iAi'o teip ATI quot;OCUIfeAt | |
tiujA-o |
¦Óei|t1‘Ó AH fOCAlt. |
Suile {l, CAot) Do cui-jieAt) e te ¦oeijteA'o |
[OCCA (c, teACAti)] |
njeineATTiriAC, tr. UAtAi’ó, At) 5A-Ó •DIOctAOTIA-Ó.] | |
Atl fOCAlt. |
-(o)-
CuireAt SeitieAthiiAc, tliniitt 1otttAi6.
ruifCAt
AititnneAé,
cuifeAl
AinmneAè,
unnif
lOtfAlÓ.
(f)
cuifeAt
5eineArnnAii
uitniji
UAtA1-Ó.
ConfOti teACAnnbsp;ticifnbsp;¦óeifTOnbsp;ATI AtlttlA.
If SAtifun ÜA-ög. If 0ft)ó5 i fin.
Sin lAt) teAÖAif nA tijAffOn.
Sin 1AT) ingne nA ti-ofoós.
Confoti
ÓAOt,
no
SutAToe, ticifnbsp;¦oeifTOnbsp;An AnniA.
Clt;S nA buAóAitU fill
Ag CAinnc. t)Aili$ nA cAfCAi fin.
CAim botiAf Ó óAinnc nA mbuAóAittï fin.nbsp;CA fé A5 bAitiujA*nbsp;nA 3CAfCAf.
Sin é ceAnn nA tAóAn fin.
Sin é xifotn nA CAtAoïfeAó fin.
Sin lAT) cinn nA lAóAn fin.
Sin 1AT) ¦ofomAnnA nA scAtAoïfeAó fin.
An 5 AAnbsp;T)10-
Ct/AOnAX).
Ca ufóuliA'ó Af An 5confoin -ocofAij i nxnAi'ö quot; nA.” (quot; n-” fonn jucAfóe.) llACAi CAlUni lAT) fin : bACAÏ bUAÓAlttI iat) fo.
¦pAtibAn, cfeAóAn | “ AstJiotnAtifA-ObAn : Ag ceAnnAö nA scfeAóAn.
CAfA 1 “ til b«An COJAt) nA SCAfAtl.”
Scfiob fAitice 1 n-A mbéi* T^uifeAt JeineAitinAó, ttntiif totfAit), gAó focAit ¦oiob fo :—
jAbAf, bfóg ; pöcA, cfüifcin ; CAfA, caCaiji.
76
-ocr page 77-LL
J-SipUa FO- v’ uxriS OQ, —: apvaJiaiuJiatt oag)
•Uvft'i^a'l ‘oUiyd ; ovlvoo ‘Soauuini ‘S()Uq
¦vuyiiuoi
Qiao,iyU i a’iM L nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;oai Qiviood v'u lutovl f :;i, „ quot;ivood uv Um^
;9loi9 yQ. vl-f^ po-io dnSy pvoip vlv oloip ?(;!,„ | poio
•viv9Q. SipaUo-u yo. y ‘Sipaqiu yp, “ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ ‘ a^liyLU L SpvQ avi uig
•SipaUo-ii yp y ‘Sipdq yp ‘‘ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quot;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'. s^iyiu l uis
•Sipavlo yp y ‘Sipvlq yp y ayi uü JnSy nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘. SpyQ p uig
•oa ‘uioJuuiuivq 'aaiao, Uimm dv vuiuv aiUiga (uvavsq) uoJuoo UvaaSmqovo
•ypvlyqyq
•qygq y g uignbsp;•uuyeg ynbsp;g uig
uid i qmd 'll
•ugvl..l-a uy i uignbsp;•uid inbsp;Sgpiionbsp;vil
dygp qiyq uy I uig
•gqg dyuqg uy i uig
•gig dog uy I uig
0,lXgt;'QV'tl
uuum
unp 'ppqiu y \iyaySoq op dnSy i sSiy qypq yp iindq ux)quot; ‘a'lipp.a'l uuioS y vlypyavimp oq, £ vliy uuyap yp iindq ux)-
•uuy quot;imd yp y^
¦pyi pye di yvlypS sqios
•uid
vlyvipyaoS uy Uy yugvld avlpiap yQ ^ diy ulgdd yp Tindq up
{'dog y Slgavlo yp dnSy iMyq y SigpUo yQ.
•Spiy:^ y
‘uoyvly uuiyUo yi^yi adgiag y;^ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'diy 4*lyq yp yQ
¦SpiyQ y
‘uoyvly uuiyvlo ydytvqo avlgvag yQ ‘vlvy dlyrvqg yp yQ
•gd dlog yp yQ [•SpyQ g uis]
•qgqd u^gd ydoo ivla agy q^iu •uid avlgquv u^gd ydoo ovlgiag yQ
•00.190. yiLUitv
--(o)-
-(o)--
(I.)—tl n* Ut) At). | ||
cuiseAl, AinmneAC. |
CtnseAi CAt)ARtAC. | |
Sib é Ab | ||
CA-pCxi.., |
C.d Ab pGAllb Ap Ab SCApCA flb. |
3c— |
SAppUb... |
CA teAbAp A5 Ab nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;f'b. |
tl 3— |
ceinceAn... |
CA CAtij 1 n-A peApAifi Ap Ab 'DcemceAb.* CA ITliCeAt A5 piubAt ó’b tlciopAf* 50 ¦oei... |
T)C— |
¦OOpAp... |
tio— | |
pÓCA... |
quot;Oo tÓJAp teAbAp ATbAC Ap Ab bpOCA pO. |
bp— |
bUAÓAItt... |
lp teip Ab tnbUAÓAItt P1b Ab teAbAp po. |
mb— |
bopcA... |
CA CAitc 1 pnbopcA A5Arb 1 teAbAp 1 mbopcA eite. | |
puitió^b... |
“Oo téim CopbiAC tAp Ab puibóAn. | |
bóinib... |
Cao é Ab OAt acA Ap Ab bómib pm ? | |
TbAtA... |
“Oo CÓgAp teAbAp AblAÓ Ap Ab blAtA plb. | |
c-uptxip... |
Ca pAoputg 1 b-A feApAtb Ap Ati uplAp. | |
Sm 1 Ab... |
“Oo plubAtt SeA$An ó’b tjpuibbeóig pin 50 t)ci... | |
pumneó^... |
bF— | |
OlA’OÓ'g... |
CA biopAb pé’b opoó-jj peo AjAbi. | |
c-püib... |
CA bio rhéAp Ap Ab püitf peo. | |
piAgAlt... |
CA mo tArh Ap Ab piAjAit. | |
Ucip... |
Ca Ab ticip A poitri An ticip t). |
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CAoV-uijteAii coiiT'on (VeACA-n) •oei-pi'ö AtirnA Ap cuipeAt rAÏ)ApüAC, bAiniiin|'Cin,
¦oó.
5tquot;An, ppéArh | “ tli bui-óe ó’n tispéin aca pé aCc bun're ö’n 'bpf'éim.’ ¦OopAfnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I “lp •OAtiA gAó niA’opA 1 H'oopAp A cige péln.”
A’ÓtDAU CteAÓCtA.
Scpiob oóc pAitice 1 n-A mbéit) ;—¦
Ag Ab, Ap Ab, Ap Ab, CAP Ab, ieip Ab, pé’b, pObtl Ab, 1,
—Agup bA pocAit peo 1 ¦ocpi pAiTicib 'otoB:
Cop, tATb, éipe.
t Ap Ab r-p-, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(U.)
Ap Ab C-., Ó’b -o-, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(C.. U.)
78
-ocr page 79----(o)--
CuireAt CAtiAticAc, Wimitt IJacai'ó.
üo ï)5 eAtjg 1 n-A feAfAui lt;iniuig 'f* •ilót',
1 n-lt;iice te ptmineóig. CAitiig fé i-pceAó ct\é -póiiAfe,
AgUf quot;00 ï)i t’é ^5 ftUÜAi ó tioiiA'p 50 ¦oopAf,
bofCA 1 n-A tAirh Aije, bofCA eite pé n-A ofCAittjnbsp;50 |\A1Ö fé coptA (ati peAp boóc !)
Atinpitij ¦00 futó fé Ap pui-ObATi,
¦00 bAin pé ctiTOAC quot;oe tjopCA,
(¦oe’n tiopcA p'ti). e)o CÓ5 pé CAitc a’ bopcA,
Ajup t«5 ¦DO SCAgAtl i,
(Do’n tjuAbAitt pin).
Ci. péittnujA-ó 1 ti'oiAi’ó:—quot;epé,” “ ó,” “Ap,” “-oe,” ‘‘¦00,’’ quot;¦oe’n,” i quot;-oo’n.”
' 1p peApp Aon éAn AtriAin Ap tAirn ’nA Da éAn Ap cop.” ' CAbAip dod’ óorhuppAin é,
Ajtip bi péin ic’ {id’) óinpij.”
cop
mUppA ^bipeAP
A’ÓÜAn CteACCCA.
Sepiob pAiDce 1 n-A mbêiD einpeAt ÜAbAptAC, Uiriiip UaPaiD, Sac pocAit Diob po:—
loó, éipe, opDóg, mAiA, pcoit.
79
-ocr page 80-ceAóc A ceAtAin a’s cnï pióit).
-(o)-
CUireAt CAtjAUCAC, tlltilltl lottlAIA.
cviiseAl
AinnineAó,
u-iotnAit».
CtnseAt UAttAKtAC,
uiirim iot«ATO.
COpA,
uitteAnnA,
puiAóxiin,
CAt/ioipelt;)i6A;
püite,
bOfCAÏ, bUAÓAIttl,nbsp;CAaininbsp;lAt) pin.
Ati pé 'oo óopAiti ACxi An pAipéAp pm ?
Ui ti-eAt), Aóc pém’ uiPPeAnn^^ti,
An Ap nA puiPCAn^itj nA leAbAip ?
Ui n-eAquot;ó, AÓC Ap flA CAtAOïpeAC^lti,
Leip nA püititj ip eA’ó óitniT).
lp mAit Liom belt aj bAbAipc tem’ tAiptiit^,
ÜA nA teAbAip Ap nA bopcAitj peo-CiA ACA leip nA buAtAittib. nó teip nA CAitiniij iat) ?
-Alti.
-lü.
¦oeineAt) An frocAit.
CinpeAt AmmneAé, tlinnp lotpATO, CUipeAt CAtlApCAC,
coupon CAot
1
ib
e
ib
A1Ï)
Suit I “ bpipeAnn An tnattAp tpé füititj An óaic.”
JwAtA I “ lp •oeACAip ceAnn cpionA -oo tup Ap guAitnitj ógA.’^
AbbA-R CleACCtA.
Scpiob pAitice i n-A mbéit) üuipeAt üAbAptAó, Untiip lotpAiP, 5At pocAit quot;oiob po :—
CortiuppA, ctuAp 3 püit, CApA 3 •ooCtüip, cApcA,
80
-ocr page 81-
èc -A CCI15 A’s ünï póit). -(o)-- CuireAt SAintneAé. | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Ca “ a” jioim An Aiiim, A5ur j'énniujA'ö Ap An gconfoin nacofAij. | |||||||||
|
' nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I A SloöAn, ...At1onA,...A Dtquot;5gt;’OvA iriAipe.
CaC) if cutfeAt, uirhij\, innfcin Aguf ¦oioótAOtiA’ó ¦00 jaC Ainm itip P41AC1Ï) peo LeAriAf:—
81
-ocr page 82-
cgaCca a lxvi /lxvii. |
DfOCtAOriAt) Atl Atl^A |
All têAX) |
Atl “OAKA |
Alt CKeAS |
Atl CeACKAKlAt) |
AH CttlgeAt) | |||
•OIOÓlAOlMt). |
¦Ot'OClAOUAt). |
¦OfOCtAOtlAT:). |
’OIOÓLAOtlA'Ö |
¦OIOÓtAOriA’Ó, |
tl i | ||
ÜUlSGAl |
fl | ||||||
e |
A |
-11 | |||||
AinmneAC, |
¦Oo-óonrixic |
An bpeiccAnn fib |
Ca ah ÜUAÓAttt |
Cii pÖCA Annfo |
1f COttlUKSA •óom | ||
T1Ó |
5AKS1.ni Aipite |
An ¦bKÖ5 fo ? |
feo A'S c^innc. |
SeAgAn. | |||
CuppoitieAC. |
1 n-oé, | ||||||
é 45 öuaIaA |
Tto bojAf lALl, nA |
CAim boAAf ó óAinnc |
C.Aini Ag cuAfOAó An |
Ca 5AeAit5 Ag ctAinn | |||
geineAtiitiAC. |
5AKSl3in eite. |
t)KÓ15e reo, |
An 'DUACaCLa fo. |
¦pÖCA fo. |
mo CotilUKSAII ; | ||
¦Qo DASfAf A]\ an |
óif nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;mo Cof fó- |
Clt;S An lowAT) CAinnce |
tli’t Aon fUT) im’ |
öif c.i5, meAf Ag mo | |||
C.4t)4pCAC. |
ut: AKSU tl bA |
riióf tio’n tjKÖl 5 |
•AS An tYl tDU ACAII-L |
pÖCA! |
COttlUKSAlU | ||
óionncAó, |
béATinA. |
Utftl. |
tl | ||||
Agup 'oubApc teif; “ Ha ¦oêin é pin Apif, |
“ Ö ! cAoi A5 liiije |
“ A! éifc, |
quot; Caoi foLtArii, |
“ ^At) fAOgAlf CUgAC, |
? | ||
ofni, |
A bUAÓAtU 1” |
A pÖCA !” |
A COIIIUKSA!” |
?* | |||
54ttimeA6. 1 |
A SAKStiiTi! ” |
A ÜHÖS!” |
^tnmtieAÓf
t)ó
Cwfpój/te^c.
'OO'óonn^c [Art öpejcelt;^nn f*iö j na t)UACAltli Sdusntnnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;j na ÖKÓ5'/lt;V ro ? 1 fco a^ catnnc.
Sii\tte ap maivinj nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'
VS pöCAf snnpo asam.
geineAniiiAc.
CAt)A^rAC,
54i)imeAc.
dgu]’ lATi lt;gt;5 bUAlAt)
SAHStin.
quot;Oo 0A5t'lt;Jr na
5Ansi3iiAit5
ba Ciotincaój
a^ti)' -Dtibai^c teó ; “ 11a ‘Déitu'ó é I'mnbsp;anif,
A SAnSÜllA!”
üo bogaj' laLLa na ICaim bo’óap ó Camnc
‘ Ö ! caüaoi as imge ot'm,
aGhösa!”
na tntlUACAItlf.
Ca an lomao cainnce as na ÜUACAIt'L^'bnbsp;céaona fin.
“ A ! éifcit),
A tjUACAIllf!
VSm as cuapoaó na ¦bpOCAf 1'eo.
Ili’t aon puT) im’ pCCAlÖ asam.
‘ Ctóao) poltarh, A pÖCAt !”
“ bioA ciatt asatö 1 n-am,
A cOlHURSAriA!”
ppititirctn.
banntinpcni.
pipinnpcin.
pipintircin.
baininnpcin.
licip -óeipi-ó aii atimanbsp;(cuipeabnbsp;aiTimneac).
Conpon.
gurame.
I.
p^Tjuuij ö t)niAin—PfiijtT) Ui ÓAtAin.
tl. Se.lt;)i$An ö t)fiAin—IDiiife Tlic TIéiLl. |
¦LiAtn ö bpMin—GiBUn IH ‘ÖAtAij. |
III. CaAs TlófA ’OórhriAtt ö t)fiAin. Tli t)piAin. ö t)t\iAin. CAictin Tli ï)fHAin. |
quot;00111104* O OpiAin. |
Sioö^ti .tli üfVIAITI. |
'DlAflTItlI’O Ö OlllAltl. |
SéAinuf |
I. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An fCAn-AtAif (.1. fCAn-AtAifi tAitig). An c-feAn-tfi4tAiii (.1. feAn-riiAtAif Ü^itij).
III. (CaAs péin) 'Oeipöfiüii. “OeAjiöfAtAifi. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Col ccAtAp.
[mAC. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ingeAn.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;mAC.]
“ quot;OeApbpAtAip *0 tA*5 T)óttinALl.”
Sin é SeA$An nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;önbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tipiAin.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...pA*pui5nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ttlAe ¦OiApmu*A.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...Ca*5 Ö b-Ö5lt;iin.
Sin é nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;iCAftAp SeA$Ainnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Uinbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;PpiAin.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...IDAbpuisnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Thie 'ÓiApmu*A.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...Üai*5 Ui ÖgAin.
“ CionnAfCAOi, A SeA$Ain nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Uinbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;PpiAin ?...a pA*pui5nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ttlie PiApmu-OA ?nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...a t'Ai*5 Ui Ö5Ain ?”
Sm i CAic nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tlinbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ï)piAin.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...Giötinnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Uic PiApmu*A.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...TtlAipe Tli ögAin.
-ocr page 85---(o)--
--(o)-
to OI |
Sm é ATI C-Af^tl... ATI C-ÖfT... ATI c-«rtAp... ATT C-'Tn-quot; AH C-éATlAtl... |
Sm 1 ATI AjATt)... ATI oftrós... ATI tutte... ATI IOTI5A... ATI eoóAitt... |
Sm é ATI CAC... ATI geACA... ATI peAfT... ATI pÖCA... ATI btlAÓAItt... ATI TTIUITléAt...nbsp;ATI fUltlCATI... |
Sm 1 ATI CAtAOïp... ATI 3tlAtA... ATI pumtieög.. ATI pAipC... ATI tjeATI... AH tnéAtr... AH C-rTr'l-... |
Sm é AH cemceAH... AH ¦oopAf... AH HÓmiH... AH teAt)A|T... AH pot... |
Sin 1 ATI ceine... An ‘oeAfnA... An neAt)... An An tiiAjAiU*^ |
tiCIt' COfAlj All AtiniA:— |
JtitAi-óe. 1 |
Conpon nAc ‘ c,’ |
V, tl, V, |1. |
‘c,’ '-D,’ ¦ n,’ ‘ t,’ 'p.’ | ||
liiTifciti:— |
^mmnfcm. |
t)AiTiiTinfcin. |
pi^intifciti. |
bAininnpcin. |
pipinnpcin. |
bAitnniifciii, |
An c-At-pnjA'ó :— |
* C * |101Tri ATI Ainm. |
—' |
— |
SéllTltUJA'Ó. |
— |
— |
ör
Öinfe^ó
StAince
“ ’O’imtig ATI nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;AgUf -o’^Atl ATI öitifeAó.”
“ 1f pCAtTp ATI
-ocr page 86----(o)--
T)lOCtAOt1A6 Atl Altc.
r»A.
Atl.
Ulltlin UAtATÓ. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(I-)
ceACc A n-AorroéAS a’s ent n6it).
--(o)---
---(o;--
CuireAl/ AinmtieAó, nntnn uaüaiü.
]:ininnscin. |
t)Aininnscin. |
Sm é ATI TiACA Tdiö. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sm i ah 6(105 quot;ouB.
Sm é An leABAti ¦oeAps. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sm i ah óAtAoïji •óeA]i5.
peAf ciöm if eAt) CA'05. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;, t)eAn emm if eAt) ITlAijie.
t)UAÓA1lt ITIAIt If CAt) ’OóttmAtt, •) beAn nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1f CAtl A rilAtAIII,
peAf mifneAriiAit •oo b’ CAt) Aot). ÜCAn ni'rrieAtfiAit 'oo ö’ eAxi CAic. t)uA6AiLtteifceAniAiLif eA*'LiAtn. ÜeAn leifceAttiAib if eA* tlófA.
Sm è An CAfCA bniiie. Sm é An fnAt fAquot;OA. Sm i An Bfó5 tjuf'óe. Sm 1 An zéAX) \;axgt;a. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
quot; leAbAif ¦óeA}i5A.” Cotipon cAob tictf -óeiiit-ó An AnmA (u. toLttAIX).^ |
mAic
'Ooirfim
1f teAC beAtAt) bcAn ifiAit cije. “ nitiT) «ifci 'DOittme 50 ciüm.”
Scfioï) f4it)Ce 1 n-A mbéiii ttiriiif UAüAfó A5«r Uirnip lolpAiiS (cutfCAt AmmneAó) 5A6 AtoiaCca -oIoB po :—nbsp;t)eA3, bmnj pbAiteAriiAit, UAittie.
87
-ocr page 88-
—-(o)- CuireAt SeitieAriitiAC ha ïi-Aiaiacca | |||||||||||||||||||
S |
| ||||||||||||||||||
“ If fteAriiAin lAt) feACAóA An cige rhótf.'’ “ CeAnn móf nA céitfe bise-” “ SAitt ftufóe ‘DO Cuf Af 'ófuiin muice méite-’ “nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦f't' b^i'öce.” |
I.
I.
II.
IV.
ITIót' be ASnbsp;méitnbsp;b^itjce
ScfioC fArtce i n-A mbéi-ö CuifCAt SeineAtfinAó [«ittiif tiAtAit), pfinnfctn Asuf bAininnfciti] 5AÓ Ai-oiAdCA ¦010O fo:
Cfotn, cinn, fCAfAtfiAit, fA'OA.
-ocr page 89--(o)--
| ||||||||||
I. Ati t)«ti-céiin. II. xJiti ï)nei|’-céim. III. Ati c-fAH-céim. |
huAn
C|\om
Tfe/it
quot; If biMine ctö ’rgt;amp; f^ogAt.’ “ 1f 1 An ¦oiAf if Cfuimenbsp;if ïfte CpomAf A ceAtin.”
89
-ocr page 90---(o)-
T)10CtA0tlAr) tIA Il-AIDIACCA.
An CéAX) ¦OlOCLAOtlAt).
AH ¦OAHA -OfOCtAOnAt).
An CTICAS ’DfOCtAOnA’Ö.
pliintirciti.
bAininnrcin.
fifinnfcin.
bAininnfcit).
A'nmneAÓ,
•no
CofpóifteAè.
geine4thnA6.
¦Oo t404it\ i:eAn i *00 bi t)eAn
T)Ut) Uom lA.
niof C4itn C4innc 4ti fnn t)Uit)nbsp;fin tiotn.
quot;OUt) 1 mlDêAl, péiffce UAif.
nfof Binne tiom 'n^ ceöt nA ceót An tuin smótAiSenbsp;tjinnnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Oinne-
AinmneAd,
nó
Coppóipe^f.
CüpLa td 1 Pidixi pin,nbsp;tdOdip finnbsp;ÖUÏgt;A Uom.
n-d j -dn td 1 n-d tndiP pin, Tgt;o Ofnbsp;mtiA ÜUÖXVnbsp;Ann.
Tgt;o I
2 CAfcAJtCAé.
jAifmeAi.
tliof CAitn St-öt» nAnbsp;t)pex!lt;Tinbsp;fin tiom.
T)«t)At\c teif nA peATlAlt)nbsp;DtJüA;
Stin AgAib, A feARAnbsp;•DIJÜa!’'
50 'oeirfnn, ¦00 ï)i A lAnnbsp;tDAR tl’OtllDnbsp;Ann.
quot;00 61 eAglA At\ nA pAifciB poirfinbsp;nA rtlTlAIÏ)nbsp;’OU'DA 50 téip,
j T 'DO öeAnnuig-BADAp DÓIÏ) 50 ciüin, pAD:
“ *014 Diö, A
ttiriA’OtltDA !”
tliop üinne tiom ’n.A ceót nA ceót nA t-OR StTlOl-AC
tntolRR. tTlt)1RR-
DUttAfC : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ 1f Agtlf
Aoiöinn DiO, a a SITlötAÓA
loriA tDinrie, tJinrie !”
ICdtndLL 1 n-d DiaiD fin,nbsp;Do-óonnAic Annbsp;buAóAitt céADnA
1 1AD 1 n-A JCODtAD.
¦Oo óeAngAit fé
5ftiA5 nA ï)feAf
feo te óéite.
Annfin, do fit fé ó nAnbsp;feAfAiB
1 Duï)Aifc(teif féin)
“ t)éiD fpöfc AjAinn, A feAfA
buitie !”
Coiifon teACAti ticm ¦óei^t'ó riA ti-AfoiAèrA.
Cotifon ÓAOt tmi|i ¦óeitii'ó nA tl-Al’01A6CA.
quot;—AiiiAit ” TjetfeA-D
nA Ii-Atoiacca.
5ntAi-óe ticif ¦óeifi'ó nAnbsp;h-AtX)t ACCA,
-(o)-
Alt)1ACCA SeAttiACA.
I- (a
Sin é tno lb^ipé.4li,...niO
rin i tn’otitios.
Sin é X)0 pAipéAtv,...'Do teAüAji, fin ï c’cii-oPs (•o’oti’oós).nbsp;fCApg) Sin é A •pAipéAt\,...A teAftAfv,nbsp;fin 1' A Ofitiós.
ItnAijie) Sin é A pAipêAti,.--A teAöAf, rin i A tl-on'oó5.
Sin nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bP^ipéitS-teACAir,
mo
Cf Co - SeimiujAT»,
A (é)
V UtTOutlA'Ó.
n. 5i ti-A feAfAtfi)
Oim-fe ttn’
Wo) fCAfArtl A ÜA1P5, CAoi-fe it)* (in -oo)nbsp;feAfAtti
O CAP5 1 t1-A feAfArh
Zamp; IHAife 1 tl'A fCAfAttl
gt;
gt;
3
3
r»
•r»
Ca Caps Aguf Ib^itie 1 tl-A feAfAiti
peAf if eAP 'OórhnAtt (Ca fé fiiAj' te peiC nibtiAPnA piCeAP p’Aoïf) nó, Ca ’OóriiriALL 1 tl'A peAn Artoif.
¦pióe btiApAin ó fin, ni fAiD j-é aóc 1 n-A S^iffun. tn^ tfiAineAnn ré 50 ceAnn 1nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.
¦OACAP btiAPAn eite, } nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;reAnpuine LiaC.
SASAfic 05 if eAP An c-xJktAip geAiioit) :
Ca ré 1 tl-A f^SAfc Anoif. CüptA btiApAin ó fin po öi' féi t1-A niAc téiginn.
ZS. füit AjAtn 50 mbéiP fé t t1-A S^fpog fut 1 öpAP.
I tl-A “ If mime PO ïii puine 1 h-a Pfoé-óórnAi|iteAC pó féin, I Ajuf 1 tl-A CóffiAijiteAC ifiAit PO Puine eite.”
92
-ocr page 93-CBAÓÜ ^ SBACrVêA^ A’S CnT PIÓIT).
-(o)-
Ait)iACCA SeAttiACA. (IV.5
X)0
AS
Ah öpuiT,i|\ AS Atl HibuAtA-O, a ÜA1A5 ?
An ö-puiL C. AS tjutl wbUAtAt),
At), i A S?
Ah öpuiL C. ’sa HlbtlAlA* fAH ?
Ah OpuiUmio-He ti’Att mbuAlAA A5 CaOs ?
Ah öpuiL piü-pe tr’tiutt mbuAbA'ö Ag CA’Óg, A t). *) A S ?
Ah bpuit ü. T S. quot;d’a nibuAtA’ö A5 CAO5 ?
VS CAOg Ag bUAtA'Ó ¦pAOpUlg.
CiA cS Ag buAtAA pAopuig ? ÜAAg ACAnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bUAtAA. |
lp é pA'DpUIg ACA t) A ÖU^TA’Ö Ag CAAg. |
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;SeAgAn : “ a piiOpHig, ah
bpuit A por ^SSC CAO é AH pAgAp AlHipipe bÓApnbsp;(a béfó) AgAinn t mb^pAó ?”
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pAopuig : “ Tli’T, A pop AgAHi
(cao é TC.)”
(4) pAopuig: “ Cao é pin AgAC X)’a P^'ó
(6) pAopuig: quot;AC! A 'Ouine, cA pAH t)’A pA'Ó AgAC 6 tfiAioin!’’
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;SeAg^,H : “Ca a pop AgAm-pAnbsp;(cao é quot;jc.)
bert peAptAIHH AHH.”
JS) SeAgAn : “ CAim ’3A
bcAC go mbéiO peApóAiHH
AHH 1 mbApAó.”
T)’a I “ Ir tHilip X)’a ót é, 1 ip peApb xgt;'a 'OC é.'
83
-ocr page 94---(o)-
t6AÏ)At\ fO
ÓAIlC nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1
‘ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;\ gt; An An mbont).
teAbAf I’m (fAn) J ‘ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'
AfV An 5CAtA011\.
Ai'diacca éisciririce.
SeAjin ; “ O fu-o élSlM f**^*^^ AjAm. Ca-q é dn
l\u’o é, A quot;pAiopuig ? ”
pi‘0|\ui5 : “ ÜAifbedin é. CaiIc if eA’ó é.”
S, “ CA bfuib An óAitc Anoif ?”
p. “ CA bitiife ¦01 I'd’ f)óCA, -| An btuife eite I'b’ tAirh.” S. “ CAT) CA ’f^ liocA fo ?”
P-
Ai'diacca tloinrce.
S. “An bptnb A0inne(Alt;5) i n-A feAfAtii Antifo Anoif ? ” r SAC AOinnenbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1
p. “tli’t, cAk (p;d6 ¦oinne) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;j-AgAinn i n-A
[ (sac ulte ¦ötime)]
S. “ CA An ceAfc a^ac. CA xktl lllie 'öuine AgAib 1 n-A fui’óe.”
ftii’óe.
94
-ocr page 95-ceACc A nAoïüéAS a’k ruT pcm.
---(O)---
Aiaiacca llithtieACA.
I- bunuithtteACA. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
ATgt;ï)An CleACCÜA.
l-éij tiA ti-uirnpeAóA pm óp Apt), ó ÖApp 50 bun (1—10,
'¦“•) ^Ha n-uirfipeAóA po teAtiAp, pcpioö 1 OpoctAtb iat) ;—
* (12) A ¦oó-'6éA5, (32) a ¦oó-’óéAj A’p pice, -jc.
95
-ocr page 96---(o)--
III. ottn-uithtteACA.
CAt) é 1-^ ¦oe’n tfii é reo ? nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-jc.)
An óêAt) BuaóaiLL, (ic.); An tiApA buAóAiLL, (ic.);
An cfveAf DuAóAiLL, (ic.); An ceAtpArhA*, -jc. buAóAiLL, (ic,).
fAn LeAtAnAó'l nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(quot;An óéAVnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;l
An CAibiDiL feo ? 4 LeAtAnAó,...óAibi'DiL, gt;• (An ceAóc jnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[...óeAóc, (^c.).nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;J
CAt) é
(¦LeACAnAó A b-Aon (tc.)
CAlblTllL nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„
CeAóc nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„
An c-oócrfiAt) LA oe rnï tugnAfA AjAinn i ntdu, Ajuf bLiAiiAin An CigeAi^nA a nAOi gcéAt) DéAS A’f a ¦oó-'óéAg (8/8/12).
CaT) ê An LA ¦oe’n c-feAócriiAin é feo ? An CuAn. ic.
A’ÓÖAtl CLCACcCA.
1. Cao é An LA oe’n rhi é feo ?
2. Cao é An LeAüAnAó oe’n LeAbAji é feo ?
3. Cao é An ceAóc é feo ?
4. Cao é An LA oe’n c-feAóctfiAin é feo ?
96
-ocr page 97-ce-Aóü A 1i-Aon A’s Ceitne -(o)--
1 |
pÓCA, |
leAbAp, |
opoóg. | |
2 |
¦Ö4 |
pÓCA, |
teAöAp, |
optJOig. |
3, 4, 5, 6 |
Cpl, óeiCpe, 6Pig, pé |
pÓCA^, |
leAbAtp, |
Cvilg op-oógA. ct'ó ré,l * .nbsp;óeitpe ƒnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;” |
7, 8, 9. 10 |
ScAóc, oóc, nAoi, 'oeió |
tjpÓCAÏ, |
ICAbAlp, |
ti-op-oögA. |
11
12
13, 14, 15, 16
17, 18
19
20
Aon -pócA -DéAg, le^öAt' riéA-^, ofTJój ¦oé^g.
Cfif, óeitfe, ) pócA) ¦06^5, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;6Ö15nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'1 .
Cuig, fé I nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;opT)ó5A I lt;
^T'i.ré.U, fp
óeitriejquot; ”j
SeAóc, oóc, ] nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quot;DéAS, teAÖAip ¦oéAg, tl-of’oöSA
nAoi nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;•oéAg,
texibAp,
OfOOg.
pióe pócA,
Oö:-
Cpi, Ceitpe, Ó1115, pé citin ]
peAóc, oóc, nlt;),oi, ¦oeió 5Cinn 'X)e nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'oe iSóCAftj,
Ceitpe
FiCe
Ceictte n-^AOïpe ¦oume;—
¦pice btiATiAin Ag ceAóc ;
fióe bliATiAin Ap pcAO ;
póe OLiApAin Ap mCAt ;
l-’ióe bliA-öAin gup cuniA Ann nó Ar.’
A’ÓÜA'R CteACCtA.
Scpioï) nA M-uirhpeAóA pm 1 bpoctAiö, Agup cuip gAó ceAnn aca Pbiifi nA poctAib peo VeAnAp •—peAnn, uöaLI, m4LA, CAtAOtp, bpóg
97
-ocr page 98--(O)-
(V.) UiiiitieACA PeAtirAtiCA.
An ’nróó CionrOA)! nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...
/ . nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;• - \ t)U1tie 1 tAtAin Aiini’o ?
(no, cia rneiv) (wwin'^ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;i i
t)eipc I “ 'beitlC A5 CpOIA AgUf 1AA Ap AOn pCéAt.’
A’ÓtlA'R CtGACCÜA.
t)AOlMe 22, 25, 34, 41, 58, 65, 79, 81. 99.
Seplob nA b-uittipeAóA pin 1 bpoctAib.
Seo AeipmeipeAóc: (22) beipe a’p pióe.
93
-ocr page 99--(o)---
--(o)----
¦potiAtimAtinA PeAtifAncA DiotiArcACA.
üinseAt
cuspömeAó.
Uin'iip
peAt'r^-
is-
|
lOlp^MÖ. |
(^^•) POtlAtimAntlA PeAtfrAtlCA CÓlhtlArCACA. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
CAirbeAticACA. If cAitc 1 reo. if cAncxi é nn.Ir teAGA]\ é riüT). |
ytiicyi^tceACA,_¦Oo üuAiLelt;gt;r iné réin. üo öuAii ü. é pétn. ¦Oo üuAiUf CU réin. |
99
-ocr page 100-ceACc ^ ceAtAiR A’s óeitne póit).
--(o)---
i^OtlAtiniAlltlA néAm-poclACA.
Uitfiip lotpAiA.
xMi ):onAinm ^
CU
flAA.
An
uéArii-
pocAt
An te (Se^jAti, -jc.) nA teatJAif pn ?
An ’mAó (cia tfiéit)) leAÜAti as nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;?
g nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ÜA ctii (ic.) cinn.
An Cpuit cuinfe Atl (ÓeAgAn, -|C.) ?
Ca.
An Bpuit CAfCAÏ Af» An -piiiAÓAn pé SeAgAn ? Ca.
üo fin CAtig nA LeAï)AH\ cuti SeAgAin,
“Do gtAC SeAgAti nA LeAftAif ó ^AAg,
Cug “OórrinAtt nA ca^caï t)0 SéAmu)',
“Oo öAin i'é A (mo, -jc.) nACA(i) -oe
“Do óuip rlt;5 (ic ) A (ic.) CóCA tnóp um CAAg, Oo Cuijt )'é pAiLce tioitil pAAfuig,
te
^5
A]\
ré (fa) (faoi;nbsp;dunnbsp;(énig)
ó
¦oo
*06
um
foini
teif
uaiA
Aó
Ae
Mime
roitfie
téi
(téicp
AICJ
tnrci
rüiCi
éuic)
UAlCj
(Al
' (auiCi)
Al
utmpi
roimpi
llAtA.
I AÓ1». l(Alt;5t)CA)
(AioO. '(AiOÖCAjnbsp;timpA.nbsp;pómpA.
---(o)--
(A)
1 11-A -feAi’Arii. Sin é SeA$An. Ca ¦) ¦Oo öi I . t)éi-ö rrei ti-A reAtMtii. 'bionn ' X)o téi5 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;\ Céijp'ó léi^eAnn nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;}¦ fé fcéAt,... Co léistreAt)' 1f é SeAgAn An t)UAóAil-t AClt;i ¦DO B' BéAr2 üi'ort |
Sin é Ca-ój. Tli’L ] lli |\Aiï) ! fé 1 n-A feAfAiti. Ui béiAnbsp;Tli Dionn Tliof téi§ Hl t-éigfit) lit téiJeAnn -féfcéAt____ Ui LéigeAA 111 léigfeAA 1f é CAt)5 An ‘ouine aca HA CtlAC B)puiinbsp;tIA (mAc) fAlBnbsp;HA (hAC w) I 1 B-Anbsp;béi2nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;jfeAfAit). HA (haC bi) bionn |
¦DO BéiJ BéiSfeAr tnbsp;1-éi$eAr tt
¦DO téigeA2 ¦Do iéispeA-ó
f CéAb.
HAH BéiS nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;\
HA (hac) Béijfi-ó HA (hac) téijeAnnnbsp;HA (hac) lélgeAt)nbsp;HA (hac) téijfeA-ój
fCéAt.
(B)
CHISeAL CUSpÖlReAC.
Sin -oA foCAt (“ tA/’ “ cioniAll.”)
Cui5im ceAiin aca. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ui tingnn ah ceAtin eite.
Sm é An focAb (“ Ia ”) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sin é An pocAt (“ ciomAtt ”)
A tuismi. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tIA (hac ¦o)cni5im.
Co biof Ag CAinnc te beipc buAóAitU t ttoé (te SeAg^in i te
CA-ög)
Co-óonnAc SeAgAn Af mAtoin nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tli f aca ÜA'óg.
1 n‘0111. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;lp é CA’óg An buAóAitt ('oe’n
1p é ScAgAn An biiAóAiU nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;beifc)
•DO-BonnAC. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;HA (hac b)pACA.
101
ACCAU CteAÓCtA.
Scfiob fAfóce 1 n-A tnbéiA (a) nA popAiiniAnnA CoibneApcA po :—
Ay T)0;
^Swp (ö) nA CfiAtfA CoibneApCA po :—
tpiop, béAf; •önnAp, •óünpAp ; éfuinnigeAf, CpuinneóéAp. ___
A beió, fA tiotiii, Ja téijpi'ó, ft2 téigeAiin (M.)
-ocr page 102----(o)---
IJOtlAtimAlltlA COlt3t16ArCA. (H.)
SC)
cyiseAt CAï)AntAC.
Seo bei^M: üuAóAitti (Sé^muf f tïlióeAt)
Sm é SéAfntif. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sin é ITliCeAt.
ÜnjAf teAö4iA tJó. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ui cugAf teAöAjA ¦oó-fAn.
[nó, nioji tti5Af ...]
ZS fé Alge Anoif. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tli’t Aon teAÖAfi Aije-fin,
quot;Oo tógAf An teAbAfi uai*. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ilioji tógAf Aon fint) iiaiti.
1f é SéAmtif bMAóAiLt nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1f é tTliCeAt An biiACAitt ('oe’n
¦o’a ¦ocugAf An beAbAfv, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;beinc)
[bÖ, (30) ¦OCUSAf teAbAtI 'OÓ ; tIAC ‘OCUgAf leAbAf tió,
bö, AH (s«h) tugAf...! nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[nó, tlAH cujAr ...]
A (so) bpuit An teAÖAf HA (tlAC nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;lt;''Ob teAÖAti
Anoif Alge, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ai^e,
AH (suh) tOJAF tCAÖAtV tIAtJ tÓSAf teAbAH UAlt».
«Alt).
“ póCAï ” : Ainrn é fin
AHAt (SHHAt) bbibt' uAtAit) -06 “ póCA.quot; “ t)ótAip ” ; Ainm é pin
AH (suh) buipeAt AinmneAó 'oó “ bótAp.’
(D)
Sm é CAOïrhgin Ö t)piAin.
Vo bi A teAbAp Ag S.
ÜA A beAbAp AgAtn-fA AllOlf. lp é CAOïrhgin Ö t)piAin An cé
Sin é ÜA-óg Ö TDiitAig.
lil pA1b A leAbAp-pAn Ag Aoinne.
tli’i A tOAbAp-pAn AgAtn. lp é CAbg Ö “OAbAig An ¦ouinenbsp;(¦oe’n beipc pin)
A (so) -A VeAbAf Ag S., tiA (tlAc) fAlb A leAbAp
AjAtn,
a(so) öpb'1--A t. AgAm-pA. tl A (mac b)pua A leAbAp
AgAtn.
o buAóAiiL Aipite Annpo, Agiip -oo b’ éigm ¦o’^ AtAip ¦out tAp pi,ite pA^o ó.
Cl A n-é péin ?
SeAgAn Ö 'OórhnAitt—lp é S. Ö T). An bUAóAitt
, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;AHtï’ (sUHtj’)
éigin ¦o S AtAip ¦out tAp pAite pA^o ó..
A’ÖÜAH CteAéCtA.
Scpiob p^iTice 1 n-A mbéiA nA ^opAntnAnnA CoibneApcA po :— “50,” “a,” “gup,” quot;Ap”; Agup CuipeAt CAbAptAÓ 00 MAnbsp;popAnmAnnAib céAOnA.
108
-ocr page 103--(o)---
Ctiife^l AintTinelt;ió.
If é Aiiim gAipmejCkt» An teAöAp nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quot;O' SoiT'cijejxn.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5) (B)
An •oS tninj Wof ^5 imteAóc ah niApA (üpï Ütop-^Aoïte, 4) trio f:peA5pA Aip, nn^Y ’oeAg-’óuine éAjAt* 5° üpéA’ocAp tüC-5lt;i)p 'DO öeiÈ 1 nDiAiD A öAif. (ü. b. 5. 165)
CAiUn bCAj tIA T'lt;S'1Ö piArti üAp pióe niTLe ó öAtle. (SéADnA, 182)
“ lp otc An óü tiAC F'w 1 peAD do teijeAn uipti.”
CmpeAt CufpóipeAó.
(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An cpeAp foóAp óAitte,fl^,p An Dttine teip An mb^p, .1. pAi'óft-
peAp pAO$AtCA. (C. t). nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;28)
(7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;IIaO 6 An DAfA pADpuij ÜD tuAiDe^p VlAnmep (p. 'p., I., 48)
(8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ An c-é mninoAnn quot;Dia ni tntStniD DAome.”
(II.) (C)
ünipcAt CaöapCaC.
(9) Pli PA1Ü Aon bOApc eite aca te n-A DCiocpAiDïp Aip (S., 138)
(10) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ri$ ÓêADnA An CêAD ti$ n-AH tug pé ajaiD Aip (S., 154)
(11) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;SAgApc D’Attb’ ¦Ainin Sfesoriuf (F- V ’ UI-, 6)
(12) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An tAoi D'Aptt) copAó “Cpi pöDAm.” (C. t).nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;173)
(13) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;FeAp suttb Ainm dó SéADnA (S., 154)
(14) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ An c-é jtlft ctitfiAng teip, pAjAD.”
(15) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ An c-é fiAC cpuA$ teip do ó^p n^ Déin do jOApAn teip.”
(16) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘‘ PU üionn An pAt aóc mAp a mbïonn An pniAóc.”
(17) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ lp é An tPlAoïtpeAétAinn AP a bpuitmiD aj cpAóc (p. p.,
(18) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cun nA b-Aice do DéAnAiti awaC 'n-A bpuit An c-AipgeAD
bpéAjAó po d’A 'óéAnArn (S-, 156)
(19) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quot; PIaó AOibinn An Aic 'n-A bp^pAiD coptA 50 b-öp.” (SeAb-
AtbpAn.)
(20) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ lp niAip5 An c-é 50 iï~A) SoórtintiijeAnn a JaoPca 1 bpADnbsp;uaiD, a5«p supt DpeA.Tn Döp-ópoiDeAó a éorhuppAin
AppA peAp A PA1b A bó 1 bpott UAIp.
“ ImteOCAib A 'ociocpAiD a’p a DcAinig piAtn.’ “nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A öptngip, A5«p Diot A öpéADpAip.”
quot;Do buAiD pé Ap A öpeACA piAin (S., 185)
108
-ocr page 104-
ceisceAnriA. |
pucAgnAï. |
(A) | |
Cl A (ti-é fiti a)cA Atiiifin ? CiA (li-é)ï)ioi'Arinfo gACoitCe ? CiA (ii-é fin ¦do) téig ATI fcéAt ? |
(1f é) CAtg (aca Ann) (If é) 'OóriinALL (bi'of...) (1f é) SeAgAn (do téig é) |
(B) | |
*00 ïgt;H1f piilb ATI bOfCA. Ca-0 [goTOé, céAp’o] -oo bfif pitib ? |
(1f é) AU bofCA (do bfif fé) |
‘‘tA.quot; “CiomAtt.” “AciTAig.” CA’O é ATI pOCAt A tUlJUT ? |
(lf é) “ tA” (An focAt A tuigim) |
(C) | |
ƒ A ¦OCUgAf nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;\nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ad ° \[At\(5U-p)tUSArlJteAbAlT? ClA Alge A (50) bpuit fé AtlOip ?nbsp;ClA UAI’Ö Ap (gup) tÓgAf Annbsp;teAbAp ? |
(1f) DO SéAmuf (a tugAif é) (1f) Ag SéAmof (acA fé) (1f) ó ÓéAmof (do tógAif é) |
(D) | |
ClA b-é Ati bUAóAilt fin a (go) fAib A teAbAf Ag SéAniuf ?nbsp;ClA b-é Ab buAóAitt fin a (go)nbsp;bf U1t A teAbAf AgAW-f A ? |
(1f é) CAoïtngin ó bfiAin (au c-é fin A (go)...) (lf é) CAOïingin Ö t)fiAin (An n-é fin A (go)...) |
(M.) |
(C., U.) |
CAt) I ** CaT) quot;do ¦öéAni:A’ó niAC ah Caic Alt;ic tut 'oo TviAj\6A’ó ?”
| ||||||||
(aaivanS ‘9u)uogt;lao3 iivU-^oi ïiuuin |
90T
|
lil II 'I | ||||||||||
(aaivatvS 'ou) uoJuoa ^ •aivavn iliiuin |
•vJUvaci f 'livoöd'il^
•pa anU uov UVvl-vlvavSn? m
•pa anU uov aUd i^, •pa quot;tvpvl UVaUiai Sn^nbsp;¦pa SumioJ a4-U(iyQ'(ySn5 'pa uuiSuid apv»'aU-iivSnp jnnbsp;•pa 'i't^pvl 8U-ü(iyiu'(gt;Sn5 -pa uuiSuiqI yp. VU-JvSn:^
0)
è** 3 n. =
n. n
(Tgt;
^^^l'Uiolipvlo V p uig
j^JJ-^^^j-utOvlipvlp V p uig
¦aU-uiOvlmUp oa p uig •ad-upJmJp oiu p uig
P: i-i
o
i-
s è-
^ 5 £gt;¦
• O.
n
i-
•uvaU'i , nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;, cr
. UmiOvUnuoi ^ avi uiQ
^
•ea -luioJmvloS vinQ a't^i uig-¦au-iuioJipUoS vlv^ avi aig
¦Q.V9 Jl ‘pU nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦Q.VO Jl ‘pU
•ipi il
•091 Ji nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^ oi vlt^qvpi ux^ aUipq u'p'
^ ap üix^qva-i v^u UViI-poq uv -diaq Ji
^ ap vlx^ovai ux^ UVaUiaq u'p'
fP. T-S tv O
Ti- 3
® 3
quot; 1 a 3nbsp;tv tv
•uuii vil
lUOll vil
^ uivl vlixgt;-Qv^9T vu aU-gn uv i uivi livavei uv VU-pvpq u'pquot;
•QH vil
^ oSvl xilvgvoT vu auUig uv
2vag Ji ^ oi ivgvag uv VU-uxon uv
•I il ^ iuvivIq (aUl uv ‘pu) vilnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;lU unQi0nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;uii i uv
^ 2vlV i- Sp.v:i UVU-avt uv ¦p il nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(UVaUia uv ‘pu)
é ii^9U O SavQ uii p uv ¦uuli ilnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-pui il
i iuluvpg L ivapHii aU-gii pvu ^ uiuumQ, q gvapim V4pa uv ¦Qii ilnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;•pa il
lt;; aiv L SpvQ aUuii pvu ^ luviÜQ q uvSvag a4iu* uv
—v-rS
V °
^1
3
3 öv
a 3 amp;• 3
• Öv
•Q-ivinoi iiiium |
Q.iv:iva niium |
veiswemeACrA.
-(o)-
SélThlUSATÓ.
I. An DpiAC«p:—
'Ap, -]C., —?
nïop, -jc., —.
(1) AH, 1C., tgt;Cin... ? —-buAit...?
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tlioH, TC., ¦DÖn.... —tjwAït....
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;—tjUAIt....
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CAtAin, CAT), CIA t)ünAf ?nbsp;tluAifv, mAT) t)ónAt'...
Sin é An btiAóAitL
¦DO üön, “otinAf An DopAp.
Stn é An pocAt ^ iui^itn.
(2) 'i lt;
CACAIb, CAT), C1A, —? tlbAlfl, iriA|1, —•
(3)
é -DO belt 1 n-oiAiii '' bA ” nó quot; bA'ó.’'
t)A'D\ tjiAit Piom é. bA Js ACDeAt é.
•Do’n
'An.”
Ainm
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sm f (t)pip) At1 c^itc.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sm é ceAim At) CApüip.
Sm é teAtjAtI ÈAiDg tli
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quot;OiA Dmc, Se^i'SAm.
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ÜAöAip Dom teAC-|biii5inii-
(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sm é DO (mo,A) peAnn (bopcA).
(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CAinig pé ipceAci cttê iboippe-
(AOti c^ifCA AriiAin l ¦DA (ah céAT)) UgAm.nbsp;(ah ¦CHeAf) CApcAj
(1) quot;beAn c’üm ip CAD I. Ci'm Ati öeAti ciüm pm.
(2) Sm é teAbAtl An rm Ci«in. (3) SP^n AJAC, A pin ciüm,...Anbsp;bCAn ómm.
(4) ‘Oo PAÜAip nA p,p( cmme iiom.
¦Qo-ConnAC nA pip óiüme. (5) Do Oi CaDj a5 niApcuigeAócnbsp;Alt dApAU th óp.
(6) Scpi-bgt;^V fDA
' j no-mAit j (7) ÜA 'DA ÓApCA tjAnA AgAtn.
, , (CnipeAt AinnineAc, M bAitnnnpctn ' m „ CuppóipeAC ' Ainm, i n’oiAfó '
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CmpeAl gemeArnnAc.pipmnpcin. ¦00’n
1 n’oiAi'ó quot;An.”
CuipeAb geincAinnAC, Ainm ¦oiteAp.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CutpeAt gAiptneAC.
(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sin é -oo (mo, a) peAnn.
(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;UéAtii-pocAb
3 3-3
j ó, pé, Ap, cpé, nm,-oo,'oe, 1 t poim, tAp, ('oe’n, -oo’n). gt;
(7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;UitnpeAèA.—Aon, tiA, An céAt),
(il (CnipeAb AmmneAc, 1-| bAininnpcin -oo’n •nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„ CuppóipeAC,) Ainm.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CuipeAl geineAinnAC, pipinnpcin -oo’n Ainm.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CuipeAb 5AipnieAC.
(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CuipeAb CAbApcAc quot;oo’n Ainm.
(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Córn-ATOiAcc.
(7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Uiinip Déföe.
106
-ocr page 107--¦o-
Utl'DVltjA'D.
T)eismeiKeACüA. |
¦pAt An ttföinbte. |
I. Ttonii Atl mb|iiAtAf : (ï) An -
CA [— ?
c J
2
E.
C
c
(tnAtiA)-*
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CujAnn fé ¦óotn ^ tTlbi'onn Alge.
(2) Sin é An -peA-p
A (30) tipuit An teAöAp Alge.
(ï)
nAc
50
nAC munA I
(tnApA)J
(I) T)a—
(2) ¦pojtAtnm coibiieAfr.i:
CXItfCAl CAbAjtCAC.
II. UoiiTi An xiinm :—
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;SeAcc'l
occ _
tIAOI j •oeic J
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Af ]
f-
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;UéAtii-fOCAt ''An.”
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CuifeAtnbsp;getneAtnnAC
a An Aitc.l 0 AnmA,
III. noitii Atl AfoiACC :—
(i) néAtii-pocAt-h quot;Atl” |ioiiTi Atl AJnm.
{2) CutfeAt geineAttirMè,
tJITTIllt lOtHAI'Ó,
¦oo’n Ainm.
{reACcI
[bP'fiti ¦Aise.
TaII bpinn. )
(2) Sin 1AX) ¦lt; buti bpAipéip. h
tnbuAóAilt pin.
(4) a Cawi bo-óAp ó cAltmc HA
fflbUAÓAItt,!.
(4) 5 CA fé A5 -Diot VlACAl bpbAp.
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“Do pcAp fé teir Atl öpeAf tfoi'b.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tHof tAitn stób tiA bpeAtl tfoubnbsp;^ fin tiom.
107
-ocr page 108-ce-Aóc A li-Aon’oê-lt;x5 a’s
---o-
n-
•U
lt;5
E.
40
ti-
n-s éiiMjeATiTi cü 50 moó ?
[éi-t^eóóAn!)......“]c. ?
SO \ /éifiSeATin
tlAcj’^ \orcl,Ann
(1) Ca veACC (occ, tIAOI, t)eic)
¦n-oi^TytAiSe Atin. (1) Sin lAt) Atl (tiutl, a) f|-uï)tA.
Alt ]
¦bun Ncis-
A \ i:lt;S-A J ci$.
(1) 1f mAit Uotn btAb tIA n-uöAtU
(1) “ AfiT) puAim tiA n-uinci
tl-éATICIIOtTl.
(l) An -V
Ca j-n- ... ?
nAc-*
5°. I
nAc V n- .... munA)
(i) peAcc(occ, nAoi, ¦oeic) n-
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ap, 6up. A n-
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ó, cpé, 50, 1, te n-
. CuipeAt
(i) ...nA n- J geineAitinAC, ( U.IOtpATO.
(l) CuipeAt 5®meAriiti4C, Uimij lotpam.
c-
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sin é (Cl’it fé) At1 C-nÖAtt.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(a) Sm 1 ('Oo -öün fê) au C-f üit öié.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(b) Sm é ¦onom Atl C-fu't)6Am.
(3) ni’tAnnro
AÓC AOtl IC-ftAC J
Sm é All nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;t)éA5.
(1) Sm lAt) (quot;O’ic t'é) fiA 1i-«ïgt;tA.
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ca pAipéAp pé tl A 'h -uöLaiö.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sm 1 lotlSA tiA b-o^-oóise -oeife.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sm lAT) TTlAipe a’p a 'h-^tAip.
(5) Ca ctll, Cê, h-u6U Alge.
(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sm é An t)Atlt;A, ^tn ceACpAtfiA'ó
(CÜ156ATD. lC-0 tl-uï)AU.
(6) 111 Vi-AipgeA-o é fin.
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;/CuipeAi AinmneAC, nó
An c-j nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CuppóipeAC.
'¦pipinnpcin no’n Ainm,
2) {a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;rC. AmmneAc
Aii c-f...' nó, CufpóipeAC \t)Aintnnpcin.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[b) I CnipeAt geineAtiinAC,nbsp;An c-f'...\pipinnpcin.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Aon c-f...
An C'
ƒ AornnA-ó '\ loccrtiA-ó ƒ
(1)
r\A li-
(2)
11A li-
(3)
(4)
(5)
(5)
Uiriu^i
loijtAi'ó.
1 Unnip - \ Uacai-ó.
(niAipe) A tile, 50, liep!, pé, ceitpe ti-xiApA (4A'ó, 7c.) h-
CutpeAl
AmmneAè.
CuppóipeAC.
CAtlApCAÓ.
CuipcAl
SeineAitinAi.
(6) n! (ip-) ti-
(;7) Oeipitn tIA ll-éipi$eAnn pé 50 moó 1lA ll-éipiS 50 póitL.
(7) nA h-
(8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;50 h-
108
-ocr page 109---(o)---
-(o)--
bi
Céi§
Veie
^SAnnuig
Cutp
CAlt
50 tlAlb TofA nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'‘SMf wife 45 ïof^.
tnAlt AJAC.
SuttAbl nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-ótiic.
llAttAbJ
SutlA(b) feAóc feAff A öéif 1 mbAfAé. tlArlt;A(b) tneAfA A öéif 50 neó.
ÜigCAfnA, géAf-öiif n-S bif
tlAf CUSA Cü, A ObATin 'OÜITltl.
50 “DcêlSItt ^ ïiAite.
tl Af •pelceAA ATI biteArfitiAC 50 quot;oeb Afif.
50 mbeAnnuige 'Dia tiuic. go n-éifi§e 'DO OótAf leAC. go gCUIfe t)lA Af DO teAf cünbsp;go rriAlfitl A’r 50 gCAICItt ATI ÓUtAlt nUA*. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
l-AbAlf téitn “ CiiifiimJ f ul A LAbf Aitl, 1 péAó fut A ténnitt. |
Céi$
“ CojAlb DO ÓlUDeACCA fUt A DCêlglft Ag Ót.”
109
Ati moA t^orui'DceAc. II.—CAitce.
(A)—An mot) CASCAó. (B)—An mot) vosuit)ceAC. |
(C)—An mot) coin$eAttAC. |
[Ao ftuAit pA'ojiuij SeA5Ati Ó5.]
mi. BuaiI, piApui5 SeAjiii Ó5,
•00 goit SeAgin Ó5.
mi goil, géin, bA éutn/s lepiAguigf-An.
ti mib’ é piAgnig Ati buACAilL Ao b’geAgp,
° Ao teAg fê SeAgin óg.
[pAAuiAe ig oaA CaAj, 1 ig Ag mi 61IAIA CAÓg Ag glApAÓ 1 nAé,nbsp;AO-Ót1AlA A rilAAgA te n-A óoig.nbsp;mi téigeAnn gé Ag giAAAé 1 mbigAó,nbsp;gAgAIÓ A tllAAgA te n-A COIg.nbsp;mi tiinig gé Atingo Agéip,
Ciinig A riiAAgA te n-A éoig. mi tAgAim gé Atingo I mbigAé,
ciocgAiA A liiAAgA te n-A éoig.
[tliog CviAtt,) nó, m' 'oóig tiom-fA 5uj( buAtt), p. S. 05.]
¦Qa mbuAiLeAt) piAguig SeAgin óg, Ao goitgeAA SeAgin óg.
¦Qa ngoïle^c^pf géin, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;óaA óumA te piAguig gAn.
t)i mbAA é piAguig An buAóAitt
AO b’ geAgg, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ao leAggAA gé SeAgin óg.
munA teAg^t) gé SeAgin óg.
bAó rhóg An longnAA é.
éigin gcAgAg A ifiAAgA teig 1 n-Aon éog.]
t)i ACAg At) gé Ann go giée 11 Alg’gA tó, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ao ciocgAA a ifiAAgA te n-A éoig.
' mi.’ Agug An nio-ó CAgCAC Ag A tCAnAITlAITlC. |
¦ AA,’ AgUJ’ AH niog) gOfUl-ÓCeAC Ag A tCAtt-AtiiAinc. |
Am III06 Vorui'DceAè,
-(O)-
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;muriA n-éifCe CÜ te jut ¦00 tije^fuA jéiti Dia, ciocjAit) tiA
niAttAtCA fo uite 0|^c (üfi Diot^-^Aoite, 266)
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;50 'DCÓs(b)A tu ceAt, Ajuf n^fi Aicise tu é. (C.b.^.j 266)
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quot; tlAJI Ctlltle quot;OlA AOIl ClMObtOlt) OfC Ate é.”
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;f All 50 t)cei3eA'D-r^ ^ ttAite auocc. (SéAiDUA, 70)
(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cuif\ uttiAC Anoij é. 50 tjpeiceAt) rnbéit) fé a’t)’ Jo^cujAti.
(S., 128)
(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;fHupA n-eiMCm tio béAt tjeAnpAT) jAbAf tiioc. (S., 37)
(7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“tló muriA ‘DCISe fé cp^t pin,—
Seó hü teó, peó bö teó,—
50 mbéAü-pA Atn bAinpiogAin Ap na mnAib peo.” (SeAti-Attipi,n.)
¦Dcüip. (D^iUCa Céicinn, 47)
(9) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;X)A tjpASA'Ó CAipxie mïopA ó ï)piAn...,50 ¦ociubpA’ó CAt nó
jéitt •DO t)piAn. (l^opAp peApA, III., 248)
(10) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;DubAtpc tlópA 50 tnbéAD pi Ati-buiDeAÓ Tie ‘óa ‘DCélSeA'D
pé óorh pada puAp te ccAt au bUAitceópA. (Cnoc riA njAbA, 130)
(11) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;DA M^jeiMIMM-pe bio Jnó au tA üd teip au pjittinj pin, ni
óuiriineótAinn piAtfi Ap tilAipe jeAppA. (S., 92)
(12) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;DA ‘DCUSAiD (AOinne cóifiAipte Ap teApA Duinn), nA jtACUAimip
uaiD i. (S., 114)
(13) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;DA tiPeiCl'Dlt’ tiA corhuppAin cü, do pjAnnpóóAiDip. (S., 15)
(14) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;DA rnAlMIMM vnite btiADAin, ni euippinn Ap mo óeAnn An
peuóAinc A tuj pé optn nuAip ADubAipe pé au pocAL.
(S-, 67)
111
-ocr page 112-ZXl
•Q.v0SiUi9-u oa ‘Q.vgt;aiivnq oa ‘g.lt;noia oci —: Jvuva'i Ovl pU^vivlq vu lt;;».i9qw v-u t saQ.iyvl goivios
'V'^apv^g'io HV^QO-V
(civuna 'loiu)
•0.vToJo-u vloiu ^ 9 9au i nqUv (Q.vuna) avioJo-u vl^ (Qivuna OQ.) -o-vqovlo-u oq,
^ 9au I O0gt;1 sqiooJ vu Jvvloa (Q.vuna) Q.vqoJo-u vly
nlvqvuiq u^aa uiJ luvluidq uv diaq qivqvS Sv Vvlvlvad vu vliuun q^in'invi SiUq y^Q. '9 auuiU vio uuinanbsp;qini-u i aiUinp lu aqv ‘ajivliy qioiuS Q.vuüv0au oSnbsp;uuina qmi-u i uü saaiyU vu animo -uuma qini-u inbsp;(e^aiuuioiuS vu 'yu) aauiiqoiuS uv ('oL ^^‘•••avqoJo-unbsp;oa „) dvn5 uid qiaaiyil vu aa uuvap uov yu ‘uiJnbsp;ayvl uv uuvailmp m 'avi pvu ‘diai 'vltaipi JnSvnbsp;‘avi Smuuvap oa ‘‘oL ‘ouuivil^q u^g auiova ‘aiyo Lnbsp;aiiiyiu avi ^qvlnS vliaipd ,Q -aaiviiilva-q vu Smuuvapnbsp;oa avi-q vio yu ‘i-q vio ‘g-u vio uuina qini-u i ginbsp;uuvavlmp lu ^/•••avaSinuuvao oq, ,, ’uivl ayil uv
Soqp V gJ V vlv vdoid-q uv
dviloa Q.Vuna OQ.
•uuv aaiviliiva tt'0'a$inuuvao oq,
Soqp V apo-q v vlv vdoid-P uv
Jvvloa Q.VqoJo-q oq.
•Soqp V ivlp V vlv aqiood vu
iviloa aVuna oq
•Sinqp uv vlivn vqdno a^s^ 'l'f'
Sqio.PvS Q.Vauinai oq
•Soqp V lovu V vlv aqiooJ vu
Jvvloa Q.VqoJo-q oq
•uivivIq uq Saivp vdoii i
’qiopi uv iui
Ce^dc A Cüis'oéiis CetCpe fiöiv.
An ÖtttACAtt SAoti. --:o:-- | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
“ An TiunnAnn a ceAiisAtcAt» ’r-^n öpógtfiAn, fc-AoïtceAtl ' nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;eApfVAó.’ |
(Uvp—) Wva— |
eaivdi lovaooj “ |
(P-) P— |
(üvp—) uva— |
vliaav ,/di03 |
•vdoid-3 uv iiSiadq i uySvag g.vpfiui va |
•(uiy ‘dv0puipa uid Uvut lu ‘3pv) vpdyd ad Q.vaq lu ‘S0.1VJ2 vdoid i |
^^¦vd-vdoid ^uu |
u't^S ‘uvd WVeauipa— |
9Q,lV4uvga vlviu uid— |
uü Uvui iPiuipau ya— |
uid Uviu UVSauipau oS—• |
vugupyUp lun gd V uuoJ dvdoa uv |
; 9 vugupydp uin pvui oS |
; 9 vugupydp utu pvni-ovl |
;9 vuoupydp uiu pvu^-ovl |
WVauna yu |
aaivduua OQ. |
lovaunau yo. |
UvauuQ. dyu |
L ‘. uuv 0g.ivddvo uvt, v |
L ; uuv 0O.ivdvlv9 uv\lgui |
L ; uuv agivUdva uyi v |
L ; uuv eg.ivU\lva uyi v |
UvaaSmuuve^ |
tOV3;DOuuv0o m |
l2SmuuvaoS vunm |
UveaSmuuvaoS og |
¦Soip V 3p0-ll V vlv |
f Solp V piaa V ipa oS |
; SoTp V piaa v dv |
; uiaiviu dv poiu oS |
vdoid oui dv\loa |
vdoid-a uv dvJoa |
vdü'd-j uv dvüoa |
vdoid om dvdoa |
uvaaiivodo „ |
lovaoonodo-u .m |
l^iivodo-u yQ |
UvasTivodo-u oS |
•OV'l'lV'G^UlOO O.OIU uv
•oaaiv-o nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Inbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦pv9iiai^'i
9V'9ao.in9oi Q.oai uv
'0110 v:jo.oui
----.‘O;--
atpij avlpia^ d^v S't^paps v’ apvaQ
—: apv (p p.'t^QvS Ji vi ivnu)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;So.vgt;Q
uuvSnp o.vSnaUo 0 Ji
‘uul
vdoisl-3 uv TiSiadq i pvauioviuola uv'Sveg cpveaiu yo.
—: (vdoiJ
uv dial \iv Uvgt;0d uvgt; 'i'i) uif^ivlQ in S(pi'i^Q0o.inSo0dpdi
SIT
•quot;lini-u t (e:?o.imajoiuS vu ‘yu)
aaniiuoiuS vlmo yu Q.vQoiUoi-^'O'^a uü 9aQ.iy\i yu ui^cx •yuuyuuiacl yu uii yuiu yu o-iypoiSuyao .InSynbsp;‘pyvlyqui i apyoupmvlp uy ivlipayiyadJ yu guiuiyQnbsp;¦p p.ivluiuy Q.yioJo^a sSia uy uyaq i iinbsp;¦uiaiyui py5i uiJ vlyvioa uy oSia uy vlyei uuyioJQnbsp;•pyavlpiyi UyayaSipou^Q,
•Jyvloa uy uySyeg iiynp oq, —-jjj
•QOivloJ ‘SmavloS
—: uii Qiaq-iyvl yu vlui aipii
aJpiap J,y Sypapg y apyaoS i yay UypyuiQ u^sa uivimd
pyS J.nSii' Uyuyop oJ yvipyulq yu o,ipqLu y-u t 9aQ.iyvl qoivlog—-jj
¦pQ.iyi'loia uy ‘8P0.1O ail
m I pi0a y pd y vliai uyvloot
piaa y pa oS ydoij-a uy iyioa loyaunau (yJyui) yuum 6
_m I apo-u y luioi uuy uyvlom PQ-iyiioiau uy 'uiaiyu*
iy Sogt;9 y Sipa y Uy uii ydoij-a uy iyUoa- yQ, -g
- I ipq 9p.iyiuypa ayo 'ap'p' •£
•9Q,iyiSyd. lu i i ayiq i uuy-
uy ‘Uyppqoi uy Uy uiiuuy $muiy Suiiqioi Q.ypqui yQ, -g
•Uyjiqynog i piuiui oS uiJ UyqUn-a uy- u'p' -g
•loyauna lu ^ p pi9a y ii^ioU-t
-OQ, I p 9.iUinuy Soqp y pi9a y Uy loyaupau -g
•Uyiuna iu id apouy Soqp y apo-q y Uy- u'p- ‘g
•—----OQ, I mau i uiaiyui
Uy Soqp y apyoi y Uy 09i 9$ia uy iyUoa Q.yaoio-u U'p' '1
—: ypUo Iiiyuiy9-u i yay qiyooi yu pygaii Umo ifiSy ‘ayi Uyqyoq ^ai qoiUoi 'iyuyoq 09i ivUSygUi yu L yuuygaJiPO yu—'j
•'P'^QQ'P'Q'^O UV^QQ,'P'
----(O)-
9Tt
uii nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;vi^ yav vlviu qpi „'vlvpyav „
‘uii vl'fpvivlQ u^ea uivlind pvS o.ipquj v-u i aag.iyU qoivlos
Vaa?'Sgt;'0'l3 UVCIO.V'
¦d'C'pQVvl iLi -vlvaaq m
r ?o
'Uvaqqmdq i uvquot;
•90.idiPQ iu •vlvipQ !u
¦piQ !u ¦u'tfaqiQ lu jr-ao.iiipqiu ^ •¦•Uvdpqut
^ •¦•piqi.u •••ü'paaiqui ^ ¦••dvpqvvt lt;;
| ||||||||||||||||||
-;o:- |
o
lt;
u-
¦ü
- £ -1 ^nbsp; /?
u
w
lt;5
yv
lt;j
At1 iDptAtAf SAOp.
Ainm
bpiAtApAA.
AlX)MÓC I ï)plAClt;NpA4. j
An ÜpMtAp SAop.
AimseAn óAitue.
quot;Oo pcpio6lt;iA lt;v Uin licpe^CA xinnponbsp;1 iiwé.
^Oo pcpioO CaAs licip 1 n'oé.
T)o Bi
Ucip ag Ca-ó5 'o’a pcpioDd* nuAip ¦oo Biop Annpo i noé.
¦Qo Bi
An ticip pcpioBtA Alge
nuAip tAini5 SeAjAn ipcCAC.
ScpioBcAp
A tAn tiüpeAóA Annpo
oe jnAt. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ÜAtAp
A5 BuaBa’ó.
ScpioBAnn pé ticip 5AÓ tA.
ScpioBpAp
poinnc rriAit ticpeAóA Annpo 1 mBApAó.
ScpioBpAi-ó pé ticip 1 mBApAé.
Ca
ticip eite Alge o’A pcpioBA'ó Anoip.
Ca
ticip pcpioBtA Anoip Alge.
CaCap pé BviAtAt).
tiéiii
ticip Alge o’a pcpioBA'ó 1 niBApAó nuAipnbsp;ClOCpAO ipCéAÓ.
béió
ticip eite pcpioBcA poitfi A B-o6c A étog Alge.
•Jr3UvQna('(r) OU ‘9.viJana(’p')
[i Uv^iUvoau)ƒ (^quot;-pvliaau)ƒ (^•••vlvaaJiaau) ƒ
^ vlv3?o\lqv-u\ ^•••io'(^?vlvqv-u\ ^•••vi'(r3vlvqv-u\ quot;
[vlï^^vlvqnp lu ‘ou] vlvdUrqva iu, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘lovaSna m
[vlv:jU’!^oq(-oa) ‘pu] vlv^JUv^qt^Q nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[pUiaq-oa ‘pu] lovaSuQ
^•••[vl’p^^U'TQtiiaa ‘pu] vivdvlvqvaa uv ^quot;•[lovpStiaa ‘pu] lovaSEnaa up-
•vlt^aSna ju [vlv^a?vliaq(-oa) ‘pu] ilvaSuQnbsp;iquot;-[a'(^3Snaa ‘pu] vlvaSnaa up-
•av^aSUiv uv Jiaq vlvao'f^q yu J,v vpveUaivd v^u Uv:aUvq.v
y 9o.^da^^vl^ lu ‘uipd lovauvqv.w ya j avio Q,ivvlvlvi vlvdpquinbsp;oS d^vaSnd i ‘Hvauvqp.w ognbsp;•u*rSv Uoapu* p.v^pqu* yo, ‘vd-utvSv^ 0anbsp;uyq V qindq oS 9qiVctUVfa(V)nbsp;¦9 diUir pp^viyqu* i updq'o'éa(v)nbsp;•9 Ui9d 9au i qvnqtxa(v)nbsp;•omiut oS qova vï^-u i uv^d iaqi0a(V)nbsp;(eSt'tr pieq oanbsp;doapiu odioa] ‘Sp-v^j Sv aiSvliv
uri 'iindq oS qpeaqiea(v) •Ul'P'Q'P'
‘ Uvasna dnSv nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘^ved, yiu ‘dcir qveaUieQ
•eSiv qqi90 aa avIlvq'fMu v p.v9Q oa ‘lovasttaa ya dnSv ‘ujv-u i uid vlvui vlir lauiaqiu vq.
(uid Tl i*V' evltovd yi vlnS apv) ‘QQlVdUvqva dnSv ‘pvdyqu* i podv^ div oaiPdUvacj.nbsp;‘ UvdUvqva dnSvnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘pWyqm i div’uvduvaq
‘ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;avSna duSvnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘pau i uiaivut dv div Q.v£tlU
‘ loVaStia dnSv ‘Q.ivlmuv uiaiv^ui pvS vliv l'aUiaq
'9 oqiood vu unp UvaStia duSv ‘uiaivw pvS uidivoio^ dv M-VaaUiaq •qiood dv 3i0q diea pivu* lu L ‘uidiyujOQ pva di qqvip uvS uiumddvg
•Hiv-QV-a
•H19Q
3
gt;• o ó-
•pvqqvaSuioo.
•pv0ui.adiv^
•aapivp
¦0apivp-p?ug
pV9daiyq-pyug dvadmip-
o
gt;*
-J
O
cgt;.
o
CeAóc A CéAry. Ail tJülACAtI SAOti. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
. f OpeicceAt\... ?—ftpeicCi... ?—ep(e)xictAf... ? 'Mnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;—öpeicpi-óe...?—ïipeicpAj^...?
An
(’Oo-)5eóDtA|t. Tli puigteaiA.
An nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[nö,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An ttpAgci [nó, öpAjCAoi]...?
('Oo-)geiöcAI\ [ni5, (¦Do-ljeiOCeAnj ’Oo-geiöüi [nó, ¦oo-$eiï)Ci] ili pA$CAp [nó. ninbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[«ó, ni pAgCAOi]
-ocr page 120-
CeAóc A CéAT),\in t. |
An btiiACAtt SAorlt;. |
$Tiiit-CAitce. CAitce. 1^4iifctneA6. ¦o •lt;5 O s- s p o s (•Coin$e4ttA6. o (U XAicneAó. CAitce. Ot5T)ui5CeAó. o 5-1- cêib- pé’n ¦ocu^jic, CêiSceAtt ¦* (ioTiUi* tim A -oeió ifc oi’öóe. CêlSCI A 6oxgt;tAt) Ann nm An ’dcaca fin, canbsp;btiA^AncA ó fin. DO'CUACAf lt;5 CotilAt) Af A b-AonnéAs Afélf im’ Cig-fe. UaSCAU* a óotiLAt) Ann ’flt;5^ gcéA'onA Anoóc. RASCAItiet A CoTitAt) foirh A oeió, xgt;a mbA* féioif ê. 5° quot;DcêlSCeAtl' Sm é mo jm-öe-fe. quot;Oa ticêlSCl' bAt) niAic An fcéAt é. CélSCeAtt ¦* «io’obA’ó t^iCfeAó, A-oeifim ! |
CAK. CiSceAtI •Af fCoiL Atinfo cimóeAtt a nAOï. Cl3Cl ’fAn Am gcéAonA Anuifi*. CAtlSCAr Af An uAif fin i noé. ClOCPAtt Af An UAif fin i mbAfAó. ClOCPAlbe niof btiAite, X)S mbéA-ö An fcoit Af OfCAIbC. 5o nciSCeAn ¦oifCAC Af a nAOï. quot;Oa 'DCISCI niof tuAite, niofO’ feAffoe finn é-n^A ciSCeAtI n'Of tuAite, niA ’fSAt). |
An n-oeAócAf...? ¦Do ÓUAtAf. |
ni ¦oeAótAf. |
riASfAf (M.) riAccAf (C., U.) llA^fAróe (M.) tlACCAi'óe (C., U.' |
mot) uascaC. |
mot) coin$eAttAC. | |||
A)mseAK t-^itne-AC. |
Aimse^H SriAt-CAitce. |
AiniseAn CAitce. |
AimseAR pAiscineAó. | |
beipceAp* nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-te^p) |
betpcif nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;f^SAt) |
béApFAp nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-ptAp) |
béApFAfóe nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-pCAOi) | |
[(¦oo-)ï)eipteAp] cugCAp* |
[¦oo-beipCi] CUgCAOlf nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-tAOt) |
cngA-ó |
(•DO-)béAptAp CAbApFAp {ctUbAptAp |
¦DO-béApCAOt CAbApFAfóe j ni i „ ” ^ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^ l^ClUbAptAOI |
(A)'oeipceAp nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-te^p) tlï ri- AbApCAp* |
(A)'oeipci nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-Ci) ni b- AbAptAoïf |
(A)T)UbpAt) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-tAf) |
[AOCAptAp] (A)’OéApFApnbsp;ni b-AbpóótAp |
[AOeApCAOl] (A)t)éAprAi'óenbsp;ni b-AbpóótAOi |
gAttCAp* nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(quot;t-Ap) |
gAbCAOtf nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-tAOl) |
gAbA-Ó |
geóbtAp |
geóbCAOi |
(¦oo-)5eiöCAp (-teAp) ntnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pAgCAp* |
¦oo-geibci nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-cl) ni pAgctf nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-CA01) |
pUApCAp nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(FTquot;*^) |
(‘oo-)5eóöt^f ni |
¦oo-geóbcAoi ni piiijti |
(¦oo-)5niteAp ¦oéinceAp* (M.)nbsp;ninbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„ |
¦oo-Jniti ’oéincïf (M.)nbsp;ni ,, |
•oo-pinneAt) ¦oéineAt) (M.) ni ¦oeApnA-ö (niop,,M.) |
[•QO-géAnCAp] ¦oéAnpAp |
[¦oo-géAncAot] oéAnFAfóe |
(ctvunceAp*) ctoipceAp* |
(cLuinci)t cboipcit |
(ctumeAt)) ¦OO-CUALAt) (¦OO-ÓnAtAtAf) |
(cLuinpAp) cLoipFAl' |
(cLumpfOe) cLotppfóe |
(¦oo-)óïceAp ntnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;peicteAp* |
•DO-óici ninbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;peiccif |
oo-óonnACtAf ni facCaf |
(¦DO-)óipA|\ ni T:eicpAii |
¦Do-óipfóe ni petcpfóe |
céigceAp* nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-CeAp) |
céigcit nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(-ti) |
¦DO-CUAtAf ni ¦oeAótAp |
pAgCAp (pAÓtAp) |
pAgCAfÓe (pAÓCAfÓe) |
ClgtCAp* |
cigcit |
CAn^CAf (tAlnlCCAf) |
ClOCp-AfV |
ciocpAfóe |
* lotiAnn
t
puipm ¦oó a’p 'oo’n lllo* OpTJuigteAt; Agup -oo’n tllo-ó pofui-óccAó, LAitpeAó. „nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,, popurtceAC, Clt;Mtce.
-ocr page 122--(O)-
(I.)—quot; éifC, A CMr, nó cuit'pil' A5 got, i, Agof béitni-o 5AT1 fgeut. TTli. cuifCAp peA|\5 a^ Peig,nbsp;ni ’neófAi’ó p Aon fgeut Anoóc.”
[SéAtltlA, t. A 6.]
éISC nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;t)pAtA|\ pAgAlCA, ‘oe’n óêAX) néimniu^At» ad pocAt
fO. triot) O^ltlUIgteAt, AD 'OAflA peAp^A UAtAlt), ¦DÓ.
A nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;triion-focAt ATI CMipt SAipttii$ é peo.
CAlU nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ainm ¦oiteAf é peo. t)Aininnfcin, i cuipeAt
gAtpmeAó ¦oö.
nö nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CóPnApc é peo. 6 i n-A CeAD^Al. itnp “ éipc ” Agup
ATI óuiTgt; eite ¦oe’n pAtgt;.
CUmpiU iJpiAtAp piAgAtCA, AlfcpeAó, ¦oe’n óéA’O pénnniujA^ö é feo. tTlo‘0 CAfCAó i AimpeAp pAifcineAó ’Oó.nbsp;An ¦oApA peApfA uAtAiii, -| puipni tAitcenbsp;¦öó. (“Cuip” if moT!) op^DtnJteAó ¦oó).
A5 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1?éAtfi-focAt é feo. An Ainm pn, “ 501,” pé péip Aige.
50I- nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Atnm DpiAtAfóA ve’n óéA’O 'oi'oótAonA'ó é peo.
UlTillp WAÜAlt) 7 CUipeAl CAÜAptAÓ 'DÓ. 6 pé pétp Ag An péAm-pocAt pn, “Ag.”
f nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tTopAinni peApfAncA ¦oionApCAó é peo. An cpeAp
peAppA uAtAit), bAininnpcin,i cuipeAt cuppóipeAÓ ¦oó. é pé péip Ag An nibpiAtAp p’n, “ cinppip.’’
AgUS nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CómnApc é peo. é i n-A óeAngAt rnip ‘‘ cuippip Ag
goL f” Agup “ béimi’o gAn pgeut.’
béinift) tJpiAüAp neAtn-piAgAlcA neAp-AipcpeAé é peo. TDo’ó cipcAó 1 AimpeAp pAipcineAé ’oó. An óéA’Onbsp;peAppA lotpAiTi 1 putpm tAitce tgt;6.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(“ t)i ”
ip moP opnuigteAó, i “ Ca ” ip AWipeAp lAit-peAó, ¦oó.)
5AT1 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;UéAp-pocAL é peo. An Ainm pin, “pgeuL,” pé
pétp Alge.
122
-ocr page 123-SSBUt- Ainm coiCècAnti, 'Oen céAO otoólAonA'ó é fèö, ¦Uirhip u^t/n'ó, pifnnnfcin, •) cuife^t cuf-póitie^ó oó. 6 pé péifi 45 ^n pé^jirii-poodt fin,nbsp;“ 5AT1.”
CóitinApc é féo. é 1 n-A óeAngAt ioi]\ “ cui-pCAii peAps AP peig ” Agtip “ ni ’neópAi'ö pi Aonnbsp;pgeuL Anoóc.”
CtlItlCATl ÜpiAtAp pAopj piAjALcA, AifcpeAó, oe’n CéAO pétm-niujAO é peo. TTlo'ó CApcAó i AimpeAp gn^t-t^itpeAó Oó.
p6xMl5 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ainm ceibfóe oe’n OApA oJoótAonAO é peo.
Uirhip uaCaiO, bAininnpcm, 1 cuipeAt cup-póipeAó Oó. é pé péip Ag An mbpiACAp pin,
“ CUIpCAp.”
AR, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;RéAtn-pocAL é peo. An Ainm pin, “ peig,” pê
péip Alge.
p615 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ainm oïteAp. t)Aininnpcin, i cuipeAt CAóAptAó oó.
é pé péip Ag An péArfi-pocAt pin, “Ap.” An óonpon copAi j, .1. ‘ p,’ péirhigte Ap topg aunbsp;péAtfi-pocAit pin, quot;Ap.”
RT nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’OoibpiAtAp oiütcAé é peó. é 1 n-A CeópAinn oo’n
ópiAtAp pin, “ ’neópAiO.”
’tieOSAIT!) PpiAtAp piAgAtcA, AipcpeAé, oe’n OApA péimniugA'ó é peo. tPloO CApcAé, 1 AirnpeAp p^iipcineAé Oó.nbsp;An cpeAp peAppA uaCaiO oó, Ag ceAóc te n-Anbsp;AinmniO, “pi.” (“innip” ip mo'ö opouigceAénbsp;Oó.)
ST nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦popAinm peAppAncA cóttinApcAó é peo. An cpcAp
peAppA uAtAiO, bAininnpcm, 1 cuipeAt Ain-mneAóoó. é 1 n-A Ainmniii Ag An mbpiACAp pin, “ ’neópAiO.”
AOtl nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Aioiaóc éigcinnce é peo. é 1 n-A teópAinn oo’n
Ainm pin, “ pgeut.”
SJGtll- nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Aintn coicóeAun, oe’n óéAO oioétAonAO é peo.
tlnfiip UAÜA1O, pipinnpcin, -| cuipeAt cuppóipeAó Oó. 6 pé péip Ag An mbpiAtAp pin “ ’neópAiO.”
APIOCC quot;OoibpiACAp Aimpipe é peo. é 1 n-A CeópAinn ¦oo’n bpiAtAp pin, “ ’neópAlO.”
123
-ocr page 124-(It.)—“ Tii ti-iAt) HA pip rilÓpA A bAineAtin An pógtriAp.
nT
[is-]ri
1AT)
riA
Vm
rhönA
T)otBpiAtAp ¦DuitcAó é peo. é 1 n-A CeófAinn tio’n llApc pin, “ ip.”
fuipni xie’n PlApc é peo. ITlot) cApcAó f AiinpeAp lAitpeAó ¦OÖ “ ’OAoine ” a Ainmnit) AtiöAip.
¦popAinm peAppAncA ¦oionApcAó é peo. An cpeAp peAppA loLpAit) 1 ctnpeAL AinmneAó ¦oó. é i n-Anbsp;AinmniP óóm-Aipnéipe Leip An Ainm pin, “ pip.”
SiT) é An c-Atc. tliriiip lolpAi*, pipinnpcin, -| cuipeAt AinmneAó quot;Oö, Ag ceAóc Leip An Ainni pin, “ pip.”
Ainm coicóeAnn tie’n óéAT) quot;oioótAonA’ö é pee» Uirinp lotpAit) 1 pipinnpcin ¦oó. 6 i n-Anbsp;Ainmni-ö pAipnéipe Ag “ ip.” “ peAp ” ipnbsp;tiirhip uAtAi'ó, cnipeAt AinmneAó, 'oö.
AroiACc é peo. Uirhip lotpAi’ó, pipinnpcin, •] cuipeAt AinmneAó quot;oó. C i n-A teópAinn 'o’a Ainm, “ pip.”nbsp;“ ITlóp ” ip uirhip UAtAi'ó óó. An óonpon copAig,nbsp;.1. ‘ril,’ péirhigCe Ap topg An AnmA lotpAió pin,nbsp;“pip,” AP conpon óAot a ticip óeipió.
[tlA] nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sió é An c-Atc. tlirhip lotpAió -j cuipeAt AinmneAó
¦Oö, Ag ceAóc teip An Ainm pin, “ -oAoïne.”
[“OA01I1G] Ainm coicóeAnn óe’n 4aó., i óe’n 5aó., óioótAonAó é peo. tliriiip lotpAió óó. é 1 n-A Ainmniónbsp;AÓÖAip Ag “ lp.”
A nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;triion-pocAt 1 n-A popAinm óoiftneApcA é peo.
tlirrnp lotpAió óó, Ag ceAóc te n-A péAin-teAóCAióe, “ óAoïne.” é i n-A Ainmnió Ag An mbpiAtAp pin, “ öAineAnn.”
t)A1116AT1T1 ÜpiAtAp piAgAtCA, AipcpeAó, óe’n óéAó péimniu$Aó é peo. trioó cApcAó AimpeAp gnAt-tiitpeAónbsp;óó. An cpeAp pieAppA lotpAió óó, Ag ceAóc te n-Anbsp;Ainmnió, “a.” An óonpon copAig, .i. ‘6,’ péirhiJCenbsp;Ap topg An popAnmA óoióneApCA pin, “a.”
An
pöSrhAn
Sió é An c-Atc. tlirhip UAtAió, pipinnpcin, i cuipeAt cuppóipeAó 'Oó, Ag ceAóc teip An Ainm pin,nbsp;“ pó^itiAp.”
Ainm coicóeAnn óe’n óóaó oioótAonAó ó peo. ¦pipinnpcin, -j cuipeAt cuppóipeAó óó. 6 pénbsp;péip Ag An tnópiAtAp pin, “ öAineAtin ”
124
-ocr page 125-£21
( nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘SilidQ. ovvo ai 'iv'oo^ u^scx
uii ai9iu 11V' QoiUoi ‘Qua UnoS uv Uv o.vqoi\loJ yS, vli^q vlivtij^ •v^uava? ap't'ap '(gt;J, p.'t^aumiu ai vpv aSivaviuvvlS spuliy aauiodqnbsp;uv Uv uid woUa 910 uv vpU«gt;'iu90 (aiddiHvl -i-Lu) vpilo 'p-pvlv^Svpqnbsp;^^luoda,, oqo JnSv ‘Qi^apvaa vu Jui yav oi vpvavlaiq vu -avi vldvajnbsp;vli 9.va di aqipp v vauuvaaa i -99. pauuivo vu lumiSod Sv piaqnbsp;uuiq ai uuiSipq oviu uv Sv uuniSoi y^a aSiipavS vu pvavutvvlS 9unbsp;luvapiiii o,iaQui oS ‘aa uü dvu* 'vliiSmQ -a^ipp v 9,iviau i Uiq-jnbsp;oS vpdo apivliy avlp d^v dvSva duSv 'vov apvao pvS vlv aSivavuivvlSnbsp;dipd oa apidiy vlvSva qmdQ oS vdvaau pi divdvlvQVQ 'jj
¦pivliynood vu Sv vlpiq-vloiu 9S ppv 'qiUiyqood Sv dnSv viipapuiom Sv aqia didv d^v divlv avlivQvq y^a d^v 'avlivQvi y^a d^v ‘avlivQva y^anbsp;apvap vdiu Qiap-iyd aa quidQ v p-oiq ‘dipi oS uid avlidiuiv-ii vu o,vadnbsp;dv ‘drvSv ‘vov vapvao pvS 9,vaumiu oa Smtp uv divn-pva^ 'SidiQ,nbsp;v9.oij,i uv dipd oa qivuvpa oa uvd L 'Suvd vd^ 9.vaumiju oa aauuivanbsp;di9oS i 'iiviuvadiy diaipquj oS d^v viunoS i avi 9.vqo!dod OQ,
•od vapvao vu ava dt aauuivo vapvaj 'j
•iMvuvpo, oa uvd dipq oS uuina advap o.vq dnSv 'aqipp v-u ai g.vSudqvo dipT. oS diuuvdavpd.Qnbsp;‘aSqaavS vu avauiniu oa t oad divqo u^oa qiyqvS Sv yav auuignbsp;od apvaoS vu 9.vauuiui Sv pu* d^v uipi woa luvuSuoo Snp v apiaunbsp;auuiod aina qipi-u i uiudmoS ya p wdo ydSqa yu diaipd
^ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;wlSv^aUia Inbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;vlnp oa quot;ivoo^ u_oa vuavpo ut\lm4
uv qiUiy'iooJ t^u vlv Qi'?^pvid,a Q.V9dümp oa a'(gt;^u*fiP oa adioo uid aivip vgt;-u i dnSv ‘uipd aivn adiooS i pv^gadi dnp oa sSiv avouiniu ya yawnbsp;('d'LU ‘umddvS) ivood u^aa uid luUindq uv vlv aamuiuooS i uix^uvpanbsp;oa apv^dU'f^i vlioaautriiu u^oa avlvap a^'Q ¦:iv3.v Qiia vlyqoS vlvnbsp;'t'pqoidod vlipq oS apvao uv aipQiw oS uid dvm ado
^^¦dmdi^p uv uuv^ao ^ uid ‘ p-q ly,
—: aivti dveSmadvap
ï^dSvradd uv^ dilt;^q90$ ‘uid p iiyqSoia uov-q lu apv ‘adivS dv^duvpQ, uinddvS uv uuvao uid p uy
‘oeJ adiap uigt;^ dmo duSv ‘diou's^ Qioa dmdvp uv uuvao uiyaddiv^^ '9 qna dfioS uv di^ qoidod dnSi^ ‘vuavpoS aoui uv dv af^ouiniii oa
^/dindi^p u's^ uuv^ao p uig 'uid p dndvo „
‘aqia vidiuod avpp uv uipQ, -uii auil uvdvaaSip'i -ludiuS oqii^o aq ,, S uv uuoio dp a'f^poidod oanbsp;apSiuiipd ouod uv ‘diai ‘and uv piviu at'Q 'Sdiaa oiivo aq i,,nbsp;-2 uv qoidod dnSv ‘dvovai vd^ aiyav dviu qpd ‘qna dyqoS uv dv
^j‘uinddv$ uv uuvao p uig ‘uid p unddv2 „
‘ayd ya uv qoidog -pa pu divn ^^‘umddv$ uv uuvaa
9 uig ,, ‘qivood vu uipd idiyqood vu diaivdqv ^/u uv dv$odq
i dpiu-doui oS apv ,/S uv dvSodq i a's^auuid-oa a’(^$ndpv-a uv
vdvaau ad idiyqood vu a'S’ddvqvaa oS d^v aSiqd i avd oa ^/uinddv$
uv uuvao p uig ‘uid qivood vu dipaauiniu u^oa diaipd ,q oq,
^•uinddv$ uv uuvao p uig ‘dipqiod ‘aipd oS divqv dnSv
‘uiduuv ‘uinddv$ uv uuvao uiyaddiVQ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;9 unddvS ‘a^d v
dnSv(unddvS‘pu)auyaddivp oa uinddvSdinaoïd yu^ Suvd vd^Uivuvpa
V advao di and avpo p di: pvuuivauiaS qvadina ‘avuovqpota avpoS uv
dv uid apvao uv ‘dyoS i ding -vaqvidiadd oS a'f^auinui ai yav
livood vu pu aaaiyd vu yav uid uvuinqop vdui ‘qivpvadaiq vu
aa ainy dv uioda pio dnSv qivood vu qindq v dvui qoia uviumoo
r*
u'p' -apvaa pvSu i ^avaSivq v dv) uvijiniop ya 72 ’UI
-ocr page 127-Léig lATj utle. 'piAffuig t)e nA fcolAtfiD ca-d é An c-AtfugATi ¦Do-finneAt) Af nA focLAiO. IDaY üóiJ Lcac guf gAftA* é, 'ofrinnbsp;rtiintugAt) Af An fiAjAiL ‘oo-f mneAt) ó nA fomptAÏO.nbsp;Aóc •o’a tAigeAT) AimfeAf a óAitpif Af An gcéim feo Tie’n-óeAécnbsp;if eA* if fCAff é. Sin é cüif ^iif ctiifeAt) ifcOAó ha nöcAÏnbsp;SfAinAtiAije, 1 i'li$e a’p 50 üpéA'opA’ó nA niic téiginn iat) quot;00nbsp;Véi^eArh nuAif ‘oo üéAtgt; iiAin aca Cuige, Agiif 50 BféA'OfAi'óe Annbsp;leAt-uAif All Ctuig Af fAT) quot;OO CAiCeAtii Ag tAöAifc nA 5lt;S'6'öitge.
V. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pé fcotAife, óg nö AOfCA, üéAf Ag fogtuim Af An
leAÖAf fO, t)Aquot;Ó ÓeAfC ¦Oó gAÓ CLCACCAt» Tj’i BfUlt Ann TlO fCfioBAtl ’fA DAiLe. TTlunA ntiéAnA fé fAn ni féA'opAi'ó fé An CAifOenbsp;ceAfc T30 ïiAinc Af nA ceACcAiö. tli n-eót ¦oom Aon c-f AgAf oibfe 1nbsp;gt;eit fcfiüneóifeAócA a tAOAfpAfó An oifeA’O congAncA ¦00’n ifiACnbsp;.éiginn óiin ccaCc ifcOAd 1 gcoAfC Af An ngACöilg -oo fCfioöA-ó A’f anbsp;tAÖAfpAl'Ó nA CleAÓCtA fO. PAIflf fin, 1f pUfA, AgUf 1f CAltneArflnbsp;Alge, ¦Do’n riiCiinceóif cleAócCA ‘oe’n c-fAgAf pin quot;00 ceAfcugATi ’nAnbsp;AlfCflUgA'Ó A ÜéAflA ¦00 ÓeAfCUgA’Ó. tlllAlf *00 üéA'Ó An CeAÓtnbsp;müince, b’péi'oif nAf rnóf 'oo’n rhüinceóif An cteAbCA’ö acA Agnbsp;gAbAit teif quot;00 itiiniugA’ó.
VI. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pAii óeAfc 'oo’n niüinceóif An ceAtc, Agtif gAó anbsp;mbAineAnn teif, ¦oo beiC uLLaiti Aige pubA TicAÖAppA^ó pé pé n-Anbsp;müineA'ó. “ 11i li-é IA nA gAoïte tA nA pcobb.” An müinceóipnbsp;lp peAff Af 'oortiAn ni péA^opA’ó pé ceAóc ceAngAn tio tfiüineA^ónbsp;50 bCACc, Cfuinn, ptAócriiAf gAn é ¦o’uLLmugA'ó foirn fé.
VII. tli fó-oifeAitinAö An Aic é peo ótin a CuibbeA^ó oo fAii i BCAob An itlo^öA Itlüince. t)AACeAfcüpAroT)otiéAnAiti ¦oe piccüifib,nbsp;¦De fu^OAÏb, ¦oe óóitiAftAib póifc, tc., An teAfLA ¦oo óAiteArh i teACnbsp;bAoïb, mA’p péioif é, Agup beó^óAóc a’p puinneArii oo óuf Leip Annbsp;obAtf ó tiip oeifCAt). Ha nócAi i ocAob 'IDo'óa ITIüince acA inbsp;5 “CAinnc” Agup 1 g “CAinnc Colour Cards,” oo tAbAfpA^ö a béigeAitinbsp;^ bAn congAncA tto ¦óuine tun nA gceAóc po oo rhüineA’ö ’pA óeAtir.
S. ö C.
127
-ocr page 128-OF
PAGE
151
152
160
161
162
164
165
166
THE VERB
(I.) Regalar Verbs:—
Past Tense Imperative Moodnbsp;Verbal Nounnbsp;Verbal Adjective ...nbsp;Future Tense ...nbsp;Present-Habitual Tensenbsp;Past-Habitual Tense ...nbsp;Conditional Mood
(II.) Irregnlar Verbs:—
The Copula ^caiTTi, etc.
Reported Speech ... Question and Answernbsp;Other Irregular Verbs ...nbsp;Irreg. Verbs : Verbal Stemsnbsp;Defective Verbs
PAGE
129
132
133
133
134
136
137
138
140
143
146
146
146
ISO
150
THE NOUN.
Gender
Declensions
THE ARTICLE.
THE ADJECTIVE.
Comparison Possessivenbsp;Dem. and Indef.nbsp;Numerals
THE PRONOUN. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;168
The Relative ... nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;169
Emphatic Suffixes nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;172
Aspiration nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;174
Eclipsis ... nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;175
...... nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;176
THE VERB (III.)
Subjunctive Mood ... nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;177
Autonomous Form nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;179
Formation of Irreg. Verbs 182 (contents at p. 181).
Summary of Grammar | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
128
-ocr page 129-1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The Verb is the most important word in a sentence (Latin, verbum,nbsp;Word : Irish, bpiAt4p) ; and in Irish, it is placed at the beginning of itsnbsp;sentence or clause. It is the part of speech by means of which we statenbsp;something, ask a question, or give a command.
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The form of the verb used in commanding or requesting a personnbsp;to perform an action [the Imperative Mood, second person, singular] is thenbsp;stem, or simplest form. In the sentence (a) tfuti “oo te4t)4p, 'outl is annbsp;example of this form.
3. In (6) tio ‘óün pé 4 teaB^p,'O0 t!)ün is an example of the Past Tense.nbsp;Tense is the form (or inflexion) which a verb takes to express change of /tine,nbsp;Pa^st, present, or to come. On comparing the forms of the same verb in (a)nbsp;^nd (6), we notice in the Past Tense the particle 'oo before the stem, ƒ ’Oun
1*00 ¦óün
When the first letter of the stem is an aspirable consonant (b, C, •O. Tgt; 5, m, p, p, or c), it is aspirated after this particle (quot;óón, funi)nbsp;T)o becomes D’ with verbs in which the initial letter of the stem is anbsp;'^owel, or p (-o’dipis, •o’i'45).
4. Pronounciation. Before aspirable consonants, quot;Do is frequentlynbsp;•Emitted colloquially. In answering questions, and in slow, deliberate speech,nbsp;^0 is usually pronounced, but never with stress of voice.
129
-ocr page 130-An tiun fé A Lelt;iölt;ii^ ? Do nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tit OH
6. Question and Answer. Note (a) that commencing the question is the interrogative particle Ap:nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(6) that a negative answer commences with
Miop, and an affirmative with ’Oo: and {c) that the verb used in the question is repeated in #ie answer.
When the sense requires it, the particle llAp (Interrogative Negative) is used instead of Ap (nlt;ip pufö ?)
“'Oub^ipc C. junP-^
¦OonnCA*; “ 'Oub^ipü S. UAH ’öü’'' 'O- a heAÖAp.”
6. Micheal tells us what Tadhg said (in the affirmative form) ; Donn-chadh, what Seaghan said (negative form) Notice the use of the conjunction gup in reporting affirmative, and of the conj. tiepin reporting negative statements. ^up, or tiAp as required, must be used, in the Past Tense, beforenbsp;every sentence thus reported. In such (dependent) clauses, the actual wordsnbsp;of the speaker quoted are not used.
The student should carefully note the distinction between direct and indirect (or reported) speech. In the latter, a different formnbsp;of the particle is used and, as will be seen in later lessons, thenbsp;V 'rb sometimes takes a different form. E.g.,
Direct
Speech.
Tadhg ; quot; P. closed his book.’' “ quot;00 •öün p. A teAÖAp.”
Seaghan:
Main Clause. Tadhg saidnbsp;'Oil Dai pc Ü.
quot; D. did not close his book.” quot; lliop titin T). A teADAp.”
Indirect -or Reportednbsp;Speech.
Dependent Clause. that P. closed his book.nbsp;5up Affn p. A teAöAp.
Seaghan said that D. did not close his book.
Note that in such dependent clauses the conj.—-which is frequently omitted in English, e.g., “ I knew (that) it was he ”—must, innbsp;Irish, always appear and be placed immediately before the verb.
The main clause may be a statement (as in this Lesson) ; or a command or request (as in Lessons 9 and 10.)
1, Particles. In Irish, certain particles (quot; little parts ” or words which cannot, now. be conveniently assigned to any part of speech) are used withnbsp;the verb. They vary in form for some tenses. In the Past, the interrogative particle An combines with po, resulting in Ap. Similarly, ponbsp;affixed to the negative particle ni — niop; to the conj. 50 (“that,”nbsp;affirm.), —gup; to the conj. or nAd (“that,” neg.), —n.5p; to the adverb cA (“wherequot;), —cAp. None of these particles, etc., ever gets voicenbsp;stress or emphasis.
180
-ocr page 131-8. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Person.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Singular.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Plural.
1st. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'00nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦öütiAf.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'00nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦öütiAmAH.
2nd. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-oonbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘óutiAif.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'oonbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;•óudaBah.
3rd. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-00nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦óün.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦00nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;•óünA’OAjv
9. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Padruig tells us what he himself did (‘00 OutlAf)—Firstnbsp;Person.'^ Tadhg, speaking to Padruig, tells him what he (Padruig) didnbsp;(quot;00 ¦OunAif)—f.e. Second Person ; and so on. Hence, the verb can, by annbsp;ending, show the pronoun (I, you, we, ye, they). The forms of the verbnbsp;with pronominal endings (the synthetic forms) are a source of great beautynbsp;and strength to the language. In some districts the forms ¦00 ‘öün mé,nbsp;ca, etc. (analytic) have recently come into use.
10. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pron. The p in —and —öAp is pronounced slender in Munster, and is frequently so written, viz., —mAip, —bAip.
[In, e.g., ‘OO óuipeAp, e (slender glide) is inserted before—Af, because Ctltp ends.slender.
tDo ‘ÖütiAip: A (broad glide) is inserted before —if, because “oOn ends broad.]
The synthetic forms of o’of CAlt are pronounced o’ofCtAl-Af ; —mA(i)p, —bA(i)p, —OAOAp; i.e., as if from a stem in -15nbsp;(as élpij) ; and, generally, where the synthetic forms are innbsp;use, the pronominal endings affixed to stems of twonbsp;syllables ending in it, ini, in, ip, 1f, or mg, not preceded bynbsp;a long vowel, are usually pronounced —lAf, etc. When endings for person, etc., are affixed, such stems in -it, -in, -ip,nbsp;-If, are syncopated or shortened, as 'o’ofCtAf.
REVISION QUESTIONS. (A)
{All examples must be in Irish, and in complete sentences.)
Revise Lessons 1 to 5.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Why is the Verb so called ?
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is meant by Tense ?
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;How is the Past Tense {a) affirmative, (6) negative, of a Verb formed ?
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of Past Tense sliowing the use of (a) gup, (6) nAp.
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What are the pronominal endings of the verb in this tense ?
6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When are the endings -eAf and -Alf affixed to the stem of a verbnbsp;^ the Past ?
7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What particles, conjunctions, etc., are used with this tense ?
{Lesson 6.—DIRECTION (I.)
11. In this lesson are introduced some commonly used adverbs,nbsp;®^owing changes to denote (r) rest in, (2) motion to, and (3) motion from,nbsp;^ place.)
181
-ocr page 132-12. The Imperative Mood is the mood of command or request, or the like. The mood of the verb in Lessons 1 to 5 is the Indicative, which merely indicatesnbsp;as an actual fact, or asks a question. There are also moods of wish, doubt, etc.,nbsp;which will be dealt with in subsequent lessons. The form of the verb used tonbsp;express each change of meaning, i.e., the manner in which the statement isnbsp;made, is called a mood of the verb.
Person. |
Singular. |
Plural. |
1st. |
(¦oünAiin.) |
¦outiAimif. |
2nd. |
•oöri. |
¦oünAit). |
3rd. |
tiünATS. |
¦ounAtoip. |
Notice ihe various pronominal endings, in the singular and plural {i.e., denoting the pronoun, or person—first, second, etc.), andnbsp;further that the endings are different from those in the Past Tense. In thenbsp;third person, I ask, or order, that Padruig (Padruig and Seaghan, etc.) donbsp;certain actions, but, in expressing my desire, I do not address Padruignbsp;(or Padruig and Seaghan, etc.) directly. The imperative first personnbsp;sing., is rarely used.
14. Pron. 2 SG.: stems in -15 or -i* are prond. -15 in M., as éipiS. PU15 ; in C., and U. these, e.g., are éipi, pui.
3 SG.: ending -(e)óT!) is prond. -uó in M., as xiünuó :
in C., and U. as e.g., ‘Oünü, but as -(u)ic before a pronoun beginning with p.
East M. West M. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;C. amp;¦ U.
2 PLU.: stems in-15, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;éipigi
or It), as e'.g., ptii5i ptiiS V stems in -it, -ip, etc., as e.g., opctAigi opcLAi5j opctxMsi
Other stems.
as e.g., 'DünAiSi ¦oöno.is
The -m- of 1 plu., and the -t)- of 3 plu., are broad in C. and V-when the stem ends in a broad vowel, as xiutiAintilp, ¦oütiA’oulp.
In M., an old form of 1 plu., in -Atn (éipi$eAm, etc.^ is frequently
ased.
182
-ocr page 133-’OuBfiAif teif A veAüAt' ¦00 ¦outlAiD, (A)
¦ouöpAir teir rui-óe. (B)
IB. A Verbal Noun is the name of an action (or state). The words 'ÓünA’Ó and ^’Ul’óe (in A and B), being names of actions, are Verbal Nouns.
16. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;You will observe that in sentences as A abovd, the Verbal Noun isnbsp;at the end of its phrase (the verb itself, 'oun being transitive in these cases) ;nbsp;and that in such sentences as B, the verbal noun commences the phrase innbsp;which it occurs (the verb itself, pui’ö, e.g., being intransitive).
17. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In ‘oön ¦DO teAttAp, the verb ¦oun is transitive, because thenbsp;action passes on to or affects leAbAp (the object). Stii’ó is intransitive,nbsp;because the action does not affect any object. We can say CA‘0 XiO ¦óönnbsp;pé ? but not CA’O ’DO fufö pé i
18. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ending. As a general rule, when the stem is :—(I.) a word of onenbsp;syllable the verbal noun is formed by adding Ati (quot;oCw, ’oüma’ó) ; (II) a wordnbsp;of two syllables ending in the verbal noun ends in ti jA’ó (bAlt-IJ,nbsp;bAltlUjA'ó). Note various forms as you meet them in reading.
19. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pron. ”00 in such phrases as...a teAÜAp ’oo 'öónA'ó is a preposition, and is wsually pronounced, and frequently written, a. When the preceding word «nds in a vowel, this preposition is frequently omitted beforenbsp;consonants (ad CApCA ’geAppA’ó), and it often takes the form of A ’0nbsp;(a •ó’opCAltc) before vowels. The ending -u^Atgt; isprond, fi (somet.nbsp;Ö-Ü. The ending -a'ó is prond. u in C., amp; U., and a (unstressed) in M.
20. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Notice that the imper. mood in direct speech, as quot;’Dun quot;oo VeAbAp,*’
becomes the verbal noun) _ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;, .
. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;, ITlubApc help A tCAÖAp ¦oo'óunA’ó.
vn mdirect speech, as,J nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’
“ ri^ ¦Oun An fuinneó^.” nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“ IIa puif).”
¦OubpAip teip All pumneós -do •óünA’ó. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pufóe.
21. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;TIa (negative particle) is placed before the Imperative Mood formnbsp;when a negative order, or request, is made (11a ‘Ofin...). With the corresponding verbal noun, the proposition 5,0kt1 used to express negation,nbsp;(•¦•5An An frutnneoj ¦oo ¦oünA^ó).
ZL An teAöAp pm ‘outiCA AgAC.
22. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;As a Verbal Noun is the name of an action, so a Verbal Adjectivenbsp;describes the condition or state of an object as affected by the actionnbsp;(CA An óomneAt müCCA...) The Verbal Adjective thus defines or qualifiesnbsp;its noun.
23. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;It is formed by adding te or tA to the stem, according as thenbsp;final consonant of same is slender or broad (bAltiJce, gOApptA). If thenbsp;final con. of the stem is a dental, t.e., o, n, c, t, or p; or if the stem is anbsp;monosyllable ending in t, ¦ó, Ó, or g, the c of this ending is not aspiratednbsp;(¦DunCAj itce).
revision questions. (B)
-(o)-
Revise Lessons 7 to 11.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is meant by the Imperative Mood of a verb ?
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give the pronominal endings of the verb in this mood.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is a Verbal Noun ? Give examples of four Verbal Nouns withnbsp;different endings.
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Define transitive and intransitive verbs, and give examples.
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of {a) a Verbal Noun commencing, and (b) of a Verbalnbsp;Noun ending the phrase in which it occurs.
6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of the use of riA before the Imper. Mood and of 5lt;gt;nnbsp;before a Verbal Noun or phrase.
7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;How is a Verbal Adjective formed ?
8. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is the c of the ending not aspirated ?
Lesson I2.—FUTURE TENSE (I.)
24. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;We are told what Padruig did yesterday CO’éipig pé..., Past Tense),
and what he will do to-morrow (éipeoCAIiÓ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Fulur® Tense). The
particle 'oo (with the resulting aspiration) does not appear in the future form : the verb shows by means of a termination the change to denote future tense.nbsp;Notice the two ways of forming the future from the stem : 'Oün-p-Al'ó, opctquot;nbsp;óó-Alt) ; it is formed in the latter manner, as a rule, when the stem is anbsp;word of two or more syllables ending in a slender consonant (éip—ofnbsp;—CAlt), and in the former marnier for all other verbs (•otin, connect)).
25. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Verbs of the —p— future belong to the First Conjugation.
Verbs of the—ó(ó)—,, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„ Second Conjugation.
By “ Conjugation ” is usually meant a tabulated summary, or joining together, of all the inflexions of a verb, i.e., of the various changes in formnbsp;to express tense, person, etc.
26. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The following two classes of verbs belong to the 2nd conjugation :
verbs of two or more syllables (a) ending in ij (or uig) as éipij, ceAlimiig, or
(6) ending in it, im, in, ip, if, or mg not preceded by a long vowel.
E.g., 1st conj., ¦oün-fAl’ó, coimeA'o-f Ait).
and conj., éip-eoCAit), ceAnn-óCAit); ofct-óCAit».
134
-ocr page 135-èï. Pron. The -óc* these verb isprond. -ó-inM., and South C.; but i’.pualiy -ó1i- in North C. and U.
The -p- has now, practically, become ti. When the final letter ol the stem is b, t), or 5, it becomes, under the influence of the ti sound, -p, c, ornbsp;c. respectively. jE'.g'., fcUAbp^vo, fCA'op^’o, teAgpAT) are prond. f cuApAt),nbsp;fCACA’0, beACAT). Phonetically, this change in pron. is termed unvoicing. L, m, n, and p are also unvoiced (i.e., prond. bt, etc.) under similarnbsp;conditions. The breath consonants p, c, c, p, p, can suffer no suchnbsp;change. In a few districts, the -p- is still fully prond. when the final letternbsp;01 the stem is a vowel, as éi-peAt); or an aspcl. con., as CAiC-peAt).
InC. amp; U., the first plural is -oCAtmnt) or -pAmuiT). In m., the ending -ip is (as usual with -ip or -lg in M.) prond. -15, but with -pnbsp;silent before pronouns. An old ending of 1st plu. in -Am (éipeóCAm, etc.) isnbsp;still common in M.
Lessons 13, 14.—FUTURE TENSE (II. amp; III.) | |||||||||||||
28. |
|
Padruig tells us what he will do to-morrow (punpAP); and Tadhg, addressing Padruig, tells him what he (Padruig) will do (PiinpAip), and sonbsp;on. Note the endings of the various synthetic forms in the future tense.
In the 3rd plu., both the synthetic form of the verb and the nominative are, in M., still commonly used in all tenses, as CipiP tiA coniuppAin é. ¦D’éipigeAPAp iiA pip. Caip piAP Atinpo.
29. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Particles. An, 50, nAó, or ca eclipses an initial con., and prefixes n- to an initial vowel. In M., UA, which does not affect an initial con,,nbsp;but prefixes b- to an initial vowel, is used instead of nAlt;t (—“ that ”, neg.)nbsp;The 11 of the interrog. All is prond. 11 is represented by eclipsis of initialnbsp;con,, and by n- before initial vowel of verb.
The interrog. An is fully prond. in ip sentences, as An (ip) amp; pin é ? An (ip) leAbAp é pin ? Elsewhere it becomes a'.
Lesson 15.—FUTURE TENSE (IV.)
quot;Deipim 50 bPfibpAiP pé A teAbAp.
DubApc 50 bpubp^^^-ó pé A leAbAp.
30. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This lesson shows the form of the future used in dependent or sub
ordinate clauses (vide \ 5 and 6), such as after the conjunction 50 (or bA, llAó). Mote the important difference between the form after 'Oeipitn (or. Ip Tióignbsp;Itom, etc.) present, as ‘Oeipim 50 tiPfiiipAiP pé a leAbAp, and that afternbsp;tlubApc (or, t)A tiClg tiom, etc.) past. The form of the future tense innbsp;a dependent clause following a verb in the past tense is called thenbsp;Secondary Future; as 'OubApc go maunpAt)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pé a teAbAp-
In English, too, there is a similar difference in construction : He says, he thinitS; etc., (that) be will. He said, he thought, etc., (that) he would.
136
-ocr page 136---(o)-
Revise Lessons 12 to 15.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is meant by the Future Tense of a verb ?
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;How is the Future Tense formed ?
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Define quot; Conjugation.”
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of verbs belonging (a) to the 1st, (6) to the 2ndnbsp;conjugation.
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What are the pronominal endings in the Future Tense ?
6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What particles, conjunctions, etc., are used with this tense ?
7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;How do these particles, etc., affect the initial letter of the verb ?
8. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of the Secondary Future.
{Lesson i6.—TIME.
31. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Note that the names of the days of the week when used as nouns
are An 'Ln^n, etc., and when used in adverbial phrases are “OlA nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;etc. ;
also, that we reckon Monday as the beginning of the week.)
[Lesson 17.—DIVISIONS OF THE YEAR.
32. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Note that we reckon Spring from St. Brigid's Day (1 Feb.), andnbsp;thus onwards for the other seasons.)
Lesson 18.—PRESENT-HABITÜAL TENSE (I.)
'Oönxttltl fé A heAbAp 50 mime.
33. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The form of the verb in this lesson is sometimes called the Presentnbsp;(Indicative) ; but in function it is the Present-Habitual, It denotes repeatednbsp;or customary action in present time (what takes place), and an appropriatenbsp;adverbial phrase (50 tninic, 1 5cóttintiit)e, etc.) is expressed or understood.
In verbs which express a mental action as CUljeAim, Aipi$eAtl11, [a) action in the present and [b) habitual action are expressed by the same formnbsp;as (a) cuigeAiin, AipijeAiin pi é (Atioip); ... (6) nuAip Bionti AJnbsp;lAbAipc óp Apt). English has a similar usage.
Lesson 19.—PRESENT-HABITUAL TENSE (II.)
34. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Particles. The initial consonant of the verb is eclipsed after An ?nbsp;tlAó ? CA ? —50, —iiAÓ ; and aspirated after Hi, CAT) ? ClA ? HuAip.
[The particles, etc., used with the Fut., Pres.-Hab., Past-Hab., and Condi, are :—An, ni, 50, nA (haC), cA ; and with the Past are :—nbsp;Ap, niop, sup, nAp, cAp].
35.
Person. |
SINGULAR. |
Plural, |
1st. |
¦ounAim. |
•oüriAimi’o. |
2nd. |
T)UnAl]A. |
¦oönAnn (piö). |
3rd. |
•OUtlATltl. |
•OÜnATO. |
These lessons show the synthetic forms of the verb in the Pres.-Hab.
tense.
36. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pron. The pronominal endings of opCAIt (and similarly of allnbsp;verbs in -ip etc., vide § 10) are prond. as if the stem ended in 1$, as OfCtAlm,nbsp;etc. The pin. ending in C. and U. is -AmuiT). The synthetic forms in the 2 sg.nbsp;are becoming rare, biotin cfl, éipigCAnn cu, etc., being more frequent.
37. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This form of the verb is used after mA (if) in referring to future
time. The verb in a ttiA clause is indicative mood, as the supposition is treated as a fact. 1TI.A bionn fé ^nnfo lnbsp;mbApAó (I assume he will be) CipeAt) é. The neg. form of ni4nbsp;is munA (eclipsing). ITlunA is frequently prond. niApA, sometnbsp;fnup(A).
(Lesson 22.—DIRECTION (II.)
88. [quot; The Celts, like the rest of the Indo-Europeans determined theit orientation by looking at the rising sun. Hence, the East wasnbsp;regarded as ‘ before,’ the West as ' behind,’ the South as ‘ right,*nbsp;and the North as ‘ left.’ ’’—WHITLEY STOKES. Eriu, III., 13],
Note that Ó, in ó quot;OeAf etc., is not the prep. — quot; from,” but the modem form of the older bo, or pó —“ towards.”)
‘D’éipigCA'D L:. Ap a pé a 0105 5AÓ mATOin Anuipi-ö.
39. The Present-Habitual Tense describes what takei place (usually. Seldom, often, every morning, etc.) The Past-Habitual describes whatnbsp;quot;usedquot; to take place at some period of time in the past (every morning, etc. ofnbsp;'last week, last year, when he was young, etc.) Contrast, e.g., the form usednbsp;to describe what Tomas does every morning now (Present-Habitual) withnbsp;what he did, or was accustomed to do'every morning when he was youngnbsp;(Past-Habitual). This is sometimes termed the Imperfect Tense.
187
-ocr page 138-
Lessons 24, 25.—PAST-HASITüAL TÉNSÈ (H.) | ||||||||||||
|
These lessons show the synthetic forms of the verb in the Past-Hab
tense.
41. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Particles. quot;Do aspirates the initial con. of the stem in affirm,nbsp;sentences, otherwise the particles are used as for the pres.-hab. Note that 'OOnbsp;does not appear after tlf, etc., but in the past tense (Less. 2) p(o) takes thenbsp;place of •00 after particles. E.g., ¦00 “0011, niop tiun (past) ; but ¦00nbsp;¦óünat), ni ¦óüha’ö (past-hab.)
42. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pron. The 3 sg.ending-(e)a'öis prond.-uóinM., and ii (unstressed)nbsp;in C. and U. The aspn. of -C- of 2 sg. ending generally follows the rule givennbsp;for aspn. of c in -CA or -ce, vide ^ 23.
(D)
REVISION QUESTIONS. ---(o)--
Revise Lessons 18 to 21, and 24, 25.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What do the Habitual Tenses, Present and Past, express ?
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give the pronominal endings of the verb for each of these two tenses.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What particles, conjs., etc., are used with the Habitual Tenses ?
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is the conjunction niA used ?
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of the 3 sg. pres., pres.-hab., past, past-hab., fut.,nbsp;and sec. fut., of the verb cing, (a) affirm., and (6) neg.
Lesson 26.—CONDITIONAL MOOD (Ï.) mbéa-ó p. Atinpo, 'o'éipeócA'D fé....
43. The Conditional Mood is used when we say what would happen if something else—improbable, or not a fact—took place Such sentences usuallynbsp;contain (1.) a condition, and (II.) a consequence or result. The form of thenbsp;verb used in (II.), i.e. the main clause of the sentence, is the Conditional Moodnbsp;(¦D’éiiteóóAt), ¦OO léijpeA’ö, etc.)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^
44. [Compare with the same form (Secondary Future) in Leiison 15.nbsp;¦OubApe 50 n-éipeóóA’ó p.5’oput5...etc. The sense isnbsp;different, however, as may be seen by comparing Lessons 15nbsp;and 26, and it is, therefore, incorrect to consider the Conditional Mood and the Secondary Future Tense as being the same.nbsp;The form is the same, but it has two distinct functions.nbsp;C/., 'ÓA puinneoig, ó putnueólg, in which the same formnbsp;(f^uintiefiig) is used for the dual no. and dat. case.Jnbsp;138
-ocr page 139-46. Persoa.
Singular. PLURAL. | |||||||||
|
These lessons show the synthetic forms of the verb in the Condi. Mood. •ounp.AInn.etc., are also the synthetic forms for the sec. iut.,vide § 30.
46. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Particles. The Particles, etc., used are the same as those in thenbsp;past-hab.
47. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pron. The remarks on pron. of -(e)A'ó and -imtp in § 14;nbsp;and on -ÓC- and -p- in § 27 apply here. In M., the 2 sg. Condi, ending of bothnbsp;conjugations is always prond. -pé..
[In M. and parts of South C., all verbs, regular and irregular, have a fully sounded, broad -p- in
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;2 sg. condl., as ¦o’éipeópA, do DOnpA, do téigpü., D0-61 pi J
(b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;fut. autonomous, as éipeópAp, téi5plt;ip, Cip^p ; and
(r) condl. autonomous, as do h-éipeóp(A)i'óe, do téigp(A)fóe, DO óip(A)iDe. Vide § 221, and p. 186 note 1.
With these three exceptions, the -p- of the fut. and condl. has now, practically, become -I1- in all districts.]
REVISION QUESTIONS, (E)
---(o)--
Revise Lessons 26 to 28.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is a verb in the Conditional Mood ?
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples showing the difference in meaning between verbs innbsp;this mood and in the sec. fut. tense.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give the pronominal endings of the verb in the Condl. Mood.
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What interrog, particles are used in the Past, Past-Hab., Pres.-Hab., Fut., and Condl.?
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What particles (if any) are used, (a) affirm, and (6) neg., in answeringnbsp;questions ?
6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;With what forms of the verb are 50, na (or nAÓ), gup and nipnbsp;used ? Give examples of each.
7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give the particles which (a) aspirate, (amp;) eclipse an initial consonant.
48. This Lesson gives the various synthetic forms of the verb (Cuipitnnbsp;an example) in the Imperative and Conditional Moods ; and, in the Past,nbsp;Future, Present-Habitual, and Past-Habitual Tenses, Indicative Mood.
139
-ocr page 140-U$son 30.—THE COPULA. (1.) PRESENT TENSE.
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(2)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(3)
(If) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tnüinceóifnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;mife.
An ( „ ) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1 fin ?
49. Ytlu will observe that in the column headed (3) is the subject of each sentence, i.e., what we are speaking about (mife, i fin, etc.). Innbsp;(2) some information, the predicate, (móinceólf, jUAtA, etc.) is given, ornbsp;sought, concerning the subject. In (1) is some form of —expressed oir understood—^which serves as copula, connecting subject and predicate.
60. When the copula is used with either of the conjs. 50 or nnC in the dependent clause of a sentence, its form changes. E.g.,
IS
mé.
muinceoif mife. Main Clauss.
I say Xleifimnbsp;I saynbsp;¦Oeifimnbsp;In such sentences
Hi fCOtSipe Dependent Clause.nbsp;that I am a teacher.
Stitt m’umceoif mife. that I am not a pupil.nbsp;tIAC fcoWife mé.
(•) Jtlfl and (b) nAd act as dependent forms of if, (a) affirm, and (b) neg., respectively. gtif is a shortened form of gUfAb.nbsp;-Ab is expressed only when the first word of the predicate begins with anbsp;vowel (...5tl|\Ab dttlinn...); but if the first word of the predicate is anbsp;noun, or a phrase, beginning with a vowel, Ab is frequently omitted (...JUfnbsp;uiLLe 1. ...guf A5 Xiut AbAlte AC.4im.) After the negative ni and thenbsp;interrogative Ati, if Is omitted.
Usson 31.—(II.) PRESENT TENSE.
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(2)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(3)
(If) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;mife An müinceóif.
In this lesson, also, the order of words is Copula, Predicate, Subject
51. Lesson 30. 1. If, followed by a common noun,nbsp;adj., prepn., or prcpl. pron. 3. The information given, or sought, is of a general nature. We tell, or ask, what the person or thing is. 3. I see a man approaching at a distance, and, not recognisingnbsp;him, say If feAf é (or peAfnbsp;If eAt) é). Here the information (feAf) is indefinite,nbsp;inasmuch as I do not identifynbsp;the subject (é). I say what henbsp;is, not who he is: I classify.nbsp;We may call these Classificationnbsp;Sentences, and in these, If isnbsp;followed by an Indefinite Fred. |
52. Lesson 31. 1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;If, followed by a personal pron 2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The information given, or sought, is particular and definite. We tell, or ask, who (or which) a person (or thing) is. 3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;As the man comes nearer, I identify him, and say If é tiAm Ö 'OóitinAitt é. Such sentences may be called Identification Sentences, andnbsp;in these, if is followed by a Definite Predicate. |
53. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;We use the Copula, then, (I.) to classify, (II.) to identify: itnbsp;couples together two words, or two phrases, or a phrase and a clause, which, innbsp;affirmative sentences, stand for the same person or thing. The classificationnbsp;•r identity may be denied or affirmed.
54. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When the Copula classifies—^when we tell or ask, etc., what a personnbsp;01 thing (including notion or idea) is—-the pred. is indefinite. Here the predicate is a class in which the subject is included. Ip mfllnceótp (pred.)nbsp;impe (subj.) ; i.e., I am one of the body (or class) known as teachers: Ï amnbsp;a teacher. E.g.,
I.
Predicate. bOfCAnbsp;jAetjeAbnbsp;cuirhin teACnbsp;bjte^$ An tinbsp;iriAft An put)
In answering questions which contai-i the Copula, the neuter pronoun eAt) may be used to take the place of any Indefinite Predicate. ©At» i*nbsp;also used to emphasise an Indefinite Predicate, as Am At) An if CAtS 6.
55. When the Copula exactly identifies one thing with anothernbsp;(when one — the other), as when we say, or ask, who (or which) a person (or thing)nbsp;is, both subject and predicate are definite, as in the following :—
II. |
|
66. Note that a def. pred. must be either a personal pronoun standing alone, as (1); or a personal pronoun followed by a definite noun, as in (2),nbsp;(3), (4), (5). A definite noun may be a proper noun, as in (2) ; a noun preceded by a def. art., as (3) ; a noun preceded by a poss. adj. (4) ; or a nounnbsp;followed by a def. noun such as the def. noun in (2), (3), or (4) above in thenbsp;gen. case (5). In (2), (3), (4) and (5), the pronoun after if is required tonbsp;complete the definite predicate.
Without this pronoun, a proper noun as pred. would be indefinite ; it would not identify or define, and hence would become an indefinite noun, ifnbsp;OórnnaLL é could only mean, “He is a Daniel.” C/., “a Daniel come tonbsp;judgment.” In such sentences as Ip 'OómnaVt aca tuaji Ainm aif, pomtiAtV,nbsp;i.g., is used merely as a name: it does not identify the subject.
141
-ocr page 142-
67. [In all statements, affirm, orneg., the predicate follows the Copula. In the following examples, and in similar apparent exceptions tonbsp;this law, the pred. is usually represented by é (oi Mt))nbsp;immediately after the Copula, as :— ProlepHc nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Realnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
The real predicate is thus placed at the end of the sentence (a) for effect, as (1) and (2); and (b) when the pred. part contains anbsp;verb, as (3), (4), and (5).
Note that in (4) and (5) the pron. é refers, not to the nouns cUAlpttn, bApAttiAit, but to the clauses 50 ftpuit..., gup^b....]
Lesson 32.—(III.) PAST TENSE.
63. The form of the Copula in the Past Tense is bA. tjA usually
aspirates the initial consonant of the following word (t)A nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;____), and
appears as t)’ before initial vowels. In affirmative sentences it is often preceded by ¦00, if the following word begins with a vowel, as ¦00 b’é...
69. 1 p has, now, no special form in use for the future tense, the present tense form, with suitable context, being employed.
Lesson 33.—(IV.) CONDITIONAL MOOD.
60. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The form of the Copula in the Condi. Mood is bAlD, which usuallynbsp;aspirates initial cons, and appears as b’ before initial vowels or p.
[The Subjunctive Past of the Copula is also becö : Less. 93.]
61. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The following is a Summary of the preceding forms of the Copula :—
Present. Before vowels,
Past.
vowels, cons., or p
vowels, or p
Condi.
an
ni
50
naó
«r |
(¦00) b |
Oa |
(asp.) |
(¦00) b’ |
bAt) (asp.3 |
An |
Apb’ |
AP |
) |
Apb’ |
AT ( .. ) |
nl b- n1 |
nïopb’ |
niop |
(.. ) |
niopb’ |
niop ( „ ) |
5up(Ab) gup |
gupb’ |
5«t' |
{» ) |
r5«nö’ \gomb’ |
Si'T ( .. ) gombA-ó ( „ ) |
nAé |
nipb’ |
nip |
{ .. j) |
ƒ nipb’ \nACmb |
nip ( „ ) nAé mbAt) ( „ ) |
142
-ocr page 143-REVISION QUESTIONS. (F)
----(o)--
Revise Lessons 30 to 33.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is the Copula used ?
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is meant by (a) Predicate, (6) Subject in an Ip sentenec Inbsp;Give examples.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of (a) Identification, and (i) Classification sentences.
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give four examples of definite nouns.
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What forms of the Copula are used in the (a) pres., (fc) past, (c)
condl?.
(b) Cdim 50 ttidi't. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’Ou tATOijt.
Lesson 34—(I.) PRESENT TENSE.
92. The Copula (ip) classifies or identifies. We use it to tell, or ask, Who or What a person is; What or Which a thing is ; also negatively in suchnbsp;sentences.
63. The Verb CA expresses (a) position ; also ip) condition (which is not necessarily transient or changeable). We use it to tell or ask Where or Hownbsp;a person or thing is; also to tell Where or How a person or thing is not.
The historic form of cA is dC^. The initial A is not prond. except in relative clauses, ...An tedbdp ACi ASdC-fA,
84.
Dependent Formi.
In the Present Tense, a special form of this Verb, vi*., nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;•—
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;after the interrogs., An ? t1d6 ?nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;114 ?
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;neg. particles, TH, Cdnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(U.) ;
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;adverb, C4 ?
(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;relative governed bynbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;anbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;prepn., as pin é An 4lC 1 n-A
IjpUlt (’ tl'A here —“in which”)
(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„ compound relative, as Cim A titJUlt/ Atm lA here —
“all that”).
This is called the Dependent Form. The student should carefully note when this is used, as other irregular verbs also have dependent formsnbsp;for certain tenses and moods, used under similar conditions to the above.nbsp;The form (c4 in this lesson) used without, or free from the influence of, thesenbsp;particles is called the Absolute Form.
66. Pron. The -m- of 1 plu. is broad in C. and U.; viz. cAmwfO. In the 3 plu., both the synthetic form of the verb and the nominative are stillnbsp;frequently used in M., as, CdiX) plAT), cAlT) nd pip dtinpo.
148
-ocr page 144-Lêsson 35.
66. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The forms in the Imper. Mood are from the stem Df with pronominal endings -tmlp, etc., as in Less, 7. Vide § 14 for pron. of biot), etc.
67. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Note that Beit occurs, in the nom. and accus. cases, without “oo.
The prepn. quot;00 (prond. a) should be used before Beit only when it governs the latter in the dat. Vide § 117.
68. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The Past Tense of cA, namely t)0 Bl, is formed (like the examplesnbsp;of Lesson 1) from the Imperative Mood bi, by prefixing '00, with aspirationnbsp;of the initial consonant.
69. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Note that the endings for person and number (the synthetic forms)nbsp;are as in Lesson 4. In the various tenses and moods, the pronominal endingsnbsp;of the irregular verbs are the same as those of the regular verbs.
70. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the Past Tense, also, there is a special, or Dependent Formnbsp;(tlAlb) after particles, etc. Vide § 64. TP^ is followed by the Absolutenbsp;Form : mA Bi, mA cA.
71. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Particles. The particles in the Past, and for all forms of this verb,nbsp;are ah, nt, etc., as in the present tense. Less. 34. [TIo, as in Less. 2, formsnbsp;part (viz., pA-l of tlAlb.]
72. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pron. The endings -tUAp and -BAp are prond. in M. as if writtennbsp;-tUAip, -bAlp. RaiO is prond. pev in M., poB and pAB4 in C., and pönbsp;(Ó with short sound of C in tón) in U. In U., ni pAb and tA pnb ( —ntnbsp;pAiBj ate in use.
Lesson 37.
73. Note (1) that with a verbal noun, CA is used to describe an actionnbsp;actually in progress (Ciim A5 téijeAfh); (2) t)im, to describe habitual or repeated action, or state, in the present (t)im A5 téiJeArh 5A6 ti, nriAipnbsp;Bim Ap fcoit) ; and (3) Do binn, to describe habitual or repeated action,nbsp;or state, in the past (Do Binn A5 imipc 5AÓ tA, nuAip biop im’teAnb).
This is the only verb which has separate forms to express the actual present, and the present-habitual, tlionn,
144
-ocr page 145-74. The 3rd sg. Future Tense of CA is tlélTi. Unlike CA and Uo Hi, It has no special form after the particles (ati ? ni, etc.)
... (,
An mbeiTi
tlért.
(Hi ttéit).
76. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Note, as in Lesson 15, that the Simple Future form follows a verbnbsp;In the present tense, as ¦oeiptm (50 mbéATj...); and the Secondary Future,nbsp;a verb in the past tense, as tiuöApc (50 mbéinn...).
76. Pron. In Munster, the é in all these forms is pronounced short, thus:—beAT), etc., and 50 mbeinti etc., and is sometimes sonbsp;written; and béit) is pronounced beg (slender 5) but with -•Ó silentnbsp;before pronouns, as béfó f é, prond. be pé.
A medial -Ti- (as bénieAti, etc.; bitiim, etc.) should not appear in the synthetic forms of any tense or mood of this verb.
77. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This is the mood of the verb in the consequence or main clausenbsp;of a sentence in which a condition is expressed (which is usually impossiblenbsp;or unlikely to be fulfilled). The condl. or subordinate clause is precedednbsp;by X)A or tnunA. Vide § 43.
[The form in the “OA clause of a sentence is Subjunctive Past (Less. 93). Th Sub]. Past and Condi of this verb have the same form,nbsp;viz., béAt). Vide § 214.]
78. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Note that the Condi. Mood has the same form, including the pronominal endings, as that of the Secondary Future Tense but that thenbsp;function is different.
79. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pron. Vide § 14 as to pron. of 3 sg. ending,—(e)A‘ó. In M., thenbsp;2 sg. condl. is usually prond. bepA.
REVISION QUESTIONS. (G)
-(o)-
Revise Lessons 34 to 39.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;State briefly, the distinction between the use of Ip andUA.
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of CA used to express (a) position, (6) condition.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is the Dependent Form used.
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of the Dependent Forms, present and past, of this
verb.
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What particles, etc., are used with this verb ?
6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give the forms of the 1 sg. in the various tenses and moods of this
145
-ocr page 146-p^TifUig: “a È., CAitn Ag éifceAÓc teAC. PuAiLfeAt) cu. Suit)” ¦Oeip p. te S. 50'* bcuit^ fé ^5 é.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;mbuAiLp-ónbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;é. Suitie.'
'OuttAipc p. te S. 50 HAIÜ® fé ^5 é. teif. 50 tribuAitpeA'ó® é. Sufóe.
80. The dependent clauses of reported speech (§ 6) usually follow verbs or clauses oisayhtg, thinking, and soon, as ’Dviï)Al)tc fé . . , tneAfAim . . , 1)’ énbsp;mo tUAipim . . . , bA*ö quot;óóig teip . . . , etc. Note that
(a) Such dependent clauses are introduced by the conjunctions, so* tlA, or tIAC; or, Stitt» tIAtt. as required.
{b) When the verb has a dependent form (§ 64), such form is used after these conjunctions.
(c) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The imperative mood in direct speech becomes the verbal noun in indirectnbsp;(or, reported) speech. Vide § 20.
(d) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Change of person, etc., may be necessary when direct speech is transposednbsp;to indirect speech (or narration).
Indirect Speech.
Past tense, as, (. . 50) pAib . . Secondary Future (§ 30 ) as,nbsp;(. . 50 m)bitAil]:eA'ó . .nbsp;Secondary Pres. Subj. (§ 210 )nbsp;as ( . . 50 ¦o)céi5inn . . .]nbsp;Lesson 41.—QUESTION AND ANSWER.
81. As to the form of sentence to be used in answering questions, note that:— {a) The particle All (neg. 11 Aó) begins every question, except thosenbsp;with the Interrogatives, Ca, Cia, Cionnuf, CAtAin, CAT), etc. In thenbsp;past tense, and condl. of 1S, the interrogative particle is AH (from Annbsp;and po) : negative, 11 Aft.
(b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The word which follows All (or tlAC, All» oiquot; tlAtl)» m thenbsp;question is (l) the first word of the answer; or, as the sense requires,nbsp;(2) follows Do, or Ilf, or IS in the answer.
(c) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The verb used in the question is repeated in the reply.
(e) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When the verb in the main clause is in the past tense, the followingnbsp;changes occur:
Direct Speech.
2. Future tense, as “buAitpfó
[3. Prés. Subj., as “(. . 50 ¦o)céigeA‘D .
Lesson 42.—(I.) PAST TENSE.
82. The irregular Verbs of the Past Tense (3 sg.) are:—
(a) 1lu5, tug, puAip, t:.Aini5;
lb) T)0-6uai-0, t)0-iionnAic, •DO-óuAtAfó, ‘DO-pinne, A-ouftAipc. Pron. The prefixes, ttO*» A (printed in heavy-faced type in b)nbsp;have long been an integral part of these verbs. When commencingnbsp;sentences, these prefixes are frequently omitted colloquially, but in rela-¦ tive clauses they are pronounced A» as . . . . Atl peAp A óOtlPAlC é.nbsp;The forms of the irregular verbs are explained at length at pp. 182-193.
146
-ocr page 147-83. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Note that the synthetic forms of these verbs have the usual terminations for person, viz.,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— ; -itiAjlt -tJAtl* -tlAtt.
r'^SAf) r^SAir) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;™ Snbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Munster the foilowung older forms of
1 sg., viz., tAtiAg, 'OO-óontiAC, AtJuftApc and -oo-CuAtd are more frequently used than the terminations in -Af.
lt;'
84. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Particles. Historically, the particles, etc., which, when necessary,
accompany the irregular verbs given in this lesson, i.e., in the past tense, are:—' AD, ni, 50, etc., not Ap, nlop, gup, etc. Colloquially, these latternbsp;particles {i.e., combinations with po) are, however, frequently found withnbsp;many of these verbs. E.g., (a) Ap, niop, gup, etc. are, in C. and U., usednbsp;with ‘ouöAipc (as Ap tiubAlpc ...?), and in M., before -CuAlti (as,nbsp;Ap dUAl* ...?);nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(6) often, in most districts, before pug, tug, WirUj,
CUAtAit); but nowhere before pUAip, pACA.
In the Pres.-Hab., Past-Hab., Put,, and Condi., the particles used are An, ni, 50, etc.
85. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[The particles combined with po are used
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;in the past indicative, including the autonomous form {§ 216),
of regular verbs (niop buAit. niop bUAlteAT!).) j
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;in the present subjunctive neg. of all verbs (nAp tngAip)
Vide § 208;
(c) With the copula : frequently, viz., with 50 in the pres., as 5Up(Ab) ; in interrog., neg., and dependent clauses ornbsp;sentences in past and condl. vide § 61 ; and in the pres. subj.J.
Lesson 43.—(II.) PAST TENSE—continued.
86. ’Oo-óuAi-ö, 'oo-óonnAic, and ¦oo-pinne have Dependent Forms,nbsp;(viz., ‘oeAÓAi’ó, pACA, and 'oeApnA respectively), after the particles ni, An,nbsp;etc. Vide Dependent Forms, § 64.
87. Pron. Inthefollowinglistsoi colloquial variants, 3 sg., rgt;1 (orniop)nbsp;is used as an instance of the particles, etc., which are followed by the Dependentnbsp;Form of the verb.
M. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;C.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;U.
niop (¦ó)ubAipc
pinn(e) fóA -oceApnnbsp;\ni teApn
CAnAic ' fóA-n pACAO'Ó)nbsp;\ni pAcAjiii)
éWAl* (puAi*) ƒ 6A 'OCeAÓAI'Ónbsp;\ni teAóAit)
tAinic
pinne
ni ¦óeApnA(i'ö)
tAnAic, boniiAic ni pACAjlTl))
tUAIt) (pUAI*)
ni tteAdAit)
CAinic
147
ÊMAlt)
tAini5
-ocr page 148-88. Many of the irregular verbs arc inflected regularly for this tense.
The synthetic forms end in regular verbs ; Vide § 35.
S9. Pron.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(There are similar variants in the Past-Hab. forms, vrith ending -t).) |
Lesson 45. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(IV.)—PAST-HABITUAL TENSE.
90. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The endings in the Past-Hab. are as for the regular verbs ; Vide § 40nbsp;viz., analytic forms in -t), and synthetic forms -(A)ltin, c(e)A, —»
-(A)imir» —»-(A)foir-
91. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pron. The colloquial variants are as in the preceding lesson, withnbsp;ending -t) instead of -nn, viz., tugaii, etc.
[This is also the form of the verb in the Subj. Past (Less. 93) as, ‘quot;03 ¦oCAgAt) An pttAnncAó AnAtt cAp CAlAti..., ¦00 DéA’ó...”]
Lesson 46.—(V.) FUTURE TENSE.
92. The synthetic forms have the usual terminations of this tense,nbsp;viz.:-(e)At),-(A)ltt, —» -(A)irtll'D, —, -(A)lt). Verbs with -p- ornbsp;-60- in 3 sg., have, respectively, -p- or -66- before these endings. Afternbsp;verbs of the past tense, there is a Secondary Future form, as in § 30.
93. Pron.
U.
OéAppAi’ö, öeippfó ni tAttAippiTinbsp;ni pniji’ó*nbsp;chuinpfönbsp;’céipi'ó
M. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;C.
CAÖAppAfÓ, öéAppAI’Ö
ni tAöAppAi'ó ni fjAigró*nbsp;cLoifpi’önbsp;óipfö ,
ïléAppAI'Ó ni tiuöpAi'ónbsp;n1 ftngi-ö*nbsp;ctuinpi-ónbsp;peicpfó
(ïhere are similar variants in the Condi, forms, with ending -a’ö.)
148
-ocr page 149-94. The synthetic forms have the usual terminations of this mood, -(A)innt-(e)A, —; -(A)ltriir, ~t -(A)lT)1fgt;,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;§ 45. Verbs
with -p- or -ÓÓ-, in 3 sg. have, respectively, -p-, or-oc- before these endings. Note the following 2 sg. forms ¦oo-JeobCA, iii puigteA, pAgtA (pACtA),andnbsp;nt tuiDptA
96. Pron. In M., the ending of the 2 sg. Condi, of all verbs, i^g. and irreg., is prond. -pA. Other colloquial variants are as given in precedingnbsp;lesson, but with condl. instead of future endings (-Atgt;, 3 sg. condl.; -vó, 3 sg.nbsp;fut.)
96. In these lessons is given a summary of the forms of the preceding six lessons on these irregular verbs, 1 sg.
Note that the verbs (•DO-)öeitfim, ('oo-)geib)m, (¦oo-)óini, (A)’oeipinj have Dependent Forms in the Pres.-Hab., Past.-Hab., Put., and Condl. In thenbsp;Pres.-Hab. and Put., the prefixes (t.e. '00- or a in brackets) are not pronounced,nbsp;and need not be written, except when the verb occurs in a relative clause, asnbsp;...An pux) ¦oo-geibim uaiD. In such clauses, ¦00 is pronounced a.
97. Compare with Lessons 9 and 10 on the verbal noun. The Imperative is formed regularly, as in Less. 7, except CAp and CAbAip. The 1 sg., 3 sg., and 1 plu., 2 plu., 3 plu. of CAp are formed from CA5- (e.g.,nbsp;CAgAimip. The corresponding forms of CAbAtp are from ctig (e.g.,nbsp;CugAimfp).
REVISION QUESTIONS. (H)
Revise Lessons 42 to 50.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give, with examples, the irregular verbs which have Dependentnbsp;Forms in the Past Tense.
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(a) Name four verbs which have Dependent Forms in the other tenses.nbsp;(b) Give the stems from which are derived the Absolute and
Dependent Forms in respect of each of these four verbs.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is the general rule as to the pronominal endings of the irregularnbsp;verbs in all tenses and moods ?
?Often written bp- in accordance with the v (M.) or w (C., U.) pron. of the initial syll. C/., ult;vini, and ni puAtp; prond. buaim, ni buatp.
149
-ocr page 150-dS. In the various tenses and moods, the pronominal (or personal) endings are the same in the irregular as in the regular verbs. E.g.,
t)UAil-irn, tiein-itn; buAiL-eAf, fug-AI'-
99. Verbal Steins. Some of the verbal stems in the tense and mood inflexion of the irregular verbs are of different formation from t'jenbsp;corresponding verbal stems in the great bulk of verbs in the language.nbsp;(E.g., JtAg-, irreg.) 'oünp-, reg.) In this sense only Can the former class ofnbsp;verbs be called irregular.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[A = Absolute Form; I) = Dep. Form.]
Verb |
Verbal |
Stem in | ||
I mper. |
Past |
Present- and Past-Hab. (asp.) |
Future, and Condi, (asp.) | |
I. toeuiim |
beip- |
r«5- |
be ip- |
béApp- |
2. üemitn |
cug- (cAbAip 2 S.) |
ctis- |
Peip- ^•Icus- (M.) D- C115- |
f bêApp-lcAbApp-(M-) (ciubp-tcAbApp-{M-) |
3. ‘oeimm |
Abf- (.lt;Jb^1J1 2 s.) |
¦DUbp- (¦oubAipc.3s-) |
A-j'oetp- D-(.Abp- |
l'Oé-AjAp- I-Abpóó- |
4. 5At)Aim |
5Ab- |
gAb- |
5Ab- |
geöb- |
5. $eir)im |
pUAip- |
ft- geib- D- pAg- |
geób- | |
6. $riim |
¦00111- |
jpitm- l‘öéiti-( M-) (-oeApn-¦ (¦öéin- (M-) |
fSii'- (¦oein- ¦oéiti- |
¦OéAtip- |
7. cLoisim |
Cloif- |
ÓUAb- - |
CbOlf- (cttiin-) |
cloipp- (cbtiinp-) |
8. CTm |
Veic- |
fl- bontiAC-(bontiAic, 3s) |
tu |
61p- |
D- PAC- |
^eic- |
peicp- | ||
9. CéljllTI |
céig- |
A- 6ti- D- ¦oeAó-jóu- |
üéig- |
PAg- (pAÓ-) |
10. cigim |
CA5- (CAP, 2 s.) |
tAii (as)- (cAints 3 S-) |
CAg- (CI5-) |
ciocp- |
II. AC Aim |
b1- |
A- bi- D. pAb-(pAtb 3 s.) |
bi- |
bé- (be-) |
Pres.: A- oa- ; D. puit- |
12. COPULA. (vide% 61) IS; Past, Öa; Condi., Da-d. [I'orAinn, etc-I.-t, itim. This verb is irregular only in fut. and condl., as lofAio, etc. 1
100.
i.^bATtAtm (‘I can’) has no hnper. 2. t.AtttA (‘happened’), and 3. 1t.dini5 (pa.st tense of tquot;jiquot;u, obs., = ‘I reach’), are now frequently used, impersonally, in all tenses and moods, except imper.', as CAtitóiA-ó, niA pAin-ii;eonn, etc. 4. peAVATt (I s., ‘I know,’ ‘I knew’) has the inflexionsnbsp;of the past tense, and is used only negatively and interrogatively.nbsp;5. AH [AtlSA, lt;5RS] (‘says’, ‘said’) is used only when the exact words ofnbsp;the speaker are quoted.
150
-ocr page 151-101. A Noun is a name (Lat., nomen ; Ir. 4inin).
It may be the name of :
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;a person or place, i.e., a Proper Noun (CAtij, Cipe).
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(a) a class, common to a number of persons or things, i.e., a Common
Noun (peAp, cip)
(b; an action, or stats, i.e., a Verbal Noun (bUAlAt), puiöAt, belt) ifi) a quality or feeling (considered as taken apart from the objectnbsp;which possesses it; Lat., abs from, tractus drawn) i.e., annbsp;Abstract Noun (glle, peApg)
W a number of objects considered as a unit, i.e., a Collective Noun (¦opeAm, Ititc).
102. In Modern Irish, all nouns, even the names of things without life, are either masculine or feminine. We may infer the following general rulesnbsp;as to the gender of Irish nouns :—
FEMININE.
MASCULINE.
I. Nouns denoting the male sex are of the masculine gender. •
This will include such nouns as ¦OOócCnp, showing names ofnbsp;occupations followed by men.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Nouns denoting female sex arenbsp;feminine.
This will include such nouns as bAtlALcpA, showing namesnbsp;of occupations followed bynbsp;women.
As regards other nouns
2. Nearly all nouns ending in a broad consonant are masculine.
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;But nouns ending in -05 arenbsp;feminine.
3. Except masculine nouns in -in. nearly all nouns ending in anbsp;slender consonant are feminine.
4. Names of most countries, andnbsp;of rivers, are feminine.
3. Diminutives ending in -in are ofnbsp;the same gender as the nounnbsp;from which they are derived.
[It may also be noted that abstract nouns in -acC (derived from other nouns, or from adjs.), and abstract nouns formed from the gen,nbsp;sing. fern, of adjs., are feminine.]
161 ^
-ocr page 152-~(o)-
Ltsson 52.—GENITfVE CASE, SINGULAR. FIRST DECLENSION.
(if) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;é rin.
103. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Case is the relation which a noun or pronoun bears to other wordsnbsp;in the sentence : its relation, e.%., to verbs or to other nouns.
In the above (and similarly in other instances) the position of the noun, ceann—being before the noun gapfuin—and its relation thereto, causednbsp;the latter noun to be in the Genitive Case. The noun gAppun (nominativenbsp;case in the first sentence, and genitive, gAppuin, in the second) changed itsnbsp;appearance slightly to show its change of case. English nouns, also, sometimes change their endings to denote the possessive case (‘ genitive case ’ is
the more correct term). Compare, e.g.,.........the boy’s head. In Irish any
noun may be in the genitive case ; and the noun in the genitive (SAppultl) is said to be governed by the preceding noun (ceAnn).
104. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Notice that | has been inserted before the final consonant (showingnbsp;that this con. has been attenuated, or made slender) to form the genitive casenbsp;of the nouns in this lesson. All Irish nouns, do not, however, form thenbsp;genitive by attenuation, and it is convenient, in studying Irish, to classifynbsp;nouns according to the manner in which they form the genitive singular.nbsp;These classes (there are usually five recognized) are called Declensions. Thenbsp;particluar class of nouns with which we are concerned in this lesson are of thenbsp;First Declension.
By “ Declension ” is meant a summary of all the inflexions of a noun, ».e., of the changes in form which a noun undergoes is respect of number andnbsp;case.
105. First Declension nouns (gAppfln, etc.) are (a) all masculine; andnbsp;(6) in the nom. case sing., they end in a broad consonant. In the genitive case,nbsp;note the change in form, viz., (c) 1 before the final consonant, and, where thenbsp;initial letter of the noun (in the genitive case) is an aspirable consonant, it isnbsp;aspirated after the article, |...ceAntl An c^fOip)- Note, also, that c- is notnbsp;prefixed to the genitive case of a masculine noun whose initial letter is a vowelnbsp;|...PAp An uptAip), but is prefixed to the genitive of a masculine noun whosenbsp;initial letter is p (...'opom Annbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The initial aspirable con. of
a proper noun in the gen case is aspirated, as ...PeAbAp geA^Aln. You will observe that in such genitive phrases as the above, the article is used only once,nbsp;usually before the last noun.
162
-ocr page 153-106. Vowel Changes. The change in form for the gen. sometimes involves a change in the vowel or vowels preceding the final consonant.
In the 1st decl., the following changes may occur ;—
Nom. Sing. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Gen. Sing.
-eA- (as nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ceAtin)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-1-nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(as citin)
-é/v-, or nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-eu- (asnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;béxit)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-él-nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(as béit)
-IA- (as nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;lAfc) generallynbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-él-nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(as éipc)
-o- (as nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;cnoc)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-ut-nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(as cnuic)
-io- (as nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;piot.)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-1-nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(as pit)
In
words of I-a6. (as bACAó) more than j-eAó. (as coiteAó)nbsp;one syll.
-Aig. (as bACA1§) -15. (as C01I15)
Lesson 53.—GENITIVE CASE, SINGULAR. SECOND DECLENSION. ...“óA óeAtin riA cAitc© pin.
107. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The nouns dealt with in this lesson (cAitc, etc.) form the genitivenbsp;case in a different manner from that of the nouns in the last less. Consequently,nbsp;the nouns cAltc, etc., belong to another declension. Notice {a) that they arenbsp;feminine nouns ending in a consonant; (b) that they form the genitive by add-ing g • (c) that the form of the article before the genitive is which formnbsp;does not aspirate the initial consonant of the noun, but prefixes ti- to the gen.nbsp;sing, of fern, nouns whose initial letter is a vowel (...bApp nA b-optioise).
[In opDolge, etc., the t shows that the consonant 5 has a slender sound, resulting from the addition of e.]
108. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Vowel Changes. These may occur as in the 1st decl., viz., éA to él,nbsp;etc.; but nominatives of more than one syll. in -eAÓ give gens, in -igenbsp;(cAllbeAé, CAItblge), and those in -aC give gens, in -Alje.
Lesson 54.—GENITIVE CASE, SINGULAR. THIRD DECLENSION.
109. Note that the majority of the nouns in this lesson (peipmeöip,nbsp;etc.) are (a) personal nouns ending in a slender consonant, and masculine;nbsp;^nd (6) that they form the genitive by adding
[As the addition of a makes the consonant broad, the vowel 1, a sign that the consonant is slender in bUAéAltb, etc., must be omittednbsp;in the genitive, as buAóAttA, gAbAtA, etc.]
The 3rd decl. includes the following nouns :—
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Personal nouns in -oip, -uip, -éip tmasc.)
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Nouns in -öc (Derived nouns in -AéC, fern.)
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Most monosyllabic nouns in -é, -C, -g.
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Verbal nouns in -Alt, AdC, -AtfiAin(c). Excepting thesenbsp;latter, the gen. sing, of verbal nouns has, generally, the same form as that ofnbsp;‘lie verbal adj. (Less. 11)
163
-ocr page 154-lit), in ail declensions, the ionn of the art. in the gen. sing, is (aspg.) before masc. nouns, and tiA before feminine nouns.
111. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Vowel Changes. These are the reverse of those in the 1st and 2ndnbsp;deels. [In the latter deels, the attenuation of the final con. makes the preceding vowel sound slender, and hence -eA- to -t-, etc.; in the 3rd decl. thenbsp;broadening of the final con. makes the preceding vowel broad, and hence -ei-to -CA-, etc.]
Nom. Sing. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Gen. Sing.
-1', or -io- (as pit, Clot) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-CA- (as peAtA, ccaCa)
-ei- ^as peniiYi) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-ca- (as peAntnA)
or -ui- (as uCc, puit) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-o- (as oCca, potA)
112. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Observe (a) that 4th decl. nouns are nearly all masculine ; (b) thatnbsp;they end in a vowel or in ; and (c) that there is no change in the end of thenbsp;word to denote the genitive case. There is the usual aspiration after Annbsp;§...bApp An bopcA).
Some feminine nouns belong to this declension. [These latter are chiefly nouns derived from the gen. sing. fern, of adjectives, as 51 te. Aline.]
[When -in —beA5 in a diminutive, the diminutive form is rarely used in the gen. sing. Thus, pciAinin (nom.), but Sin 1 copnbsp;nA peine bige.]
113. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Note (a) that the majority of 5th decl. nouns are feminine; (h)nbsp;that they usually end in a vowel, or in -ip or -it; and (c) that they form thenbsp;genitive by adding -11,-tin,-X), or -C (all broad) to the nominative.
lesson 57.—GENITIVE GOVERNED BY VERBAL NOUN.
CAitn Ag pctlACAT) l^Aipéip peo.
114. The words pcpACAP), etc., in such sentences as the above are nounsnbsp;in Irish, and, consequently, they govern a following noun in the genitive case.
Compare
• tAp riA puinneóise. .¦oiinAt) TtA puintieoige.
115. The genitive form of the noun foilows Cun (—¦00-Cuml,nbsp;CniiCeAtt, coip, epApuA, TiAtA, pAti (—quot; along”). Prepositional phrasesnbsp;such as Ap ci, CAP 6ip, Ap pon, 1 n-Alce, 1 ntilAit), are followed by thenbsp;genitive, because the words étp, WAfó, etc., m such phrases as 'these, arenbsp;nouns.
116. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The Accusative is the case of a noun or pronoun governed by anbsp;transitive verb. In the above sentence, pAipéAp is acc. case governed bynbsp;the transitive verb pcpAc, In Modern Irish the accusative and nominativenbsp;cases of a noun have the same form.
The preps, roip (in the sing., -when it does not mean ‘ inezuding’), 54n, f eA(;(Af), and niAp (when it means ' like ’) govern a following noun o*nbsp;pronoun in the accusative case.
117. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[Verbal Nouns. It is important that the student regard these as
nouns in every sense, in Irish. Many of them are inflected for number and case. Note the different cases of the verbalnbsp;nouns in the following ;—
(r) subject nom. to t)At).
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;predicate „nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,, If.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nom. to IlAinig.
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;subj. nom. to Ip.
(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;acc. govd. by Cug.
(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„ prepn. gAn.
(7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;..nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;..nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.. fOip.
(8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;gen. govd. by tuCc.
(9) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cun.
(10) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„ lonAt),
(11) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;dat. govd. by quot;oo.
(12) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ie.
{13) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;..nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;..nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ag.
(14) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;..nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;..nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'-e.
I. tlAt) rhAit tiom fiuöAl (i)
If é ceAdc (2) All c-fCAgAiL é RAinij teip belt (3) Annnbsp;If niAit teif belt (4) A5 CAinne ...
II. tug fé AtiA buAlAt) (5) VÓnbsp;Ca fé gAii belt (6) Af fogiiArhnbsp;Ca fé iTOf belt (7) eACOftA
III. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ÜAinig An butt teAnAriiuA (8) fUAf
leif
Cun belt (9) Ag tuAgATi putn-fA tAinig fé
“Ag cuibleAin putiA 1 n-ioriAT) belt (10) fcuptA ¦oioniAOin” ...
IV. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘OubAipe fé liom focAt ¦00
pepiobA’ö fll)
CAfocAt AgAtn i.e plt;iquot;ó (12) teAC ...
Ca CAtzg Ag fZUbAt (13)
Ca fé ie belt (14) Ann ... tjAt) ihAit ieif AipgeAT) quot;00 beit(i5)
Alge nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;...nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(15)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;..nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦00.
It is the function of the different prepositions (tiO, te, Ag, Ap, fé, etc.) to point out the varying relations which a verbal (or other) noun, govd.nbsp;by a prepn., bears to the preceding noun or pronoun.
Note from above examples that the prepn. ¦00 (or its colloquial form, a) must not be used before belt when the latter is
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nom. case (3), (4) ;
(b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;acc. govd. by a prepn. (6), (7), or by a verb ;
(c) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;gen. govd. by a prepn. (9), or by a noun (10), ornbsp;{d) dat. govd. by any prepn. other than no (14).]
118. This lesson gives, for revision purposes, a summary of the gen.nbsp;case, sing., five declensions. (There are a few nouns whose genitives arenbsp;irregular. Note instances as they occur in Reader).
-(o)-
Revise Lessons 51 to 58.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of the classes into which nouns may be divided.
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;State the few chief rules for determining the gender of Irish nouns.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is meant by the Case of a noun ?
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of nouns in the Genitive Case.
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;How is the gen. case sing, formed from the nom. sing, in the 1st,nbsp;2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th deels.?
6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of the changes which nouns may undergo initiallynbsp;in the gen. sing.
7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;State a general rule which would help one to determine the decl.nbsp;of a noun in the nom. sing.
8. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of nouns in the Accusative Case.
9. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is the case of a noun govd. by a verbal noun ? Give examples.
Lesson 59-—PLURAL NUMBER, NOMINATIVE CASE.
...nA CAfiiip.
119. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Number indicates whether we are speaking of one object or more.nbsp;When a noun indicates one object it is in the singular number ; when it indicates more than one, (except nouns preceded by ¦ÖA, ‘ two,’ as in Less. 61)nbsp;it is in the plural number.
120. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Note the three chief ways in which Irish nouns form (heir plurals :—
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the first declension, by attenuating the final consonant (cAf up,nbsp;CAfUip). which latter is the same form as in the genitive singular.
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In other declensions (except the fifth), by adding to nouns end
ing in a broad consonant (tAiti, lAtflA; tide, OóCa), and \ to nouns ending in a slender consonant or in a vowel (bu AdAlbbi, cpuipctni ; CApcAi),nbsp;(exception:nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pülie, etc., in second declension).
The plural ending -1 is sometimes written -iTie. (e.g., CAlbini cr CAtltni'óe). Nouns ending in -rte in nom. sing, form the plu. in -nitenbsp;(cdibiTSe, cditiTite).
(c) In the fifth declension, compare the forms of the gen. sing, and nom. plu., as ;—
Gen. Sing. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Nom. Plu.
Most nouns in -C (as CAtAOïpeAÓ) end in -CA (as CAtAoïpeAÓA).
„ -nriA (as uitteAnuA).
„ -in (as coitiupf Ain).
„ -ne (as ingne).
„ -'oe (as c^AipiDe^.
Note instances as they occur).
„ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-nn (as uitLeAtin)
ƒ (as coitiuppAn) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I
quot; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’’nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;” \(as l0ii5Ab)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Jot
t, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-Xgt; (as CApAb)
(There are some irregular plurals.
1S6
-ocr page 157-...teAOAiiA tiA ngAUfun.
121. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;We may infer the following general rules for the genitive plural:—
(a) If the nom. sing, ends in a broad con. (^Apyün, opDóg), the gen. plu. has tlie same form as the nom. sing.
(i) If the nom. sing, ends in a slender con. (bUAdAItt), or in a vowel (cApCA),
the gen. plu. has the same form as the nom. plu., but,
(c) In the 5th decl.,
the gen. plu. has the same form as the gen. sing.
122. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The form of the article is (a) after which the initial consonant
of the'following noun is eclipsed, if it is an eclipsablc consonant (......CAinnt
nn mbuAóAllU), and (b) n-appears before an initial vowel (...ingne na n-op-oós).
...¦ÓA punineoij.
123. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Irish nounshave three numbers:—the singular (c.ipcA, puinneös);nbsp;the plural (cipcAi, puinneogA); and the dual when the noun is preceded by tgt;amp; [tgt;A óApCA, tiA óApcA tiéAg, tiA punineöis). tlAnbsp;aspirates an initial aspirable consonant (t)A Ó^pCA).
124. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Feminine nouns ending in a broad consonant (cop, puinneó5)havenbsp;this consonant attenuated in the dual number (i)A 6oip, *04 puinneöij).nbsp;Note these examples, Sth decl.:—tiA tieApriAin, tiA tiitL|nti tJéAg. Thenbsp;ending of the noun has the same form in the dual number and in thenbsp;dative sing, (ó’n ftpuinneóis, tgt;amp; puinneriig): vide next lesson.
...ó’n ¦jjpuinneóig.
126. In Irish, the case of a noun which follows a preposition is {except the few prepns., ónn, gAn, etc., in Less. 57) the prepositional, or Dative Case.
126. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(a) Feminine nouns ending in a broad consonant (optDÓ5)nbsp;have this consonant attenuated in the dative case(...pé’n optioig). Otherwise, there is, except in the 5th decl., no change in the ending of thenbsp;noun in the dative. In the 5th decl., the dative sing, is formed by attenuatingnbsp;the ending -n, -tin, or -xgt; of the gen. sing. (...Ag mo óoifiiippAln); but 5thnbsp;flccl. nouns with nom. sing, in -It, -ip, or -in suffer no change (terminally)nbsp;in the dat. sing. (...Ap An ptAgAit).
Attenuation of a final broad con. may produce vowel changes as in § 106. nom. -1A-, or -éA-, as 5piAn, ppéArh ; dat. sing, -ét-, as gpéin, ppéirii.
127. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Note (6) that nouns whose initial letter is an eclipsable consonantnbsp;i» c, -o, p, b, p) suffer eclipsis of this consonant after any of the
following prepositions -j-- Atl, viz., Ap, A5, Ó, Ap. teip, tAp (cAp), pé (pAOt, or F-*)» poirfi, um, cpé (as, ...Ap An ^CApCA). In U., aspn. is the rule in suchnbsp;cases. The preposition 1, vrithout the article, eclipses (... 1 tnbopcA).
167
-ocr page 158-Lesson 63.—DATIVE CASE (II.) SINGULAR NUMBER.
...Ó puinneo^j.
128. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In this lesson, is shown aspiration of the initial consonant after thenbsp;prepositions, cpé, ö, xgt;e, xgt;0, pé, poim, um and tAp, without the articlenbsp;^...cpé -poippe), and also after ¦00’n* (“oo An) and ‘oe’n.* -Ap denotingnbsp;state or condition. a.s Ap bvilte, Ap pCACpAn, does not aspirate.
(In Old Ir., some prepns. -|- article occuring in a sentence {a) conveying an idea of motion towards governed in the acc., with eclipsis ; but (6) govd. in the dat., rvith aspn., when denotingnbsp;rest. This rule would be represented in Modern Irish as follows :—nbsp;(a) quot;00 óuip pé An peAnn ipceAó in fAn mbopcA.
(S) CS An peAnn ifcij in pAn bopcA.
This distinction between tire accusative of motion (eel.) and the dative of rest (asp.) has now, practically, disappeared.]
Lesson 64. —DATIVE CASE (III.) PLURAL NUMBER.
...Ap nA CACAOlpeAÓAPb,
129. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The ending of a noun ih the Dative Plural is -aiD» quot;itj» -ltgt;.
in a slender con. or in a, in A1O,
i,
10.
e,
10,
When the nom. plu. ends, the dat. plu. ends,
Notice that (unlike the gen. plu.) the initial con. of a noun in the dat. plu. is not affected after the article (...leip 11A CAltinib). Thenbsp;form of the nom. plu. is sometimes (especially in the 1st deck) used insteadnbsp;of that of the dat. plu.
Lesson 65.—VOCATIVE CASE. SINGULAR.
130. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A noun is in the vocative ease when it represents the person ornbsp;thing addressed (a SéAmuip), and is preceded by the particle a, whichnbsp;aspirates the initial consonant. Excepting nouns of the first declension,nbsp;the vocative singular has the same form as the nominative singular.nbsp;In the first declension, which includes most masculine Christian namesnbsp;ending in a broad consonant, the vocative singular has the same form as
f.. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;óéAtnuit'.
the genitive singular. ^ SéAlbUip !
Masculine Christian names not of the 1st decl. are not inflected (terminally) in the voc. sing. E.g., Aoi), 3rd decl. (gen. sing., AoXgt;a), has voc. 4 Aoti ! Similarly, A ’ÓonnéAt!) !
131. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;VOCATIVE PLURAL.
...A PAipt)©,
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;If the nom. plu. ends in a slender con. (as pip, cotfiupfAin),
the voc. plu. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(as A t^eApA, A CorhtippAriA)
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;If the nom. plu. ends in A, e, ori (as, bpógA, CAiptie, CAlUni),
the voc. plu. ,, A' egt; O'” t ^ ïgt;pö5A, A CAiptie, A CAlUnS)
*In Kerry, eclipsis after ¦oo’n, or -oe’n, is the rule.
1S8
-ocr page 159-132. In this summary are included all the cases of the Irish noun (nominative, accusative, genitive, dative and vocative) in both singular andnbsp;plural numbers.
(Lesson 68.—FAMILY RELATIONSHIP.
183. Notice that Ó (ortllt;i), —grandson, male descendant, has gen. sing. Hi J and tTl4C, — son, male descendant, has (when part of surname) gen. sing.nbsp;Itlic. Hi is from ingeAn and Hi (genitive of Ö, or Ua). Hie (or Tlic) isnbsp;from Hi ttlic. Hi, itlic. Hi, Hie aspirate tire following con. Note thenbsp;b- before a vowel in the masc. as, CAt)^ Ö b-(^)05Ain. b- after Hi isnbsp;incorrect; HlAipe ni Ö., not HlAipe Hi b-0.
IngeAn Hi (orlnjeAnTibc)—Miss ¦ tleAn Hi (or t)6An iHic)—Mrs. HIac Hi ÜpiAin ^or An tlpiAnAó)—Mr. O'B. An CippcAó—Mr. MacC.)
REVISION QUESTIONS. (J)
-(o)--
Revise Lessons 59 to 67.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is meant by Number ? Give examples.
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Show, with examples, how the Nom. Plu. is formed in the 5th decl.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give the general rule for forming the Nom. Plu. in (a) the 1st decl..nbsp;and in (b) the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th deels.
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is a noun in the Dual Number ?
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of nouns (a) in the Dative Sing., and (6) in the Dative
6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is the initial con. of a noun (a) aspirated, and when (fc) eclipsednbsp;in the Dative ?
7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What nouns are inflected terminally in the Dual Number and in thenbsp;Dat. Sing.
8. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What nouns form the Dat. Flu. (a) in -aiö, (6) in -10, (c) in -io ?
9. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give, with examples, the throe ways of forming the Gen. Plu.
10. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is a noun in the Vocative Case ?
11. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Show how nouns are inflected in the Voc., sing, and plu.
12. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is the case of a noun govd. by (a) a transitive verb, (b) anbsp;prepn., (c) another noun ? Give examples.
' [(i)This b- is a remnant of an old nom. masc. {*avias, gen., avi\ Tl«o aspn. of f between vowels gave (f —)b.)
THE
Lessons 69, 70—DECLENSION OF THE ARTICLE.
134. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The definite article (lt;sn or iia) agrees with the noun in gender,nbsp;number and case. There is no indefinite article.
135. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The various ways in which the article may affect the initial letternbsp;of a following noun are :—
Aspiration after the article ƒ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;in the genitive case, singular, masculine.
Eclipsis
\(An) in the nom. and acc. cases, sing., fern. ƒ (au) in the dative case, singular, masc. and fern.
l.(nA) in the genitive case, plural, masc. and fern.
t1—
n-
c—
c—
(ua) in the genitive case, plural, masc. and fern. ƒ (nA) in nom., acc., and dat., plu., masc., fern.nbsp;((ua) in the genitive case, sing., fem.
before p
(Ati) in the nom. and acc. cases, sing., masc. (au) in the gen. sing, masc., nom. acc. sing. fem.nbsp;130. [The above changes of the noun are really inflexions of the article,nbsp;carried forward from the end of the article to the initial of thenbsp;noun, c- before masc. nouns beginning with a vowel is,nbsp;historically, an ending of the article (O. Ir., inc). C- before p (aunbsp;C-fülL, etc.) is due to aspiration off (l'~b), and the con.sequentnbsp;unvoicing of xgt; of the article (O. Ir., inT))].
137 |
SUMMARY. SlNGUL.\R. |
Plural. | |||
Before an initial |
con., |
vowel, |
con., |
vowel. | |
Nom. and Acc. |
1 Masc. \ Fem. |
An An (asp.*) |
An c- \ An J |
nA |
ttA h- |
Gen. |
f Masc. 1 Fem. |
Ati (asp.*) *1A |
An nA li’ |
nA |
(eogt;-) nA n- |
Dat. |
An (eo‘-) |
An |
tIA |
nA 1i | |
*In |
these cases C- |
appears before an initial p. |
REVISION QUESTIONS. (K)
---(o)---
Revise Lessons 69 and 70.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When are the forms (a) An, (fc) nA, of the article used ?
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of the various initial changes which a noun undergoes after the article (a) An, and (6) nA.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is the initial con. of a noun aspirated after the article 1
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is the initial con. of a noun eclipsed after the article ?
4. After the article, when does each of the following appear before the
160
-ocr page 161----(o1-
188. The Adjective (Lat. adiectivus; Ir., ai’oiaóc) is so called because It is ‘ added to * the noun to limit its meaning, to qualify it.
139. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The adjective usually follows the noun in Irish. When the adjectivenbsp;follows its noun attributively, it agrees with the noun in gender, number,nbsp;and case, and is inflected accordingly.
140. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Its initial consonant is aspirated if the noun is fern. (.. .be^n c'öiti).
If the final consonant of the noun be t), n, c, t, or p, and the initial consonant of the adjective be t), or c, the initialnbsp;of the adjective, for phonetic reasons, resists aspirationnbsp;(...be^n ¦oub).
In t)eAn biiiin if e/fó ITIAipe, ciflin is used attributively, and hence its initial con. is aspirated in this case. In JZi.nbsp;beAtl pin Clüin, ciiiin is used predicatively, and hence is notnbsp;inflected. The predicative use of the adjective is only rarelynbsp;permissible. Ca An CApCA po bAn, e.g., should be CApcA bAnnbsp;Ip CAt) é peo, or, ca ¦oaC b^n Ap An sc^pcA po.
141. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;If the noun is plural and in any case except the genitive, the adjec-tive following, if used attributively and ending in a consonant, takes the pluralnbsp;ending, viz., —Q,or— ,0k (•••HA mnA ciuine ; •..tiA bpógA 'OubA)-
142. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Adjectives ending
(I.) in a broad consonant form the plural by adding a (¦Otib,—a) ;
(II.) in a slender consonant form the plural by adding e (ciuitl,—e); except those
(III.) in —AitiAit, which form the plural in —AriilA (niipneAtfitA); (fV.) in a vowel suffer no change in the plural (bpógA buitie).
. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;143. Plural nouns in nom. case, ending in a slender con., aspirate the
initial consonant of a following attributive adjective, (pip Qidlne). An adjective which qualifies a noun in the dualnbsp;number has its initial con. aspirated, and is otherwise inflectelnbsp;as if qualifying a noun in the plu. (quot;bA bpóig riiópA).
144. There are four declensions of tile adjective, determined by thenbsp;form of the ending in the nom. sing.:—
(I.) In the first declension, i.e., adjectivesending in a broad consonant (¦out!)), the genitive singular of the adjective is formed
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;by attenuation (¦óliiö) if the noun is masculine;
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;by adding q ('oiiibe) ‘f the noun is feminine.
(II.) In the second declension, i.e,, adjectives ending in a slender consonant (ciuin), except those in -ArhAih, the gen. sing, of the adj. is formed
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;by adding g if the noun is jeminine (...I,eA0A|i riA mn4 ciuine) ;
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;if the noun is masculine, there is no change (.. .LeAdAjt Atl ftp Clttin)nbsp;except aspiration of the initial consonant.
(III.) In the third declension, f,«., adjectives ending in -AthAlt, the genitive singular of the adjective, following a masculine or feminine noun,nbsp;ends in -auiIa (...LeifceAriitA).
(IV.) In the fourth declension, i.e., adjectives ending in a vowel (bufóe), there is no change, terminally, in the gen. sing.
Or, combining (I.) and (II) above, we might say that the gen. sing, of the adj. [a) ends in anbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(...Alce An hACA-óutr).
slender con. if the noun is masc. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(... „nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„ ftp óiüin.
and [b) is formed by adding e if noun is fem.
Alce UA bpóige ’ouibe. ,, tnn^ ctiiine.
In the gen. sing, of masc. adjs., vowel changes may occur as in § 106, and in the gen. sing, of fem. adjs., as in § 108.
145. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When we compare two or more things, as to the degree in whichnbsp;they possess the same quality, the form of the adjective used is inflected tonbsp;express the varying relations. The comparative is used in comparing onenbsp;thing with another, the superlative in comparing one thing with all others of anbsp;certain class or series.
146. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The adjective has the same form in (idl'ope) the comparativenbsp;and (ti.t'Dpe) superlative. Note that’n A follows the comparative in completenbsp;sentences. Except in sentences containing the Copula, the word tliop precedes the comparative (Ca pé niop LATOpe ’tlA...)
147. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The comparative (or superlative) is formed, regularly, from thenbsp;positive (or simple form of the adjective) by adding 0 to the latter, makingnbsp;the final consonant slender, and sometimes shortening the word (syncope) asnbsp;in ^^^(ijpe. Note that this ending is similar in form to that of the gen.nbsp;sing. fem. of the adjective ; and that vowel changes may occur as in § 108. fnnbsp;such sentences as ...An bUAóAltt ip lAfope, ip contains the relative
148. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Adjectives ending in a vowel suffer, as a rule, no change for com
parison, and thoseending in -ArhAlt, form the comparative (and superlative) in -AthtA (...ip LeipceAtfiLA...) (There ate somenbsp;irregular comparisons which should be noted as they occur).
162
-ocr page 163-The inflexions of the adj. in the nom. (and acc.) sing., and nom. (anfi ice.) plu. are dealt with in Lesson 71 ; and of the gen. sing, in Less. 72 ; these,nbsp;being the most frequently occuring, are the most important forms.
149. The initial con. of the dat. sing, of an adj. is ^cmxaXXy aspirated or ‘olipsed under the same circumstances as the dat. sing, of a noun. Vide § 127,nbsp;*28. (In some districts the initial con. of an adj. in the dat. is always aspd.,nbsp;^hd, in others, it suffers no change).
If the final con. of a /em. adj. is broad, [i.e., an adjective of the 1st decl. 'lualifying a feminine noun) this con. is attenuated in the dat. sing, (...’oo’nnbsp;'quot;iMoi lgt;t5).
160. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the dat. plu. and voc. plu., the adj. is not affected initially, butnbsp;* e is added, as in the nom. plu. (...teif nA peAfAlD 'ouï)a,...a
! ...A iotvA binne!)
161. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the voc. sing., the initiai con. of the adjective is aspd. (excep-^°Qs as in § 140) ; and in the 1st decl. masc., the final con. is attenuatednbsp;'•••¦4 fip ÖI5 ! but, ...A bCAn bCAg!)
Vowel changes as in § 106 may occur in the final syll. of an adj. in the voc. sing., masc. and dat. sing. fern.
162. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the gen. plu., the initial con. of the adj. is eclipsed, but it hasnbsp;^öierwise tile form of the nom. sing, (...clop tiA bpeAp n'Ou0,...A Wn bAtlnbsp;b'omi)
Note that an adjective (or noun) following a noun in the gen. plu. its initial consonant eclipsed, even when the noun in the gen. plu. is notnbsp;^'receded by the art., as A LAn bAn ntiuD, flUA$ peAp gConnAóc.
REVISION QUESTIONS. (L)
-(o)-
Revise Lessons 71 to 75.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is an adjective ?
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is an adjective inflected ?
Give examples of (a) attributive, and (6) predicative adjectives.
Give the four classes into which adjs. are divided according to ending.
How do adjs. form the plural in the nom., acc., dat., and voc.?
«Je-, How is the gen. sing, of adjs. formed in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th ‘'¦‘hsions ?
When is the initial con. of an adj. (a) aspirated, and (6) when eclipsed ?
Give examples of vowel changes in the final syllable of an ad], in (a) fern., (6) voc. sing, masc., (c) gen. sing, fern., and (d) gen. sing. masc.
How are adjectives inflected for comparison ?
Usson 76.—POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES.
163. Although tno, tJO, A, A^, Cup take the place of the gen. case of the personal pronouns (C/., mo foil), they are now really possessivenbsp;adjectives. They cannot, like ' mine,’ ‘ thine,’ etc., in Eng., stand apart fromnbsp;the nouns to which they refer. Such pronominal functions are, in Irish,nbsp;discharged by the prepositional pronouns tiom, beAC, etc.
161. ttio, “00, and a (his) aspirate an initial consonant (when aspirable).
A (her) does not affect initial con., but prefixes ti-to vowels.
Ap, Cup, and a (their) eclipse initial consonant (when eclipsable) and
prefix 11- to vowels.
155. (1 n-A felt;ipAtfi). The possessive adjective is used in this idiom (and also before such words as co’otA’ó, puilie, bulge, “OüipeAóc,nbsp;cóninui“óe) usually to denote positions of rest, or state or condition.
163. (1 n-A feAp). This is another idiomatic use of the possessive adjective (meaning literally that he is in his manhood) to denote attributes ofnbsp;the subject. Such attributes are not necessarily changeable, as Ca Annbsp;C-AcAip 1 tl-A “ÖIA.
167. ‘‘ ‘ If peAp é’ states the fact of his manhood as far as it is a thing which he has in common with all men.
‘ ÜA f é 1 n -A f CAp ’ states the fact of his manhood as far as that manhood is a thing which attaches exclusively to himself as an „indvidual.*”
158. In Lesson 57, we saw that the verbal noun governs the following noun in the genitive case (...‘oünA'ó nA fuitineóige). But we cannot say,nbsp;e.g., Ea fé Ag buAbA* mé (just as we cannot say Ap fon mé). In suchnbsp;cases the appropriate possessive adjective (mo in this instance) is placed before the verbal noun, e.g., CA fé Ag mo (A’m’) bUAtA“ó. Similarly, wenbsp;cannot say Ca fé Ag buAbA’ó i, but CA fé Ag A buAtA“ö ; and in likenbsp;manner for the other possessive adjectives.
C-ACAip peAOAp Ó bAogAipe.
164
“ There is a great fundamental principle involved here. In Irish, a transitive action, the instant it passes from the agent belongs tonbsp;the object. Once a blow is given it belongs, from that out, tonbsp;the person who has got it. It is his blow. If I am striking him,nbsp;I am engaged in his striking. On that principle, the actionnbsp;belongs to the person who gets it, not to the person who gives it.nbsp;The verbal noun is the name of the action. Hence the objectnbsp;of the action possesses the thing expressed by the verbal noun.nbsp;Hence it is in the genitive case depending on the verbal noun*.’’
? An
-ocr page 165-159. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An lipuil, a -fiof abac caT) é An f a$ai' Ainu'^e ttéAf AjAinnnbsp;• mbA^Aó ? The a here, also, is a possessive adjective, andnbsp;refers to the part of the sentence, cAV é...i nibApAó ? Because it thusnbsp;represents or anticipates the clause following, this is said to be a Troleptienbsp;use of the possessive a.
160, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[Other instances of prolepsis are :—
A represents the gen, case of CAinnc...Ai5e. A clause or a phrase cannot be govd. in the gen. case; its gen. is here represented by the possess,nbsp;adj. A (of 'o’a) before the noun tfiéfo.
This use of a always occurs with verbal nouns of saying, thinking, and such like (anbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A rtieAp, A fiAppinje, etc.) when followed by a phrase or
clause. Contrast ...aj pAr5 tia bpAit)peACA, with CAim pAö tCAC 50 mbéit) peAptAinn Ann.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quot;Oo Bi pé T)’fiACAiB opm | AipseAt) •00 CaBaipc 'oó.
The proleptic pron. pé represents the phrase Aip5eA'0...'Dlt;5
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ip é mo tuAipnn | 50 Bptnt An ceApc ajac.
é is proleptic predicate, representing the clause 50...A5AC.
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tlAP tfióp An cpuAg ê I ¦04 ocAgA'ö An peAptAinn 1 n-oiti.
é is proleptic subject, representing the clause 04...1 noit).]
161. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When the Demonstrative Adjectives, viz, po (or, when the last preceding vowel is slender, peo) pin, Cto, are used with a noun, the article must benbsp;expressed (au peAp ö’O, An 'Onine peo. An ¦ouine boCC po.) The articlenbsp;of itself rarely defines; a demon, adj., or a qualifying clause, etc., expressednbsp;or understood, is usually required after the noun. Sin é AH teAOAp, pin ?nbsp;An pninneoj are incomplete, unless we are referring to some particular book,nbsp;or window, previously referred to or defined, An t. ”00 BeAnnUljCAP,nbsp;Atl t- ¦00 Bpipip.
162. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Indefinite Adjective is the term generally applied to such adjectivesnbsp;as élgm, elte, AipiCe, etc., which have a vague and indefinite reference tonbsp;their nouns. The Distributive Adjectives, such as sAd, tiite, gAd uile, gABnbsp;Aon, 5AC; pe may also be termed indefinite.
166
-ocr page 166-x63. In (1.), ^otlf T)0( ®tc., the cardinal numbers, we have simply the name of the number itself. These names are rarely used alone, but are learnt as anbsp;basis for other uses of Irish numerals. Hence, the term ' cardinal numbers ’nbsp;which implies that these are the hinge or pivot of the numeral system.
164. (II.) ti-Aon, A quot;00, etc., is the form of the numeral used in counting consecutively. When denoting the order in which things are taken,nbsp;this form of the numeral may be used (e.g., leACAtiAó A 'Oeló) as an alternative to that in § 165.
1C5. (HI.) An ordinal numeral is used as an adjective to denote the order (1st, 2nd, etc.) which the objects referred to hold in a numerical series.
Note (a) the usual termination, viz., —tilAt)) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(^) position of
the noun:—
(i) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(2) (3)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(i)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(2)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(3)
An pérhA’ö tA quot;DéAg ; An c-AonrhAt) tA ’DéAg Ap piCfo.
166. The initial of céAX) (1st) is aspd. after the article. CdAT) andnbsp;CpCAf aspirate the initial con. of the following noun. The other ordinalsnbsp;prefix I1- to vowels. After the art. An, c- appears before AonriiAt!),nbsp;odcriiAt), and AOn.
Lesson 81.—NUMERALS (IV.) p6CA. TiA pÓCA. cpi pÓCAi.
167. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(IV.) In this lesson, the numerals are used as adjectives denotingnbsp;the number of objects.
Notice (a) that in this case Aon (— ‘ one ’) is not used before the noun ;
(6) that ¦0Ó and ceAtAip become nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CeiCfte, when denoting
number of objects : when following An, or any word cn.iirg in a dental, the T) of tTA is not aspd., as An ‘oA fuit;
(c) that peAóc, 0ÓC, nAoi, and -oeió eclipse, and that Aon and PA aspirate, PA being followed by the dual form of the noun (PA oppdlj,nbsp;as in Lesson 61) ; and
{d) that the position of the noun in compounds is immediately after the name of the digit (PA pócA PéAj); and, further, that in such cases annbsp;attributive adjective immediately follows its noun. E.g., peAdC beAbAlpnbsp;tiiópA PéAg, PA bum öAnA PéAg; but the more usual constructionnbsp;is, e.g., peAóc gcinn PéAg pe teAbpAib möpA.
168. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The singular form of the noun is used after the numerals whennbsp;the objects are considered not as separate units but collectively. Whennbsp;the noun is thus in the sing, form its initial con. is aspd. after cpi, CeiCpe,nbsp;CÜ15, pé, but (sing, or plu. form) is eclipsed after fCACc, oCC, fiAOl, Peió.
166
-ocr page 167-169. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The ^ of 'oêAS aspd. (a) when the word following -o^ or /ionnbsp;ends in a vowel, and (è) when the sing, form is used afterCfit, etc., to veió,unlessnbsp;the final con. of the noun is c, X), n, I, f. Examples :—/ion (-óS) póC/1nbsp;t»é/i5, (b) rpi ó/ipc/i t)é/i5, oóc bpócA -óéAS- Cpi, pé, ceitpe, prefix n- tonbsp;the initial vowel of a noun which is in the plu. form. The c of deicpe, CÜ15nbsp;is £ispd. in M. when these numerals precede nouns.
170. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tTlóe1 and its compounds (e.g., vaCaX), or plClT)), cé/lü (100)nbsp;and ni’te (1,00(1) are now usually followed by the nom. sing, form of the nounnbsp;(piOe be/in).
171. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When v/e require to emphasise the number of objects we use the
word CBAlltl nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;requisite form, e.g.;—
ni’t /ijAtn Adz cednn {•ói. óe/rnn).
C.A ré cititi (pe/ióc gcinn) Tie teAbjuiB /i^iim.
Lesson 82.—PERSONAL NUMERALS (V,)
172. (V) The forms of the numeral nouns applied to persons from twonbsp;to ten, and twelve, are called personal numerals. They govern a followingnbsp;noun in the gen. plu., as ctiiiip ban.
In (I.) and (II.) the numerals are used in the abstract, as counters ; in |III.) and (IV.) as adjectives, which, unlike the corresponding, numerals innbsp;Eng., cannot stand apart from the nouns to which they refer, and in (V.)nbsp;as nouns.
REVISION QUESTIONS. (M)
_-(o)-
Revise Lessons 76 to 82.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of four idiomatic uses of the possessive adjective a
(• its 1).
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of proleptic pronouns.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Name some (a) demonstrative, and (i) indefinite adjectives.
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is meant by “ cardinal,’’quot; ordinal ’’andquot; personal quot;numerals?nbsp;Give examples of each.
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What numerals affect the initial letters of nouns and how ?
6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;How does the numeral XtA affect the following noun and adjective ?
167
pice plu., and dat. sing., picfo. gen., pice/io. Also used in countings as A pice.
-ocr page 168--(O)-
Lesson 83.—PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
173. A Pronoun is a part of speech which stands for a noun. Personal Pronouns are so called because they stand for the three persons: 1st,nbsp;2nd and 3rd.
174. The forms é, i, lAt) (Disjunctive Pronouns) are now used (a) with Ip, (6) in the acc. case, or (c) as nominatives separated from their verbs.
176. Sé, fi, flAT) (Conjunctive Pronouns) are used immediately after anbsp;verb as subject. The personal pronouns are not used in the genitive casenbsp;vide § 153, and, in the dative, they combine with prepositions (Lesson 84) tonbsp;form Prepositional Pronouns.
176. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Demonstrative Pronouns point out or distinguish persons or things.nbsp;6, i, and iaT) with f eo, pin, or pttiT) (as é peo, i pitiT)) discharge the functionnbsp;of dem. prons. So, put), and pm are sometimes used as independent prons.,nbsp;as Do b1 pé Ag bAjAipc po a’p put» opm. This use of pin,nbsp;as pAn (usually meaning ‘ that circumstance ’), is frequent in M., as ID’aicnbsp;liom pAn: Tio f5.pAirh pAn 1.
177. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A Reflexive Pronoun refers back to the subject of the sentence, asnbsp;Do btiAlt pé é pém, in which the object of the action (é pém) is identicalnbsp;with the subject (pé).
Ussons 84.—PREPOSITIONAL PRONOUNS.
178. Prepositional Pronouns (tiom, etc.) are formed from the pronounnbsp;(mé, etc.) and the preposition (te, etc.)
179. Pron. In the prepl. prons, from Ag, the stress is on''the 2iid syll.nbsp;In M.(A5Am'), but on the 1st syll. in U. and the greater parter of C.(a5' Am).nbsp;The forms étijAm, etc., are prond. 6üm, éCic, 011150, é«ibe; éülnn. Curb,nbsp;CütiA in M., but bti5AiTi, btiSAC, etc., in C. and U. In the 3rd plu.nbsp;(teó, ACA, etc.), a form in -b (as teób, ACAb, etc.) is used innbsp;W. Galway. The form of the 3 sing. masc. is, in some cases, used fornbsp;that of the simple prep., as pAOl, 01115’ in C. and U., and poimip (—poime)nbsp;in M. In the forms from ¦00 and ¦oe (Dom, etc.; ‘oiom, etc.) the initialnbsp;(¦o) is usually aspd. after a vowel.
168
-ocr page 169-(I) —NOMINATIVE (A) AND ACCUSATIVE CASES (B).
180. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Except under the government of prepositions, there is, historically,nbsp;no special independent form of the relative. The Relative Clause always immediately follows its antecedent, as An pe^p '00 01 1 gCopcAiJ 1 nT)é,nbsp;CA fé Annpo 1 ntiiu, in which -oo til 1 gCopcAiJ 1 nDé is a relativenbsp;clause qualifying (as an adjective) the antecedent, peAp.
181. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The connexion between the relative clause and its antecedent is,nbsp;in nom. and acc.* relation, shown by :—
(«) The Relative Form of the verb in the affirmative. In this form -(e)Ap is added to the stem of the verb in the pres., as....An pCApnbsp;CttlSeAP ’At); -p(e)Ap or -(e)ó6Ap, in the fut., as ...Annbsp;peAp tn’SpeAf* ’AT), and an initial con. is aspd. Thisnbsp;form of the verb, common in C. and U., is now rarely used in M.
(6) When the verb in a relative clause is in the past, past-hab., or condl., affirmative, the particle XJO, which usually accompanies thesenbsp;forms of the verb, discharges the function of a relative. In suchnbsp;clauses ¦00 is pronounced (and frequently written) a before annbsp;initial con., but T)’ or A T)’ before vowels, as An peAp a(—•dq)nbsp;buAit é ; An peAp A •ö’(—¦D’)éip)5.
(c) Where the rel. form of the verb is not used for the pres, and fut., as usually in M., the particle (aspg.) appears before thenbsp;ordinary pres, or fut. form of these verbs, and has the officenbsp;or value of a relative, as ...An peAp ruigeAnn iat) ;nbsp;...An peAp ttiigpiP) IAT).
[In Keating, this A does not appear before the relative form of the verb, ...An pCAp plop Ann. Compound verbs (f.«., verbsnbsp;with prefixes) as (’oo-jbeipim, (A)T)eipim, as a rule, have notnbsp;the relative form, ...An peAp 'oo-gni An obAip. Innbsp;relative clauses, the prefix T)0- is prond A.]
W When the verb is in the negative, the relative form of the verb is not used, the connection between the relative clause and itsnbsp;antecedent being in all cases shown by the (dependent) form ofnbsp;the negative particle, i.e., nAC, nA, or nAp (and not n1,nbsp;or niop).
182. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;IS. I” ’¦dative clauses containing any part of the copula, nonbsp;special relative form is now used. The forms tp, bA (affirm.); and nAd, n^p,nbsp;riApb (neg.), which contain the rel., are employed. Ap (pres.) and bup (fut.)nbsp;were used as rel. forms of the copula in early modern Irish.
acc. governed by a verb. A few prepns. govern noun.s and pers. prons. in the acc. [vide § 116), but all prepns. govern the relative in thenbsp;dative.
m
-ocr page 170-(II.)—DATIVE CASE
183. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(C.) When governed by a preposition, a distinct form of the
Relative, viz., nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;, appears. The n, which, earlier, formed part of the relative
alter a prepn.
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;is carried on as ii-prefixed to an initial vowel, as “Ip tnó ClimA tnbsp;n-A1 n-oippeAt) pciLLing -oo.”
(b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;causes eclipsis of an initial con., as “ tli pAtO Aon fteApc eilenbsp;AcA te n-A •octocpAfoip Aip.” but
(c) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;before verbs which take the particle po (vide § 85), n of the rel.
is assimilated, resulting in nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[—rel. A(n) -|- particle p(o)], as,
quot; Sin é An bAih in nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ïgt;ö-”
184. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In theabove threeexamples, the prepn. precedestherel. Themorenbsp;usual construction now is to place the prepn. at the end of the rel. clause in thenbsp;form of the corresponding prepl, pron. E.g., ...An bliACAltt AJ A bpUILnbsp;mo teAbAp is now usually ...An buAóAitt a (50, M.f) bpiiit mo leAbApnbsp;Alge. Similarly, in the past tense. Sin é An btlAóAlll Ö n-Ap CógAp Annbsp;leAbAp is now usually Sin é An bMAóAiLt Ap (gup, M.f) CógAp Annbsp;tCAbAp «Alt).
185. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This development of 150 SUtl)’ usual form of the dat. rel.nbsp;used in affirmative sentences in M.f, has been as follows :—(a) ...An buAóAlLtnbsp;Ag bpulh An leAbAp became (6) ...An bliACAltl ’g,et (~^5 bpuit Annbsp;teAbAp Alge, where the prepn. is seen both before the rel. and at the end of thenbsp;clause; and (c) An bUAóAiLt 50 hpu’l- VeAbAp Aige. The go (for ’gxk)nbsp;finally extended to all dat. rels. (in the affirm.) ...An bopcA go bptnl monbsp;peAnn Ann, ...An buAtAitt sutl ’^'^gAf An teAbAp iiAib. A prepn. cannotnbsp;be used before go or gup in such clauses, but a prepl. pron. may, as Annbsp;C-é teif gup curfiAng p^gA1.
186. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Verbs which have a dependent form use this form after the dat. rel.,nbsp;...An ¦ouine a (go, M.,) pAib puit AgAm teip; ...An peAp a (go, M.,)nbsp;bpAgAim congtiArii uai1.
170
The 11- before a is (as the n in, e.g., T)o cog pé lt;5 h-a iuac é) inserted after the prepn. ending in a vowel (but -oe or no before the rel. « is contracted to o’a).
The n- before the verb is the original n of the rel., an. t Except in the Decies, where a and ap are in use.
-ocr page 171-187. IS. Til® dative relative in n» clauses, being in frequent and Idiomatic use, should be particularly noted. In accordance with the generalnbsp;rule in § 186, the form in dependent clauses is used, viz.: -t\(A)b (butnbsp;before cons.) in the pres.; and -p (a) b' (but -p, aspg., before cons.) in the past andnbsp;condl. When these forms are combined withnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;the dat. case of the re!.,
the n becomes assimilated before p, as in (c) above, resulting in Attt)» Atit Atttjt and in M., snub, Stitt» SVItitj.
Hence, ’o’^pb in, e.g., ...peAp ¦o’Apb AUim, is —prcpn. (¦do) -f-''el. (a) -f-dept. pres, form of copula f-pb). This will explain thenbsp;rel. form of the copula in such constructions as :—
Sin é An buAóAibl Ap (5up, M.,) teip An beAbAp pm.
“ ...An Aic üT» 1 n-Apb’ Aoibmn binn-Juc éAn.”
CiA (li-iA-D All -opeAtn A [or 5o])p -otob é ?
A (or 50), before bA or PaA, is sometimes used instead of Apb, etc., as, quot;...An ihinncip 50nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nibA beo iati,” the n of A(n) being
represented in the eclipsis of b.
188. (D.) Although the relative in such sentences as 1p é S. Ó t). Annbsp;buAóAlbb Atl 3tlti)tj’ élgin a’a AtAip -oub CAp pdibe is equivalent,nbsp;in a general way, to a genitive relation, it is really in the dativenbsp;case govd. by a preceding prepn., usually AJ or '00, understood. The complete form is...An buACAlbl A5 Atltï' ^igin xgt;’S AtAip..., i.e., ‘ ...thenbsp;boy in whose case (at whom, or concerning whom) it was necessary for hisnbsp;father...' All instances of apparently genitive relatives can be similarlynbsp;explained, viz., as being really dat. reis. governed by a prepn. understood.
189. (E.) There is a Compound Relative meaning' all which,quot; all that,’nbsp;of the same form as the rel. in the dat., viz., a (originally All)- becomes Apnbsp;in combination with the particle po, and is followed by the dependent formnbsp;of the verb as in § 186.
190. Summary. To sum up, relativity is expressed as follows :—
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In pres, and fut. tenses, affirm., by the relative form ol the verb,
nom. and acc. cases.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;By the particles uo a where rel. form is not used ; nom. and
acc. cases.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In neg. clauses, by the negative particles tid, flA6, tl4p, followed
by dependent form of verb ; nom., acc. and dat. cases.
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;By A (orig. An) in dat. case, affirm.; and as comp. rel.: always
followed by dependent form of verb.
171
-ocr page 172-Note that the relative following the interrogative aspirates the initial consonant of the verb. As a relative clause always follows the interrog, prons.,nbsp;the rel. form of the verb may be used in the pres, and fut. as Cia (ti-é Annbsp;•ouine) biop Annpo 5A6 oitxie ?
192. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Emphasis has an important influence in determining the position,nbsp;and even the form, of words in an Irish sentence. The English sentence quot; Didnbsp;you walk to Bangor yesterday evening ? ” may assume at least seven differentnbsp;shades of meaning according to the word which gets the chief voice stress.nbsp;Read the sentence with emphasis on, e.g.,' walk' and note the change in meaning ; similarly emphasise ‘ yesterday ’ and note the further change, and so on.nbsp;When we require to attach special importance to any particular idea in annbsp;Irish sentence we do so
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;by means of emphatic suffixes ; or
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;by bringing to the beginning of the sentence with 1p the particularnbsp;part or idea to be emphasised.
The latter {b) method is used, as in Ip é SeAj^n '00 buAit cu, when we want to exclude all other possible alternatives. The former (a)nbsp;in cases of simple contrast, comparison, or when the object is pointed out.nbsp;E.g., Ca CApcA AgAtn-pA, CA teAftAp A5AC-pA; pin é mo tiACA-pA, pnTonbsp;é üo liACA-pA, etc. Both methods may, if necessary, be used in a sentence,nbsp;as Ip -ouic-pe A CugAp An leAPAp.
The student must be careful to use the emphatic mode when the sense requires it. Constructions such as. Sin é mo tOAftAp, pli'iT) é X)o leAbAp ;nbsp;Ca Iiaca opc, CA cAipin opm ; tug pi péAb 'oom, tug pé pciLUng ¦ootnnbsp;(though, on the analogy of the English mode of emphasising, becoming verynbsp;common with students) must be carefully avoided ; the emphatic suffixesnbsp;(...mo leAbAp-pA, etc,,) must be used in all such cases.
193. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[a) In Irish, a personal pronoun, whether occurring (I.) in its
simple form (mé) ; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(H.) as a prepositional pronoun (tiom) ; (III.)
in the allied form of a possessive adjective (mo) ) or (IV.) as the pronominal ending of a verb (tLi5Ap) must never be emphasised. The language providesnbsp;us with emphatic suffixes (cupA, hlom-pA, mo CApog-pA, tMJAp-pA).
The word péin may, similarly, be used for purposes of emphasis. Note that in é péin 00 öuaiL é péin, the first péln is an emphaticnbsp;suffix, and the second combines with é to form the reflexive pronoun, é
péin.
-ocr page 173-1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quot;00nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pitib Annbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bAn te m’fciAin-fe i n'oé.
The above sentence, e.g., may be written in various ways, according to the particular idea we wish to emphasise :—
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ipnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;é pitibnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦oo geApp An cApcA bAn te m’pciAin-pe nt)é.
1-3. Ip cApcA quot;00 geApp pitib te ni’pciAin-pe i nt)é.
(4. Ip é An cApcA bAn nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„
r5. Ip nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;te pciAinnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“00 geApp pitib An cApcA b,An „
\6. Ip te m’pciAin-pe nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„
7. Ip 1 n-Dé nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„
(1) simply relates what occurred. Here the action (tio geApp) is the leading idea in the sentence.
In each of the other sentences, the underlined word denotes the part ot the sentence to which special importance is attached. (2) i.e., not Tadhg,nbsp;etc. ; (3) not a paper, etc. ; (4) not a red or any other colour card; (5) notnbsp;with scissors, etc. ; (6) not with your or his own, etc., knife ; (7) not anynbsp;other day. In these sentences (2-7) we emphasise, respectively, the ageni^nbsp;object, instrument, and time of action.
REVISION QUESTIONS. (N)
-(o)-
Revise Lessons 83 to 88.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is a Pronoun ?
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give instances of the various classes of pronouns.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Name the (a) disjunctive and (6) conjunctive forms of the personalnbsp;pronouns, and state when these forms are used.
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of Relative Clauses.
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give instances of the forms of the relative in use in (a) nom. and acc.nbsp;cases, and (b) dative case.
6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When may the relative form of the verb be used ?
7. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of the use of the compound relative.
8. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is the dependent form of a verb used after the relative ?
9. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Give examples of clauses containing the copula, pres, and pastnbsp;tenses, in which the relative is in the {a) nom., and [b] dative.
10. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;How do the dat. rel., and compound rel., affect the following verb ?
11. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;How do you emphasise a particular word or phrase in an trishnbsp;Sentence ? Give examples.
12. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;To what words may emphatic sufhxes be applied ? Give examples
^ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;19S. [When, for instance, a stop consonant, as b, becomes, under the
influence of a preceding word, the corresponding continuant or spirant, b, the phonetic change is usually termed Aspiration.]
We may (having now met all the forms) summarise the examples of Aspiration, and infer the following rules therefrom.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;, '
Aspiration of an initial (aspirable) consonant, takes place:—
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the compounds of po, viz.:—riAp, ciip, ntop,nbsp;5up, mutiAp, etc.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the particles ni and ¦00, and the conjunction, mi.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the nominative or accusative case of the relative (affirm.)
The initial con. of the relative form of the verb is aspd.
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the article (jkti) nominative or accusative case, fern., sing.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the article (ah) genitive case, masculine, singular; alsonbsp;of the initial con. of a proper noun in the gen. case (except afternbsp;the nouns Ö and ITIac, in surnames, and quot;pélLe).
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the vocative case (after particle a) masc. and fern.
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When it is the second word of a compound (unless it be in the
genitive case, e.g.. ¦oitcéit.te).
I nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(5) After the possessive adjectives, mo, 'oo and a (‘ his ’).
(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the prepositions, o, pé (pA, pAOl) Ap, cpê, um, ‘00, 'oe,
'1 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;poiiti, CAp ; and also after ¦oe’ii1, ¦oo’n1.
(7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the numerals, Aon, bA ; CéAt), cpeAp ; and after cpi,
. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ceiüpe, 6ÜI5, pé when followed by the singular form of the
noun.
198. III.—Of the initial consonant of an Adjective.
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When (being used attributively) it follows a feminine noun
in the nominative or accusative case, singular.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When (being used attributively) it follows a masculine noun in the
genitive case singular.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When it follows a noun, masculine or feminine, is the
vocative singular.
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When the preceding noun, nominative or accusative, is plural
and ends in a slender consonant, theadj. being used attributively.
(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When the preceding noun is aspirated by a preposition, or by
prepn.-|-article. Vide § 149.
(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When it is the second word of a compound.
(7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When the noun it qualifies (attributively) is in the dual number.
174
In Kerry, ecUpsis after ¦oe'n, or ¦oo’n, is the rule.
-ocr page 175-Lesson go.—ECLIPSiS.
199, [When a breath con. (as c, c or p) is changed into the corresponding voice con. {5, T), b), or a voice con. (5, xgt;, b) into the corresponding nasal con. (pj, n, m) the phonetic change is termednbsp;Eclipsis.]
As with aspiration, we may infer the following rules for Eclipsis. Eclipsis of an initial (eclipsable) consonant takes place:—
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the particles An, cA, nA6; also alter the conjunctions,
50, nAd, nniPA (mApA) and -oA.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the relative a, when (a) it means ‘ all that ’; and (amp;) when
in the dative case.
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the numerals peAóc, ofrc, nAOl, ¦Odd.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the possessive adjectives Ap, Oup, A (‘ their’).
t3) After the article An preceded by a preposition (except 'oo’n and ¦oe’n, which usually cause aspiration); also, after thenbsp;preposition 1. (In U., aspiration takes place after all prepns.nbsp; art.)
(4) After the article (nA) in the genitive plural; also when following another noun or numeral which is in the gen. plu., with or without the article.
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When the noun it qualifies is preceded by a prepn.art., as in
II. (3) above.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When it follows, used attributively, a noun in the gen. plural.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When it is a numeral adjective used in the gen. after the articlenbsp;(ha), as bcAn nA ¦ocpl mbó.
h-
Lesson 9^.— Tl—, C“
203.
ti
ls prefixed (i) to the initial vowel ol (a) Verbs, (6) Nouns, and (r) Adjectives, generally, under the same circumstances as when an initialnbsp;consonant would be eclipsed in these words. Vide § 200, 201, and 202.
(Bnt[II. (3), III. (1)] n-is not prefixed to the initial vowel oi nouns or adjectives after a prepn.-f-art.)
(2) to the possessive adjectives, bup, A, when precedednbsp;by any of the prepositions ó, pé, cpé, 50, te, 1.
204.
j-_ Is prefixed (i) to the initial vowel of masculine nouns preceded by the
^ article Atl, in the nominative or accusative case, singular.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the art. Ati, to initial f of feminine nouns in nom. or acc. case.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the art. An, to initial f of masculine nouns, genitive case.
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After Aon, to nouns whose initial consonant is p.
In (2), (3), and (4), except words beginning with pc, pp. pc, pm.
(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After the art. An, to the numerals Aon, AonrhAt), and oCctfiAt!),
and their compounds.
(*) Nouns, masculine and feminine, in the nominative, accusative, and dative, plural, after the article (ua).
(*) Feminine nouns, in the genitive singular, after the article (nA).
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Nouns after the possessive adjective a (‘her’).
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Nouns after the prepositions 50, be.
(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Nouns after the numerals cpi, pé ; ‘OApA, and all ordinal numbers
ending in -tiiAt».
(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Predicate following nl in Ip sentences ; and, similarly, sometimes
after Pa, bAtS, as Pa b-é, 50 mbAp b-C.
(7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Verbs, after the conjunction, or particle, nA.
(8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Adjectives used adverbially, after 50.
(After particles, etc., which do not aspirate or eclipse, b-is, generally speaking, prefixed to initial vowels).
REVISION QUESTIONS. (O)
, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;—(o)---
Revise Lessons 89 to 91.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is meant by the Aspiration of a consonant ?
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is the initial consonant of (I.) a Verb, (II.) a noun, (III.) an
Adjective aspirated i
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Define Eclipsis.
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When is the initial consonant of (I.) a Verb, (II.) a Noun, (III.) an
Adjective eclipsed ?
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Under what circumstances is
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;11- prefixed to the initial vowel of words ?
(I’) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;»»nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I»nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^
(lt;=) n .. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;..nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;i
176
-ocr page 177-(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ctiip urriAü anoif é 50 tjpeiCOAD -Ati mbéit) fé a’xgt;’ gopcugAti
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;50 tjpASA '00 fUince -45AC.
206. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Verbs indicate the mental attitude, the mood, of the speaker.nbsp;“ Verbs have moods because speakers have moods.” The speaker may simplynbsp;give Information or ask a question ; he then uses the indicative mood of thenbsp;verb. He may command or request: he then uses the imperative mood.nbsp;He may, in a subordinate clause, express doubt or contingency, or a wish :nbsp;he then uses the Subjunctive Mood.
The Subjunctive Present is used:—
207. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(a) in a future referense to express an element of doubt or indefiniteness. It usually follows such conjunctions as 50 (' until') putnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(M.)
(‘before’) munA, triApA (‘unless’).
208. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(6) to express a wish. This, the most frequent use of the subj.nbsp;pres., is also called the Optative Mood. The latter is, however, merely thenbsp;subj. in an optative sense. The subjunctive of wish is preceded by the conjunction 30 (' that ’) in affirmative sentences, and by t1 Att (^¦spg.) in negativenbsp;sentences but the neg. form before pAiG is as n4 puit) mAit ajac. In anbsp;sentence containing a subj. of wish, the main clause, though usually understood, is occasionally expressed, as ‘‘Ip i mo gurte (main clause) ...50nbsp;niAipe Ap njAe’öitg pWn (subordinate clause).”
Person. |
Singular. |
PLÜRAL. |
1st |
¦oünAX). |
¦OWtlAimiT). |
2nd |
•DöriAit^. |
¦ofiriA (pib) |
3rd |
¦DÜTI4A. |
¦DUnAIT) |
The subjunctive present is formed from the stem, i.e., imper. 2 sg., of fhe verb. The 3 sg. ending, viz., -© after a slender consonant and .after anbsp;broad consonant, is sometimes spelled -it!) and -Ai'O, repsectivcly.
There are three exceptions :—(a) (-oo-jbeipim forms its subj. from evig-. as 50 ¦DCugA-O, etc.; (6) agim from cig-, or CAg-, as gonbsp;¦DCigeAT), etc., or go -OCAgAT), etc.; and (c) the forms of the subj. pres,nbsp;of cA are : (go) pabAt), pAbAip, pAlb, pAbmuiT). pA'ï) (f'b), pAÖAlT). Thenbsp;forms of the subj. pres, of the Copula are ; giipAb, riApAt) (somet. with -bnbsp;omitted): also bAt), as in go mbAt) b-é tiuic.
210. [There is also a Secondary Form of the subjunctive present, used when the verb in the main clause is in the past tense.
E.g., fAn go ‘océigeA’o (Subj. Pres.) At)AiLe. ’DubApe Lcac pAtiAttlAinc go ¦OCélginn (Secondary Form of Subj. Pres.)nbsp;AbAile. This latter form must not be confounded with thenbsp;Subjunctive Past, Lesson 93. Vide § 30 and 44.j
177
-ocr page 178-TÏ'-4 BuAit (A) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;SeA$^n, t)0 Jolt (A) SeAjJgt;n
tgt;A iTibUAIleA'D (B) pAt)t^ui5 Se^S-Sn, tio joitpeAt) (C) SeAjAti.
211. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In this lesson are given examples of three moods, the Indicative (A),nbsp;the Subjunctive Past (B.), and the Conditional (C.)
A condition is expressed in both A., (with md...) and B., (with Xgt;S...). The part of the sentence which contains the condition (A., IBanbsp;ftudit p.S. ; or, B., ’OA mbUAiteAt) p. S.), we may call the conditionalnbsp;or hypothetical clause (the protasis, i.e., something, assumed before). Thenbsp;other (A., -no jolt SeAjAn ; or C., -oo joUpeAt) SeAjAii) is the mainnbsp;clause (the apodosis, i.e., something given as a result).
(A.) Here the verb is in the Indicative Mood in both parts of the sentence, because the supposition stated is assumed to be an actualnbsp;fact, or to be very probable.
212. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(B.) Here, the condition is assumed (a) not to be a fact; or (b) tonbsp;be improbable, or a pure supposition. The form of the verb used in thenbsp;hypothetical clause is the Subjunctive Mood Past. The verb in the main clausenbsp;is in the Conditional Mood.
Singular,
¦ouriAinn.
¦ouncA.
¦ouriAt).
Plural.
¦odtiAimif. ¦ounAt) (fib).nbsp;¦DunAiTiif.
213.
Person.
1st
2nd
3rd
214. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;IDA is followed by the Indicative. quot;OA in protests is followed by
the Subjunctive Past. The Subjunctive Past of cA has the same form as the condl., viz.:— béA-ö. In quot; quot;OA mbéAti fiofnbsp;AJAC, tio béAti tei jeAf Ajac,” the first verb is Subj. Pastnbsp;and the second Condi. The Past-Hab. is biot). With thisnbsp;exception, the Subj. Past and the Past-Hab. of all verbsnbsp;have the same form, but discharge quite different functions.nbsp;The Subj. Past of the Copula is bAti, which is also the form ofnbsp;the Condi.
215. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The form of the Condi. Mood is frequently used instead of the Subj.
Past, e.g., -oA 'DCiocfA’ó, tiA jCftilnnebCAt), instead of -oA 'OCAjA’ó, VA jCfuitinljeAt). The student is, however, recommended to use the Subj. Past, the more correct form, withnbsp;•oA in protasis, and to reserve the Condi, for apodosis.
178
-ocr page 179-T)0 ‘DUtlA'D An -oofAf.
216. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(The sentences in the lesson describe certain actions which tooknbsp;place yesterday in the school and shop. Who performed these actions ? Wenbsp;are not told : the subject is not mentioned in these sentences. The verb in Irishnbsp;has a special form for this purpose. ”00 ’DunAt), etc., are examples of thisnbsp;form in the past tense).
As the subject is completely suppressed in such sentences, this form of the verb has neither number nor person, in any of its moods or tenses.nbsp;It can stand alone, and thus make a complete sentence by it,self, and hencenbsp;it has been called by An c-AtAip peA“OAp Ó LAOgAipe (who has givennbsp;much prominence to this form in his grammatical contributions) thenbsp;Autonomous Form : in Irish, An PpiAtAp SAop, because the Auton. Verb isnbsp;free from denotation of number and person. The subject, though not expressed, is, generally, felt to be a personal subject (somebody, we, they,nbsp;people, etc.)
All verbs, transitive and intransitive, (except Ip, which is simply a copula) have this form. The noun or pronoun following the Autonomousnbsp;Form is in the accusative case. COo TDiniAt) é).
217. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pron. The ending of the Auton. Past, viz.,added to tlienbsp;stem of the verb, is variously prond.; e.g,, in ’oütiA'ó ;—
as -ug in the Decies, E. and Mid. Cork, and Clare, i.e., 'Dünug.
as -uv in W. and S.W. Cork, and South Con., i.e., ’crumiv.
as -u6 in Kerry, i.e., ¦oünuó.
as -Ü (unstressed) in North Con. and U., i.e., ¦ounu.
The initial con. of the autonomous form, in all moods and tenses, is not usually aspd. (except in the Decies and a few other districts, where aspn.nbsp;is the rule). After ¦oo and all the compounds of po (iiAp, etc.), b- appearsnbsp;before an initial vowel (niop b-opClAt), usually prond. as if spellednbsp;b-opctAijeAt); vide § 10 as to verbs lending in it, im, in, ip, ip, and 1115).nbsp;“Do is frequently omitted.
218. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The endings for these tenses are:--!?(©) Atlt;» “(e)ÓCCAtl (fu*-) 5
-c(e)At1 (pres.-hab.) ; CAOl or XA (past-hab.)
219. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pron. In M., the fut. ending of 2nd conj. verbs is prond. -ópAp,nbsp;and of all other verbs, -pAp. Outside of M., the -p-is usually prond. ti- andnbsp;-(e)óótAp is prond. -obAp (Ó unstressed.) In parts of C., the older fut. formnbsp;in -p(A)it)eAp is used.
4 Usually in M., -c- is broad in pres.-hab., and past-hab., and is not aspd., i.e., -Cap ; -CA01 (Cork, -ci.) Elsewhere, as a rule, the law CAot be CAOtnbsp;is followed, and the -c- is aspd. as in the verbal adjective (Less. 11). Afternbsp;til, the initial con. is not, as a rule, aspd., and ti- appears before initial vowels.nbsp;Note that the initial con. of a verb in the auton. form is liable to eclipsis, asnbsp;in § 200.
179
-ocr page 180-Lesson 96.— (lii.) SUBJ., CONOL. and IMPER. MOÓD1
a20. The ending in Pres. Subj. and Iinper. is the same as in the Pres, fndic., viz., -c(el Atl \nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ending of the Past Subj. is the same as in the
Past-Hab., viz., -CAOI. or 'Cl- The notes on the pron. of the -C- of these endings given above in § 219 apply here also.
The ending for the Condi, is -t;(A)i'De J or -(e)ÓctAOI.
221. Pron. In M., these Condi, endings are prond., respectively,
(Cork, -pi) ; ópAOl (Cork, 6pi). In other words, in M., there is an -p-sound in the fut. and condl. autonomous of all verbs, the -p- being always broad in the fut., but broad or slender in the condl. Vide \ 47. Outside of M., thenbsp;-p- is usually prond. ti-, and -óctAOl is prond. -óhAol.
Lesson 97. —(IV.) ACAtAn.
;222. The autonomous forms of all the tenses and moods of this verb are given in the lesson).
223. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pron. The initial cons., p and b, of these forms are usually aspd.nbsp;after til, '00, or nilt;i. In M., -p- is prond. in the fut. and condl. forms, viz.,nbsp;-pAp, -p(A)i'óe. In C. and U., the following are the usual forms ; bit!nbsp;(bid, M.) ; blCeAp (blcAp, M.) ; bétteAp (bepAp, M) ; beitinbsp;(bepAiTie M., but beipi'öe, in Cork). There is a large variety of thesenbsp;forms in colloquial use
Usson 98—(V.) VOICE.
224. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When (o) the subject is the actor (or agent) the verb is in the aetirenbsp;voice, as:—
OtAp AS bUAtA'Ö.
225. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When (6) the subject of the verb represents the object of the action, wenbsp;have the passive voice, as in the passive phrases of the following sentences :—
Do bi An Hctp pcplobtA Ai5e nuAip...
OCAp pé buALA-ö.
The autonomous verbs in \a) and (h) include the subject.
226. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;There are, also, instances of an impersonal active verb with passivenbsp;meaning, or quot; middle voice,” as :—
{Lessons 99, loo.—(VI.) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(B) IRREGULAR VERBS.
227. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;These lessons give the autonomous forms, in all the moods and tenses,nbsp;of the irregular verbs.
Note that the auton. endings of these verbs are, generally, the same as the corresponding endings of the regular verbs. Cf. the ordinary forms of thenbsp;irregular verbs in Lessons 42 to 50.
Pron. The colloquial variants of the irregular verbs, as given in notes to Lessons 42 to 47, apply also to the correspond ing forms of the same verbsnbsp;in Lessons 99 and 100).
§§ |
228-31 |
INTRODUCTION. | |
§ |
232 |
I. |
Demim. |
§ |
233 |
II. |
tgt;o-Demitn. |
5 |
234 |
III. |
.A’oemim, |
§ |
235 |
IV. |
SaGauh. |
§ |
236 |
V. |
Do-jetDim, |
§ |
237 |
VI. |
¦oo-$Dim. |
§ |
238 |
VII. |
’oo-CItiinim. |
§ |
239 |
VIII. |
ATJ-Cïni. |
§ |
240 |
IX. |
céijim |
§ |
241 |
X. |
ci5im. |
§ |
242 |
SUMMARY OP I. | |
§ |
243 |
XI. |
THE SUBSTANTIVE |
§ |
244 |
XII. |
THE COPULA. |
228. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The forms of the Irregular Verbs, which are so puzzling to students,nbsp;are by no means arbitrary, but rather admit of interesting explanation.nbsp;An inspection of these forms shows that they do not conform with th»nbsp;usual manner of verbal inflexion in two respects:—
I. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In Tense or Mood formation.
E.g., cuip; past: no Cuip—regular;
butbetp; past: puj—irregular.
II. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Some verbs have Double Forms in the sa.me tense or mood.
E.g., Past: t)o Di; but, nl pAib, ^tn fAlö ?
Condi.: ¦oo-óipeA'ö ; but, ni feicpcAt!).
229. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;These irregularities are due to the following causes :—
A. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;DIFFERENT ROOTS. The forms of a verb used to expressnbsp;a difierence in tense or mood are sometimes derived from different roots.
E.g., beipedti from ber, but pu5 from Ugg.
B. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CHANGE IN STRESS. The double forms of a verb in thenbsp;same tense or mood are chiefly caused by a change in voice stress from onenbsp;syllable of a verb to the preceding syllable.
Note, as an illustration of change in stress, the weaker pronunciation of the second part of the compound in the following pairs of words:—
Day, Monday; man. Frenchman ; ways, always.
230. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In Irish, change in stress occurs in the case of most compoundnbsp;verbs, i.e., verbs composed of a root and a prefix such as ¦00-(^)(lUAlquot;ó, ‘oo-beip: 'DO-, in these, being the prefix. Compound verbs, whose compositenbsp;nature is, to some extent, still felt, are subject to stress change when preceded by any of the following ;—/in, ni, da, cd, 50, ndC, nd, munA, 'od,nbsp;or by the dative relative, or compound zelalJW(Lesson 86). .An, ni, 50, etc.,nbsp;are not emphasised in speaking, but are usually pronounced weakly. Eachnbsp;of these learrs forward (and hence is termed a PROCLITIC) on the following word, to which it is attached as an unstressed syllable. Consequently,
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This appendix may, in the case of young students, be postponednbsp;until the book is being studied a second time. The more difficult matter,nbsp;which is given in small type at bottom of pages, is intended for advancednbsp;students.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The prefix -oo- in such cases has long been an integral part of thenbsp;word. It must not be confounded with the particle ¦00 which appears innbsp;the regular past, past-hab., and condl., (e.g., 00 buait, no buAitean, nonbsp;buAitpeAn). In compound verbs the hyphen is sometimes not used, as,nbsp;nocuAin, nobeip.
182
-ocr page 183-voice stress on the second syllable of each of the verbs above referred to is, under the influence of a proclitic, placed on the preceding syllable. 0'
^ E.g., in the 'oo-ÓU.AI’Ó, the stress is on the 2nd syllable, but in [(1) nAóTlöiAiCAlt)] {^) -'OeAÓAl’Ó, it is, owing to the influence ofnbsp;tiAó, transferred to the 1st syllable (originally ¦oe) of the verb. The weaknbsp;proclitic riAd, leaning on the 1st syllable, causes this syllable to be stressednbsp;accordingly, i.e., strengthened to give the necessary support to thenbsp;prolitic, fiAC. This is in accordance with the alternation of weak andnbsp;strong stress, characteristic of Irish, and of English. Note the pronunciationnbsp;of 'fantastic,’ in which the stress of (he 1st syllable is weak : that of thenbsp;2nd, strong ; and of the 3rd, weak again. In nAtitte-aCAi* there is a similarnbsp;alternation of weak, strong, and weak : the original root syllable (CUACó),nbsp;yielding to the stressed or strengthened prefix. The most weakly accentednbsp;syllable is that immediately following the strong stress (-tic, -óACól.
331. The form -'oeAdAi'ó is called the PROTOTONIC FORM, be-
cause the stress is, as shown by the arrow, on the first syllable, ¦oeA (iAiti, ¦oo-óUAlt) (or, ¦ooóUAl'ö) is called the DEUTEROTONIC FORM,
i
because the stress is on the second syll., '00 Cu Ait).
Each of the irregular verbs may now be considered in the light of the above general explanation. Forms derived from different roots arenbsp;given under A. Those due to change in stress are classed under B. Thenbsp;examples (*) are from Keating’s works. Different, or alternative, formsnbsp;(equivalent in meaning) which are now in use colloquially, are given withinnbsp;square brackets. Forms marked *, as *beipit), are rarely found in recentnbsp;writings.
A.—From the root ber (to bring, take, etc. Cf., L., fero, E., bear) are derived all forms of the verb, except the past;—
Pres. Ind.: ’’’beipi'ó,-beipeAtin [beipeAnn]. Pres, Subj.: -beipe. Past-Hab.: beipeA* (*).nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Dasf Subj.: -beipeAt).
Fut.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;béAtiA(i'ó) [béAppAiti], re/. üéApAp.
Condi.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;béApA-ó (^) [béAppAt)].
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;UAC is not followed by eclipsis of initial consonant of the verb innbsp;Keating’s writings.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;- before a verb indicates that one of the proclitics mentionednbsp;at p. 182 (witli resulting aspn. or eel.) is understood.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;These examples are 3 sing., and are arranged in the followingnbsp;order:—pres, ind., past-hab., fut., condl.
The past, usually from a different root or special formation, is given apart from these. The imper. (2 sing.) and verbal noun are given in thenbsp;summary at p. 191.
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;For the sake of simplicity, the usual aspn. (or eel.) of the initialnbsp;consonant in the past-habitual, or conditional, is not marked in these quot;otes.
-ocr page 184-The Past, |\U5, is from a different root, viz., Ugg : with prefix po fpo-U5-) P115.
3.—beipim, being a simple verb (*.«., the root ber is not, here, compounded with a prefix), there are no forms due to change of stress.
A.—The root ber above appears here in ¦oo-beip, from which are derived the forms of this verb (subjunctive and past indicative excepted).nbsp;The prefix should be written as (a) it shows the connexion betweennbsp;the deuterotonic and the prototonic forms, and (6) it changes the meaningnbsp;of the root; ber—to take, but do ber—to give.
Put.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'Do-ï)éApA(n!)) [öé.dppAfö, c^rbAppAit)].
Condi.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘oo-béApAt) [öé^ppAt), CAbAppA*].
is derived from the root
CUJ, used in subj. and past ind., Ugg (1) (as in last verb) with prefix Co.
Past Ind. : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;*005 [tug].
Pres. Subj. : -ctigA.
Past Subj. : -cu^A’ó.
3.— ¦oot)Gl'R(“), with stress of voice on 2nd syllable, becomes after a proclitic, e.g., haC {nAó'CAbAip(^)), -CAbAip, with stress on 1st syllable.
Prototonic forms are :—
Pres. Ind. : -CAbAip [-cugAnn].
Past-Hab.: -CAbpAt) [-cugAt)].
and, from •00-öéApA with the usual stress retraction after a proclitic.
Put: -ciubpA (O.Ir., cibépA) [-citibpAit),-CAbAppAibl*) (M.) ] Condi: -ciubpAt) [-CAbAppAt)!*) (M.) ]
(1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Note that different roots (e.g., ber and ugg) obviate the possiblenbsp;confusion between forms of different verbs (e.g., of some forms of beipimnbsp;with those of -oo-beiptm). In O. Ir., the spelling is “ ucc.”
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Capitals show the syll. which has the strong stress.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The prefix (co, orig.) in cAbAip becomes -oo when pretonic, i.e.,
before a stressed syllable, as -oo-betp (Cf., c’ACAip, c’ (not -oo), because immediately before a stressed vowel with -oo liiACAtp: -oo, because notnbsp;immediately before a stressed vowel). GeneraJly, the prototonic form ofnbsp;a compound verb shows the original form of the prefix x)o-.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;E.g.,
-¦oeamp;camp;m, and --oeApuA. show that the prefix in these verbs was originally oe.
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Or rather, cubppAi-ó, cubppAÖ: the c (of ciubp—) has beennbsp;broadened on analogy of r in cAbAip, and the p inserted on analogy cfnbsp;future verbs.
184
-ocr page 185-A.—From the root ber are also derived the parts of .AWeipim. With prefix df (out of) we get the verbal stem Af- bep (to say), and, later,nbsp;4t)ep{i), Atieip.
From lt;vT)eip are the forms:—
Pres. Ind. : Atieip [tieip].
Pasi-Hab. : At)eipeA-ó [-oeipeATi].
In the fut. (2) and condl., the forms are;—
Condi. : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ATjéApAt) ['oéAppA’ö].
The verbal noun pAt) is from the same root as the (nearly obsolete) verb ¦oo pAi* (f é) — (he) said.
B.—After a proclitic, the form of the verbal stem is -AbAip, with stress on first a (i.e. of prefix). Hence:—
Pres. Ind.: -AbAip [-’oeip]. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pres. Subj. : -AbpA.
Past-Hab.: -AbpAt) [-’oeipeA'ö]. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Past Subj. : -AbpAt).
Fut.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;*-AibeópAit)(®) (O.Ir., epépA) [-AbpöCAfó, -•oéAppAi'ó].
Condi.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘-AibeópAt) [-AbpóóAti, -quot;oeAppAt)].
AUUtilATRC. In this form (occurring, as perfect tense, in O.Ir. as AppubApc, in Mid.Ir. as ArpubAipc, and later as At)pubAipc(‘)nbsp;the stress is, under the influence of the weakly-accented prefix, placed onnbsp;the 2nd syllable ('ou). After An, ni, etc., the prefix is dropped,nbsp;giving the prototonic form -'OUbAipc, which is also, relative clauses excepted,nbsp;now colloquially used instead of the deuterotonic AtiubAipc.
(i) ATJep from a('o)—o—hep, the o being a fossilized infixed pronoun (3 sing., neuter, accusative: quot;says it”) and hence aspg. following con., b.nbsp;The forms with infixed pron. have supplanted the older forms withoutnbsp;infixed pron.
(i) The long é in the fut. and condl. of beiptm, -oo-beiptm, and At)etpttu is due to reduplication of be of bep ; as, be-bp, bép, béAp. In the fut. ofnbsp;ATieiptm, the initial con. of the root is aspd., as above, after the infixed pron.,nbsp;¦n. Hence, AU-n-hép, Atjép, AoéAp.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In Keating, verbal stems of more than one syllable ending in slendernbsp;k, m, n_ p, 115, or p took eo in the fut. before the final consonant of the stem.
£.g., stems; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;cooaiL, AbAip, innip.
Fut.: sg., 1, comeolAo, AibeópAo. intieopAO.
'UTieópA-o is still in use in M, but in C. and U. it has, on the analogy of other Verbs, become innpeocA-o ; whilst the form o’AicpeopAitin, extant in C., has,nbsp;similarly, become ¦o’Aicpipeó(c)Ainti in M.
This Ó (oc) was, at an earlier stage, é. Cf. epépA, jéAbA, -oo-séAbA m which tlie vowel of the fut. inflexion is now ó.
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The form is derived as follows:—prefix -f infixed pron. t) (as innbsp;Aueip) -j- |,o or pu (a partiele u.sed with perf. tense) -|- root bep (b becomingnbsp;^1'd. between vowels) c an infle.xion of certain verbs for the preterite innbsp;“Tr. i.e., a (o)—-o—pu-—bep—c, AopubAipc, AoubAipr, the loss of p (of pu)nbsp;being due to the analogy of Aneip helped by the fact that the particle po, pu,nbsp;quot;'as going out of use and X)0 taking its place.
186
-ocr page 186-A. —This verb, which is conjugated regularly except in the fut. andnbsp;tondl.. is derived from the root gab (to accept, receive, seize).
Fut.: *5éAÏgt;4(i’ó) [seóÖAiTi].
Condi.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[geóöAt)].
B. —As jAöAim is not a compound verb, there are no deuterotonicnbsp;forms. Cf. beipim.
A. —The compound verb ¦oo-$eitt(*) is from the root gab, andnbsp;appears in the following deuterotonic forms
Pres. Ind.: ¦oo-Jeift [geiöeAnn, p.dglt;)inn].
Past Hab.; ‘oo-$eiDeA'ó [geiBeAt)].
Fut.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦oo-géAï)A(i’ö) [SeObAiti].
Condi.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦oo-JéAÖA'ó [jedbAt)].
The Past, puAip, is from a different root.
B. —In prototonic forms, the prefix used is po- (not ¦oo-). po-j Atinbsp;owing to change in stress, e.g., riACpA^’b (—tiAó pAjb), becomesnbsp;-pA$ft, now usually -pAg, -pAl$ (M.), or p^g (C., U.) Hence:—
Pres. Ind. : -pAgbAnn [-pAgAnn]. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pres. Subj. : -pAgbA.
Past Hab. : -pAgbAti [-pAgATi]. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Past Subj. : -pAgbAt).
In fut. and condl., there is, after An, nAó, etc., the usual change in stress: po-géAbA becomes (e.g., nA6^0(l)5’he—) -puigbe. Hence;—
Fut.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-puigbe [-puigi'ó(®)].
Condi.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-puigbeA’b [-puigeA'ó(®)].
(l) The 2 sing, condl. (jeóbt*), fut. auton. (seobtAp), and condl. auton. (SeóbcAOi) of this verb are (in M.) prond., respectively, seópA, jeópAp, and jeópi'nbsp;(or ^eópAoi). To the analogy of the -p- in the pronunciation of these words,nbsp;may (according to Dr. Bergin. Eriu, II., 38) be traced the -p- which hasnbsp;forced its way into the (M.) pronunciation of these three forms in all verbs, reg.nbsp;and irreg. Hence the colloquial double forms {i.e., -a- and -p-) in 2ndnbsp;conj. verbs, e.g., opctópA, opclopap, and opclópi (or -paoi). As regards 1stnbsp;conj. verbs, it should also be noted that if the ending of the 2 sing, condl.nbsp;were prond. ha or heA, a pi-obable result would be the confusion of this formnbsp;(e.g. -oo cuippeA) with the 2 sing, past kab. (-oo cutpceA).
(2.) “Mid. Ir. geib- is probably modelled on beip- on the analogy of the future 5é(A)b- and bé(A)p-. So the compound po-^Atb becomes po-geibnbsp;and ¦oo-jeib after •oo-beip.” BERGIN. Eriu, HI., 75.
{3.) In M., the -«15- of these forms is (analogically) prond. like the -Ag- of pAgAnn, and pAgAn.
186
-ocr page 187-From the root gab are also derived the verbal stems, pAg, CÓ5, COnjAlö. These are now conjugated regularly as simple verbs, theirnbsp;composite character being no longer felt. A summary of some of the formsnbsp;of these five verbs is given;—
DERIVATION. |
IMPERATIVE. |
PAST. |
VERBAL NOUN. |
gab |
gAft |
¦00 gAft |
gAftAll |
fo-gab |
pAg(Alft) |
pAgftAit | |
fo-ad-gab |
pAg(Alft) |
•o’gAg(Alft) |
pAgftAlt |
to-od-gab |
CÓg(Alft) |
¦DO tÓg(Alft) |
CftgftAlt |
con-gab |
congAift |
X)o Con5(Aift) |
congft.iib |
Forms now in use are: 5AIÏ) (M.), ja»; pAlg, pAj, pi.^, pulj; congAib, cunijib, etc.; “o’-f A5a(iïgt;) \C.), quot;o’-f Ag. The ft of the root is nownbsp;frequently omitted from all forms, except those from gAft. pAgAlnc andnbsp;CógAlnc are also used colloquially.
The root is gni (to act; cf., jniorh) always with a prefix ^¦oo, originally ¦oe), Xgt; (of prefix) and n (of root) occur in all forms of the verb.
DEUTEROTONIC FORMS (with prefix ¦00-) are
Pres. Ind.: ¦oo-gni or -oo-ni [¦oémeAtin, ¦oéAtiArin].
Pasi-Hab.; tjo-gnioft or -oo-nioft [¦oéitieA'ö, ¦oéAriAt)].
Fut.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'oo-géAnA (^) ['oéAnpAit)].
Condl.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘oo-géAnA’ó (1) [-oéAnpAt)].
Past: -oo-pigne or ¦00-pinne [pmrie, puin, t)0 -óéin].
In this form (perfect originally) the partiele po is infixed (as pi) between the prefix and root, and the voice stress is, consequently, on the 2ndnbsp;syllable, KI.
(i.) Of the two chief classes of Mod. Ir. futs., viz., (I.) -ó- (or 'óè-) and (II.) -p-, the former, -ó- was an é fut. or reduplicated fut.nbsp;The long vowel of -oo-géAn- is due to a repetition, or prefixing, of the 1stnbsp;syll. of the root: gén from ge-gn. The latter (-p-) was a -b- fut., the bnbsp;changing into p which is, in turn, now prond. h. The modem pron. ofnbsp;¦p- in béapAT), ’oo-béapA'o, AueApAt), viz., pb, is on the analogy of the b ofnbsp;the -p- fut., and hence these are frequently written with -pp-, as beAppAis,nbsp;®tc. Similarly, the pron. -nb- (written -up-) in the fut. of ¦oo-snim.
187
-ocr page 188-PROTOTONIC FORMS (with original prefix ¦oe-) are ;—
Past: -¦oeApnA(it)) [-pinne, -pinn, -riéin].
¦oomnne, with stress on 2nd syllable, becomes, when preceded by a proclitic, e.g., tiAó (nAdTiep’ne—), -'oeAptiA, with stress on 1st syllable.
Pres. Ind.: -'oéin [-'oéineAnn, -'oéAnAnti].
Past-Hab.: -•oéineA’ö [-¦oéAtiA’ö].
-¦Oéin (or -¦oéAfl), derived under the usual influence of a proclitic (-'oe-jn’) is, in M., usually treated as the stem of a regularly conj ugated verb.
Fut.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-*’oin5ne [-¦oéAnpAi’ó].
Condi.: -^-DlongnAt) [-¦oéAnpA’ó].
•¦DéAtip—, a simple/«/. and condl. stem from the prototonic 'OéAn— is now used instead of the other forms (*).
Pres. Subf.: -tiéAnA.
Past Subj.: -TiéAtiAt).
A. —From the root clu (to hear; cf., cluAp, ctu) is derived cLuin,nbsp;which is used regularly as a stem for all the parts of this verb, except thenbsp;following, viz.:—
Past: ¦oo-óUAtA(i'ó) {^) [óuAtAit)].
A regular conjugation from the stem cLoif {past, both dUAlA and CLoi peAp) is in use in M.
B. —The stress is always on the root syllable. When preceded by nl,nbsp;An, etc., the prefix is omitted, -ctuin, -CuaV.
A.—From axj-óï or ¦oo-Ci (to see, but root in earlier writings always with prefix) are ;—
Pres. Ind. : Aü-ói, AC-ói, or ¦oo-Ci [Cionn, ’cCi].
Past-Hab. : oo-óio’ó [ÓiO’Ó, 'cCfoti].
Fut.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;oo-C1pe [cipfó, ’ccipit)].
Condl. : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tio-CipeAri [CipCAt), ’cCipeA-ó].
(I.) A reduplicated perfect stem derived from clu (viz., co-cl giving -cuaI). The ending -ró is modem, on ihe analogy of -oo-coAró. Cf. --oeAtmAi-unbsp;(occasionally) instead of -ueApnA.
188
-ocr page 189-l^rom the root dorc ( — to look; e/., modem tieAltc), with infix con, is derived a form for the past tense (A’ocon’DAlf c, 3 sg. perf.) :—
¦oo(lt;t'o or Ac)-*óonnAinc, ¦oo-ContiAic (*) [óontiAic].
•5-—Aü-CI, with stress on Cl, becomes -Atc(c) after a particle; e.g., after ni, with stress on 1st syllable, niATlci, — niACci by assimilation.nbsp;Owing to influence of final i, the guttural is slender (aicci), andnbsp;the final vowel, being unstressed, is lost; hence the prototonic stem -a1c(c).nbsp;To this stem an p is now prefixed (-pAlc). The p is analogical: as, e.g.,nbsp;pAjAim, ninbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;so ni Aicim was supposed to be the neg. of pAicwi.
Cf. popCAlb, in C. and U., instead of opCAlt; and pAnAim instead of the earlier AllAlm.
Pres. Ind.: *-pAiceAnn [-pelccAnn]
Past-Hab.: *-pAiceA'ó [-peiceAA].
Put.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;*-pAtcpi'ö [-peicpit»].
Condi.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;*-pAicpeAA [-petcpeAA].
The prototonic form in the past is, historically, -acca(®)., e.g., ni ACCA, but later ni f:ACA(®), p being inserted by analogy as in peic.
Pres. Subj.: Past Sub]'. :
A.—The forms of this verb are from many roots.
From ciAg, céj (O. Ir. ciA^u, ‘I go;’ cégi, ‘you go,’) are the forms of the pres, and past-hab., except
the 3 sg. pres., which is, historicaliy, célt) (O. Ir., céic, ‘goes.’) CéfO (or téiT)) still survives in parts of Ulster, but the more general formnbsp;now is céigeAiin (pé) on the analogy of céigtni, etc., Past-Hab.: cél$eAA.
Iniper. sg. 2: éipi$ (which has the form of the imper. of éipigim, but the meaning of O. Ir., eipgg, ‘ go.’) Other forms of thenbsp;imper. are: cétg [cétjip, céiptj].
(r.) no (or At))-counAic is from the perfect an—con—naipc, later (with infixed neuter pron.) an-cotinatpc, and no-cotinaipc (tin from tin),nbsp;The loss of p is due (a) to analogy with the prototonic -acca : n! acca, conbsp;n-AccA (—sobpACA); and (b) in the plu. forms, the p frequently disappeared.nbsp;P.g., AC-coTinfp)cAnAp, no-conncAnAp, which, with helping vowel betweennbsp;n and c, became no (or ac) -coniiAc- anap. no-connac as 1 sing..nbsp;no-conuAic as 3 sing. : cf. no-connapc and no-connaipc, canaj andnbsp;camig, anubapc and anubatpc. The forms no-connaipc and no-éonnaic,nbsp;with same meaning, long existed together.
(2.) O. Ir., -accae the prototonic reduplicated past (from ad-eechae), (3.) -peacA in M., owing to influence of slender p in peic.
188
-ocr page 190-In the fut. and condt., the stem is fAg- or nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;aS ‘
fAgAfó (M.) and haóaI'ó(^); fAgAt) (M.) and pACA'ó(i). (O. Ir., i\e5ATOnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;O. Ir., not'iSA’o).
Past: ¦oo-óUAi'ó, 'Ooóuai'ó [CuAit)].
Pres. Suhj. : -célge.
Past Sub].: -céigeA’ö.
B.—When preceded by a proclitic, •oo-ÓUai'ö (stress on CU) becomes -¦OGACAlt) (with stress on ]st syll., tie being the original form of the prefix).nbsp;-¦DeAóAit) (^) [-’oeAgAi'ö (^) and -óuai-ó (M.)]
241. X.
From the root Igg (‘ to come ’) are derived all parts of this verb. With prefix CO-, it becomes C15, the stem for pres, and past-hab.
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pres. Ind. : CI5 [cigeAnn, CA^Ann],
Past-Hab.: cigeAt) [CAgA*],
and also for imper. (except 2 sg.), viz., cigeAt!), etc. [CAgAt), etc.]
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The imper. 2 sg. is CAp, CAppA, or CAip (from co-Aip-155), thenbsp;root, igg, being lost.
(c) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The past is formed from co-Atl-lgg.
(d) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the fut. and condl., the stem is ciocp-, as
ciocpAltl, CiocpAt). Fut. ret.: tioepAf.
(e) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pres. Subj. : -ceAgA [-cige, -CAgA] and -ci; hencenbsp;50 'DCi, which is now used as a prepn.
Past Sub]'.: -ceAgAt) [-cigeAt), -sAgAti].
From the root igg, also, with prefix po (po-igg — ' reaches ’) is derived the form now used as past of pigim, viz., pAinij (“po-An-igg)nbsp;cf., CAinig.
(i) In M., older •ocac- has become DeAg-, from pronunciation of pAg-.
Outside of M., older pAg ,, pAC-, ,, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-oeAc-.
(2.) -T)eACA(rD) and --oeApnA are occasionally found as pres. subj. forms, and -ueAcAÓ „ -¦oeApnA'ó „nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,, as past. subj.
forms.
(3). In Keating the c of cAinis and cuj is not aspd. Owing to pressure of analogy, the c is now aspd., except in a few districts. In O.nbsp;Ir.,‘igg ' isnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;‘icc.^nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦quot;
190
-ocr page 191-242. SUMMAR Y.
Tbe more important of the preceding (Keating) forms are tabulated below. Verbal stems are those of the (a) pres, and past-hab.: (b) fui. and cortdl. From these the synthetic forms (e.g., beipim) and the autonomous (e.g., beif'ceAjt) arenbsp;formed regularly. The verbal stems I., IV., IX. and X., being monosyllabic, cannot have special deuterctonic andnbsp;prototonic forms. (Colloquial forms are given in Lessons 48 and 49).
J quot;17quot; quot;117 |
ROOTS |
verbal stems DEUTEROTONIC | PROTOTONIC |
IMPER. |
VERBAL NOUN |
PAST: SG. 3 |
ber ugg |
(a) beip \b) bésp |
beip |
bjieit |
r«s | |
ber ugg |
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦oo-beipnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(a) -CAbAip (b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;x)o-bêAfnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(b) -ciubjt |
. CAbAip |
CAbAlpC |
CU5 | |
III. |
ber |
(a) ATDeip nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(a) -lt;\bp (Ö) A’oéAn nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(fc) -Aibeóft |
Abstp |
pAt) |
AOUbAipC -OUbAlpC |
IV. |
gab |
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;5Ab (b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;géAb |
5Ab |
gAbSIt |
¦00 $Ab |
V. |
gab |
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-oo-geibnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(a) -pAgb (b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;•00-géAbnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(6) -puisb |
pAgbAlt |
pUAlp | |
VI. |
gni |
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦oo-gnlnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(a) --oéin (b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦oo-jéAnnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(b) -‘oingn |
¦Déin |
¦oéAnsrh |
¦oo-pinne -¦oeAptiA |
VII. |
clu |
[ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(a) ¦Do-Ctuinnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(a) -ctuin (6) t)0-(ltuinp nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(b) -chtunp |
ctuin |
CtOf |
•OO-CUAtAl’O -ÓUAtAl’Ö |
VIII. |
eis |
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ATi-óinbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(a) -fAic (b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A’o-óïpnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(b) -pAicp |
PAIC |
FAicpin |
t)0-ConnAic -pACA |
IX. |
teg |
(?) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;céi$ (?) |
céig |
¦out |
¦OO-ÓUAI’Ö -'OeAÓAI'Ö |
X. |
igg teg |
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;C15 (b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ciocp |
CAp |
CUITSeAOC cesCc |
ÜA1T115 |
-(o)-
A.—The parts of this verb are derived froin three roots:—
Pres. Ind. : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[cA] (C/. L. status; Gr., stasis; E.. state).
„ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„ after a proclitic : -puit. This is the only instance
of the special form after a proclitic being derived from a different root.
The other forms contain of the third root employed in this verb,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;viz.;—
Past Ind.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quot;oo bl.
Pres.-Hab.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;b1 [blonn].
Past-Hab. : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦oo blot) (^).
Put.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[bétt), belt)] *-biA.
Condi.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦oo biAt) [oo bént), oo beat)].
Pres. Rel.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;blop.
Put. Rel.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’OiAf, béAf.
Imper. : nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bio't).
Past Ind. : Pres. Subj.:
B.—In the following paradigm, present-day forms are given in square brackets:—
SING.
PLU.
Earlier, the prefix po was used instead of the particle oo in these forms ; e.g., po-bAOAp. Under the influence of a proclitic (au, ni, etc.),nbsp;the voice stress was transferred from the 2nd syll. in po-bA to the prefixnbsp;po, giving the prototonic -pAlbe, with slender ending (i.e., pAlbe not pAbA)nbsp;on the analogy of the pres. subj. (O. Ir., -bé).
(r.) This is the only verb in which different forms are in use for the past-hab. (bto-o) and past subj. (-beic, now, more frequently, beA-ó [be’c] ornbsp;béA'ö). béA'ö is also tile modem condf. form. A form bio'o, given in some textbooks as the past-subj. of this verb, has never been used as a past-subj.
182
-ocr page 193--(o)-
The Copula occurs in the following forms:—
I. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pres. Ind.: ip. (C/., L. esse; E., essence, is).
ip, followmg ni, appears before vowels as ti-, i.e., ni I1-.
The p, at an early stage of the language, became aspd. between vowels.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,
II. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Forms with j^of the substantive verb, p. 192):—
Past: bn, tjo bn; also *pn, *pn h- before vowels. Put.: *biit) [ip].
Pui. Rel.: *öup.
Condi.: bnt) (but)).
(6) Forms in dependent clauses:—
Pres. Subj.; -b (^) and, earlier, -p (^).
Past Subj.: -bnt) (-but)).
Pres. Ind: -b.
Present: -b is usually appended to the particle pn (*) (po), e.g., JO pn b (—gupnb) ntfiLnit) t)uic. The use of pn with the pres. subj. ofnbsp;the copula is on the analogy of pn (or po) with the pres. subj. of othernbsp;verbs {e.g., 50 HAlb tnnit njnc) This -pnb, originally subj. only,nbsp;was early used (instead of the old -it) (®) or -nt)) after verbs of saying,
etc. (nquot;Oeipini gupnb----) and, hence, generally as the pres. ind. form
in all dependent clauses. In such clauses, the form may occur {a) without p (of pn) as munnb, or (4) without -b, usually before cons., as ip '061$ tiomnbsp;gup mnit---.
In Past, with prefix po, the copula in dependent clauses is po bn (asp.). p(o)bn is now -p (asp.) before cons., as ntiubnpc guTlnbsp;öpen$ - - - , and -pb’ before vowels, as ntiubnpc juTIt)’ é p. é.
The form of the copula in dependent clauses is always joined to conjs., particles, 01 relative govd. by a prepn. (§ 187) ; e.g., gupnb, ’o’^Ipnb,nbsp;{present) ; and jupb’, T)’ipb’, tiiopb’ (past).
Vide Summary of forms of the Copula, p. 143.
(I.) Hence the form gibé or ’pé, which is thus derived:—
cé or gé (conj.) -b or -p (copula in dept. pres, clause) é (pron.)
(2.) -b {pres.) or -b’ (past) combines with pn for copula of dept, clauses, -b, or -b’ should, therefore, not be joined to the initial letter ofnbsp;the predicate. Hence, jupab é, 5upb’ é, jupb’ pA-oa. and notnbsp;jupA b’é, 5up b’é, jup b’pA-oA.
(3.) C1Ö or 51-0 contains both conj. (cé, or jé) and copula (-ró) ; and ji-óea-ó — conj. (jé) copula (-ró) pron. (enó)-
193
-ocr page 194-
245. | |||||||||||
|
‘ (as in ah') indicates that the initial con. of the following noun is aspd. n (as in Ann ) indicates that the initial con. of the following noun isnbsp;eclipsed, and that n- is prefixed to the initial vowel of following noun. (Afternbsp;dat. sing, of art., the initial con. of noun is aspd. inU.) Fide Less. 70 and § § 134-7.
modern ah t-ACAip), (p)in-oA(p) Achip
sing, is assumed to have been pinoAp, e.g., fin-DAf aciji ( the development of the latter from the former being:—
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[with aspn. of final p between vowels*] 7
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[and loss of initial p [Cf. aitiaiL lt;paitiaiI)] J
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[unvoicing of o of ino by a following h- sound]
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;[Mod. Ir., c- of art. being joined to follg. vowel]...
(a) C- before vowels (as Ati c-ótt). An early form of the art. in thenoin.
iti-oVi Achip [p=h) inr Achipnbsp;Atl C-ACAip
(6) C- before f (as An c-piiit, haca An c-pAjAtpr). Aspiration. In the no^ sing. fem. (pm-oA), and gen. sing. masc. (pirnoi), the art. originally ended innbsp;a vowel. The initial p of the noun, occurring between vowels, was aspd. Thenbsp;h- sound, of p, unvoiced the preceding -o of art., giving me. The t- of thenbsp;art. is now shown prefixed to the following p (An e-p, or An tp)
As the gen. sing. masc. of the art. originally ended in a vowel, an initial con. of the noun, occurring between two vowels, was aspd.
(c) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I1- before an initial vowel is due to aspn. of final f of art betweennbsp;vowels (p = h) Cf. (a) I above.
(d) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Eclipsis of initial con. of noun in gen. plu. In the gen. plu.nbsp;(pin-oAn gt; innAquot; gt; nAn), the article originally ended in n. This n, carriednbsp;forward to the initial of the noun (gen. plu.), is now seen as n- prefixed to annbsp;initial vowel and in the resulting eel. (tic -o, tib = m, etc.) of an initial con.nbsp;E.g., mjtie tiA ti-ópTiós, cAmtic ha mbuACAitti'.
(e) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Acc. and Dat. sing. Earlier, the acc. sing, of the art. was followednbsp;by eel., and the dat. sing, by aspn. of the initial con. of the following noun.nbsp;(I.) After a prepn. which governed in the acc. (as te, cpé, 50 (‘to’) ttm, i-oip,nbsp;jAti, peAc, CAP, and somet. 1, Ap, pa) the sing. art. (ah), being in acc., causednbsp;eclipsis, as teip ah bpeAp. But (II.) after a prepn. which governed in the dat.nbsp;(as 00, oe, Ó, Aj, Ap) the sing. art. (ah), being in dat., caused aspn., as oo’nnbsp;peap. In M. and C., on the analogy of prepns, in (I.), nearly all prepns. ahnbsp;are followed by eel. of initial con. In U., on the analogy of prepns. in (II.), allnbsp;prepns. ah are followed by aspn. of initial con.
(f) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Initial p of art. in, e.g., teip' ah bpeap, mt»HA bopcaib. The initialnbsp;p of the art. is still retained, regularly, after all prepns. which originally endednbsp;in a con., as te, 1, cap, cpé, and also after 50, (‘to’) Cf. te peap, but teip annbsp;tpeap, teip (tep) ha peApaiÓ. Vide § 257-
* In O, Ir. a single consonant occurring between two vowels was aspirated-
Nom., Acc. Gen. Dat. Voc. |
SINGULAR. AtUAtlAtl AfnAtlAin AtYIAtliitl A AmA'oAtn |
FIRST DECLENS PLURAL. ArtlA'DAin AniAT)An AmATJAriAlb A AtTIAXlAnA |
ION. SINGULAR. CAOlfeAÓ CAOinS CAOIfeAC A CAOIflS |
PLURAL. CAOlflS CAOlfeAÓ cAoïpeAóAib A tAOïpeAÓA |
SECOND DECLENSION. | ||||
Nom., Ace. |
pilfic |
PAlttCeAbtlA |
óitifeAó |
óinpeAóA |
Gen. |
piilfce |
pilttceAtitiA |
óitifise |
óinpeAó |
Dat. |
politic |
p^il'ceAtitiAib |
óinns |
óinpeAóAlb |
Voc. |
A pAlf C |
A pAlfCeAtltlA |
A ÖltlfeAÓ |
A óinpeAÓA |
TBISD DECLENSION. | ||||
Nom., Acc. |
b2;t)0ip |
bAtJdinf |
ceAöc |
ceAóCA |
Gen. |
bA-OópA |
bAtJÓIfl |
ceAócA |
ceAóc |
Dat. |
bitgt;öitlt; |
bAT)6iftit} |
ceAóc |
ceAóCAlb |
Voc. |
A bA-OÖtf |
A bit)01|\1 |
A óeAóc |
A ÓeACCA |
FOURTH DECLENSION. | ||||
Norn., Acc. |
fcolAtfe |
coitiin |
cointtif | |
Gen. |
fcoLAi|\e |
fCOlAlfl |
coinin |
coitiinf |
Dat. |
fCOtAiive |
fCoLAtfiti |
coinfn |
coininitï |
Voc. |
A fCOlAlfe |
A f COtAIttI |
A óoinin |
A óoinini |
FIFTH DECLENSION. | ||||
Nom., Acc. |
CAfA |
cAi|\t)e |
cuifte |
cuifteAtiliA |
Gen. |
CAfAt) |
CAfAt) |
cuifteAtiti |
cuifteAtlti |
Dat. |
CAfAlt) |
CAifi-oiti |
cutftmti |
cuirteAbtlAlD |
Voc. |
A CAflA |
A óAit^tie |
A 6«ifte |
A óuirLeAtitiA |
193
-ocr page 196-248.
FIRST DECLENSION. (ending in a broad con., t.g., bAn.) MASCULINE. FEMININE. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
FOURTH DECLENSION.
(ending in a vowel, e.g., AorcA).
MASCULINE and FEMININE.
THIRD DECLENSION.
(ending in aitiaiI, e.g., teirceAiiiAit).
MASCULINE and FEMININE.
Nom., Acc. teirceAriiAiL Gen.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;teirceAtfitA
J)aL nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;teifceAitiAit
Voe. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;leifceArhxMl
teifcexirh^lA
teifceArhxJkit
teifceAfhlA
teifceAriilA
AOfCA
AOfCA
AOfCA
xJOfCA
t1-AOfCx3i
AOfCA
AOfCA
249.
Nom., Acc. At! Ó5 da (:i(\ Ó5A Gen. Dat. Voc. An f?ttv 015 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nAt)(:eA|\n-ö5 An t)t:eAjA 05 nA peAfiAitt 65a A fnt' Ó15nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A f eAfVA Ó5A |
An ticAn Ó5 nA mnA 05A nA mnA 015e nA mbAn n-ógnbsp;An mnAoi Ó15 nA mnAib Ó5Anbsp;A beAn Ó5 A rhnA Ó5A |
Masc.
Fem.
Nom., Acc. Gen.
Dat.
Voc.
Nom., Acc. Gen.
Dat.
Voc.
SING.
An c-AfAt ciflin An AfAit öiüinnbsp;An AfAt ciüinnbsp;A AfAit óiüin
An AbA 6ifiin nA b-AbAnn ciuinenbsp;An AbAinn ciuinnbsp;A AbA 6itnn
PLU.
nA b-AfAit óiüine nA n-AfAt sciiiinnbsp;nA b-AftAib ciflinenbsp;A AftA ciuine
nA b-Aibne ciuine nA n-AbAnn gciómnbsp;nA b-Aibnib ciuinenbsp;A Aibne ciuine
196
-ocr page 197--(o)-
PBEPOSITIONAL PRONOUNS (§§ 178-9 amp; p. 100).
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ArtiAil, from nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(‘ as,’ ‘ like ’), only in 3 sg., viz., attiIai-ó. gAtl [een], (‘without’), only in 3 sg., usedadvbly., viz., CeADA (‘without it,’ ‘already.’) |
C«5Am, etc., are prond. inM. 6i3m, óöc, éttige, óóilie, cüinn, óüift, óöhA. but inC. and U., liugAm, tiugAC, bulge, buice, bugAinn, bugAib, hucAnbsp;[CugAtn, etc, have been formed by reduplication of the prep, co ( = 50) ]¦
The initial ”0 of the prepositional prons. ’oom, etc., and Xiiom, etc., is aspirated when the preceding word ends in a vowel, as tug fê tiom é.
iTilft (eATiAji). The prepl. prons. derived from this prepn. are, as a rule, now used only in the plural.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hoirh, also fioim (M.); 3sg. masc., |\oimif (M).
For Personal Prons., vide §§ 173-175; Demonstrative Prons., § 176; Reflexive Prons., § 177 ; Interrogative Prons., § 191; The Relative (Summary)nbsp;§ 190. Vide also Emphatic Suffixes, § 193.
The following are Indefinite Pronouns:—ueAÓ, A01tltie(A6) (éinne) ; C46 (as adj., 5AÓ), ceAóCAp.
197
-ocr page 198-
251. | ||||||||||||
|
198
-ocr page 199-CONDITIONAL MOOD.
1. |
II. | |
PERSON. SINGULAR. 1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦00-öünpAltltl 2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-00 'ÓÜnpA 3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦DO •öünpA'Dnbsp;Autonomous Form, |
PLURAL. DO -ÓtiupAinilP DO 'ÖÜnpA'D (P^) DOTbunpAIDtr DO DönpAióe |
SINGULAR. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;PLURAL. D’élfeócAititi 'o’êiiteócAittiir D’étpeóccAnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;D’éitteócA-D (r'ïgt;) D’éipeócAió ¦o’éipeócAi'Dir DO b-éiiteoccAiioe |
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. («)—PRESENT. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
[éitMgCe] éifiSte) |
12.
12.
2.
24.
33.
39.
43.
206 215. 216.
IBl.
vide
For Explanation of Imperative Mood, Indicative Mood,nbsp;Past Tense,nbsp;Future „nbsp;Pres.-Hab. „nbsp;Past-Hab. „nbsp;Conditional Mood,nbsp;Subjunctive „nbsp;Autonomous Form,nbsp;Relativenbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,,
252. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;PARTICIPLES.
The form of the Verbal Adj., or of the gen. of the Verbal Noun is used:— (a) ‘With the neg. of the Copula (as a rule), as the Participle of Necessity,nbsp;denoting vrhat is proper or necessary, as ninbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'gt;
(lgt;) Following some form of the Copula, with prefix in- or ion-, as “Participle of Fitness,” denoting what is fit for, or worthy of, as, ir lon-motca *n obAi)i é.
With prefix fo-, it denotes facility of, as 1r fO-óéAncA an obaiti é ; and with prefix ¦oo-, it denotes difficulty of, as tp ¦oo-néanca an ubaip é.nbsp;These Participles are only rarely used.
199
-ocr page 200-
AFFIRMATION. |
NEGATION. |
INTERROGATION. | ||||
MOOD. |
with |
with |
with |
with |
with | |
50 |
ni |
nAó |
An |
nAó | ||
Pres. Ltd. |
1S |
SUM SUM(Ab) |
Ml Ml b- |
MAC |
AM |
MAC |
Past Ind. |
bA |
SUM SUMb’ |
M10M MiOMb’ |
MAM MAMb’ |
AM AMb’ |
MAM MAMb’ |
Condi. |
bAD |
SUM 5UMb’ |
MIOM MiOMb’ |
MAM MAMb’ |
AM AMb’ |
MAM MAMb’ |
Pres. Subj. |
-b |
SUMA(b) SUMAb |
MAMA{b) MAMAb | |||
Past Subj. |
-bAb usually with D.5, as Dd MlbAb, 'Oii mb’ |
mA and miinA with copula.
TTIa wXih Indicative- Pres.: nid’t’. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Past: UIA t)A* tJ*»
tTluriA with Ind., Pres.: mUtlA (mAfAr) mUtlAb ; Past: tTIUtlAb» mUtlAtib'*
Notes: (l) When two forms are given (as ni, ni ti- ; gtlf, gUfiG’), the second form is that used before a vowel.
(2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The forms of the Past Ind., Condi, and Past Subj. usually aspirate.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;With 50 and nAó, alternate forms of the Condi, are, 50 (tlAó) mbAb.
254.—THE RELATIVE COPULA {Vide The Relative §§ 180-190).
As relative clauses containing the Copula present some difficulty to many students, the following examples of relative -1- copula are appended:—
NOM. RELATIVE.
{1) Pres. Ind. of nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Copula:nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sinnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;énbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An •outne if {‘whets’) mümceóifi Annro-
neg.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;C.Anbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ceöt MAC {‘•which is not’)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;é ACA Anoif.
(3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Past Ind.:nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“Oonbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;b’nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;é r'f [ah fub] t)Anbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;{’which was’) bun teif-
(4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Condi. Mood:nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Donbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;b’nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;é fm [An -ouine]nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bAquot;D {'who would he’}
rhüinceóif Ann,'o.A mbéAb fé...
(5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;of (3) and (4); nAft (asp.), n.i|ib’ (before vowels): rarely used,
DATIVE RELATIVE.
(6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pres. Ind. of Copula: {a)
(b) , M .
(7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;«tg-1
(8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Past Ind.: (a)
W {*)
, peAf b’Atlb (‘to whom isquot;) Ainm CAbg Ö DfiAin. ¦peAtA 3utlb (‘[to] whom is’) Ainm -oó SéAbnA.
, An mAbjiA sMtl (‘[with] which is’) mAit heir---An ¦ouine mac (‘[with] whom is not’) mAit teif---peAf ¦o’Atib* (‘to whom was’) Ainm ÜAbs Ö t)piAin. Or, Stltlb* {'[to] whom was’) Ainm '0lt;5...
An 'ouine sutt (‘[with] whom was’) ttiAiC beif (sufib' AOibinn teif) An fUAirhneAf (or, ... 50 mbAb AoibinUnbsp;teif An f.).
(9) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Condi. Mood: ... An fCAf SUMb’ (‘[with] whom would be’) AOibinn teif
tiiAiC teif) belt AS éifccAóc te ceót, rgt;amp; .........
(10) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;neg. of (8) and (9); mAM (asp.), MAflb^ (before vowels).
Alternate forms to suf, sufb’ sufb’ are Alt. Altb and Attb\ respective!)
255. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;111.)—AcAitti (The Substantive Verb).
INDICATIVE MOOD.
PRESENT TENSE.
PER.
1.
2. 3-
ABSOLUTE.
SING. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;PLU.
cAim nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;cAimiT)
CAOl (cAltt) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CAtAOl
Cxi nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;CAIt)
Autonomous Form, cAcAtl
DEPENDENT.
SING. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;PLU.
puiLim nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;piutimit)
puit nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pultit)
puiLceAti
PAST TENSE. ABSOLUTE. DEPENDENT. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Verbal Noun, Celt. Parlicple of Necessity, ueitce. |
Vide also Lessons 34-39 (Personal Forms);
' nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lesson 97, § 223 (Auton. Forms); § 243 (Formation).
OTHEB IRREGVLAB VERBS: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lessons48and 49,and § § 82-99 (PersonalForms)
Lessons 99 and 100, and § 227 (Auton. Forms'; and § § 228-242 (Formation of Irreg. Verbs).
201
-ocr page 202-An Adverb (¦Oobf\l4iCA|\) qualifies a verb, i.e., it describes the action or state denoted by the verb, as *00 fiubAit fé SO mOAtt, Ca fé sonbsp;triAIC. Adverbs also sometimes qualify adjs., as quot;peAf CUltirACnbsp;ir eAt) é; or other adverbs, as CA fé i tJUAX) niof peAf^ 'riA mAfnbsp;¦DO bi fé.
Nearly every adj. can, with 50 placed before it, be used as an adverb, as 50 mAit, 50 b-Atuinn. (After 50, h- is prefixed to an initial vowel).nbsp;Adverbs may be classified according to their meanings, as :—
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Adverbs of Time (“OobjAiAtfA Aunfibe), as CAtAin? Afioif,
Anobc, 50 mob, 1 noiu, “OiA ’OotfmAig, etc.
[Note that A^tbip, 1 mbAfAb, TDia LtiAiti, etc., are adverbs, the corresponding nouns being:—Ati oibbe Ajiéitt, An La 1 mbApAb,nbsp;An tuAn, etc.]
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Adverbs of Place (T). t)AiLl), as cé,! AnnfO, tAtl, tUAf,
AniOf, fOlf, IfCeAb, Amuig, etc. Vide Lessons 6 and 22.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Adverbs of Frequency CO. 'UAine-), as uaij\ AttiAin, UAiit, |:é
•ÓÖ, pé tp5, Apip, ¦oe gnAt, 50 ti-AnnArii, piArfi, boitibe, etc.
4. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Adverbs of Manner (X). tTlo'óA), as cionnwp? 50 mAit, go
¦oonA, óp Apt), cop 1 n-Aipt)e, etc.
5. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Adverbs of Degree (T). Céime), as beAg nAb, nAb móp, etc.
[Note that An(A)-, pó-, and pAp- are prefixes. The adv. p6-rhAlt,
e.g., is an Adv. of Manner.]
6. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Adverb of Negation (T). ’OiüLcAó), ni (niop), [bA (bAp), U].
A Preposition (quot;RéArh-CoCAL) is placed before a noun, and shows the relation in which a thing (or some action, or attribute of a thing) standsnbsp;to something else, as CA VO ^CAnn pê’ti bpAipóAp üt), nA pêAbnbsp;tpccAb cftit) An bpuinneóig pin, cA pé 1 n-A fcApAtb Ag Annbsp;ntgt;opAp.
faf Case. Most of the simple prepositions are now followed by the dai. case.
The prepns. followed by the acc. case are; gAn, it)tp (in sing., when not = ‘including’), mAp, p6Ab(Ap).
go t)c1 (orig. 3 sg. pres. subj. of cigini) is generally followed by
ttom. case.
Cum (t)o-bum), cimbeALL, cpApnA, t)AtA and pAn ‘(along’), which are now regarded as prepns., are followed by the gen. ca^.
Prepositional phrases (or Compound Prepns.) composed of a prepu. followed by a noun, such as 1 n-Aice, Ap pon, 1 'OCAOt), op córiiAip,nbsp;CAp éip, (Le) cotp are followed by the gen. case, as 1 n-Alcenbsp;puinneólge, or take a pass, adj., as cA fé 1 n-A ti*A)ce.
2«2
-ocr page 203-(b) Aspiration and Eclipsis. The initial con. of a noun, in the sing., is eclipsed when preceded by any of the following prepns. art. (An) ;—nbsp;AS, A]1, Af, pé (pAOl), teif, Ó,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tAp, Cfé (cpi-o), ttm) as
...AS -An bpeAp. (InU., aspn. of the initial con. is the rule in such cases).
The initial con. of a noun is aspd. when immediately preceded by :— Ap, -oe, *00, pe, Ö, poith, tAp, cpé (cpi), urn, as ...Ap feAp.nbsp;' immediately before the noun eclipses, as ...1 mbOfCA.
After Tio’n, -oe’n, and in M. ’p-A (or inpA, for inpAn) an initial con. is as ...’Oo’nf^eAp. (In Kerry quot;oo’n and ¦oe’n cause eclipsis)nbsp;t1-. n- is prefixed to a, Ap (ap), bup (bup) when any of these isnbsp;preceded by pé, 50, te, 1, ó, or cpé, as lp Ie n-A triAC é.
(d) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After 50, te, or A (— Ap), tl- is prefixed to an initial vowel
as ...50 b-6ipinn. Note, as to Ap, that the full form is used before unaccented words, e.g., the art., poss. adjs., and gAb. Otherwise, Anbsp;(a tl-, before vowels) is still frequently employed (as in O. Ir.):—
Ap An -ocip peo, a ti-éipinn; Ap a pócA, a pocA.
(ej Le peAp, teip An bpeAp. The ^ in teip An bpeAp is the p which was originally the initial letter of the article. Vide § 246. This p isnbsp;retained, regularly, in teip An, teip nA ; inpAn, inpnA; cpepAnnbsp;(cpTO An), cpépnA; gupAn, gupnA (rarely used). On the analogynbsp;of these, the following are used (M.): quot;oepnA, ¦oopnA, p6pnA, öpnA.
A Conjnnction (CÓttl-tlAPc) joins the clauses or phrases of a sentence together, as quot;Oeip pé so bpeiceAnn pé tü. Conjunctionsnbsp;sometimes join words, as (ip ia'd) ÜA'Ós ASUP ’OóriinAtt A beipc ttiAC.
Such groups of words as niAp pin pêin, ¦oe bpig 50, pé triAp, are Compound Conjunctions.
The following Subordinating Conjunctions introduce:—
(I.) Adverbial Clauses (a) of Time, viz., ö, put, pAp, 50 (‘until’). An (^Ai'D ip;
(b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;of Cause, „ öip, triAp, ‘oe bpig 50 ;
(c) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;of Condition, viz., -oa, munA, niA, Abe go ;
(d) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;of Concession, viz., cé, Cé go, piü'O ip ;
(r) of Comparison, viz., pé mAp, AtfiAit (‘as’)
(II.), Noun Clauses, viz.;—50 (sttp), nii, nAb (nAp). Vide §80.
Ajnp, Abe, ’nA (iopa) and nA join Co-ordinate Clauses.
259,
An Interjection (tlAittbpcAp) is a word or phrase used by way of exclamation, to call attention, or to express vaguely some emotion of thenbsp;mind. It does not enter into the construction of sentences. Examples: Ó!nbsp;Ob ! Ob, Obbn ! )lAipe!
Many phrases used as interjections are elliptical sentences, as (Ip) niAiC An peAp (tü)! (AbAip) Apip (é)! (go pAib) X)ia tinn !
203
-ocr page 204-
Gen. Dat. Gen. Dat. Gen. Dat. |
|
(a) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Note that the nouns fliih and ccac (ct j) are masculine.
(b) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The nouns bfiitcuti, •Ded)i6]i*tAi|i§, and mAcaip are inflected like ACAip;
fitiH, like -oeitibfiiiii.
(c) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bliA-ÓAinN.,A.,V.,D., bLiamp;Tiain, G., bli^utiA; Plu.: N.,A.,V., btiA'OAe^^
(but after a numeral, bliAxmA), G., bbiA-óati, V., bbu-oAncaib.
(d) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;N. sing.:nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;btAÓ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-oeoc;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ceo;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;iuac ;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tni;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;UAoröjnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ctié;
G. sing.: nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bi-o;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’o'je;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ceóts;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;mic;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;miofA; Uijnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ctuA®:
(e) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Examples of N. plus, in .—
-CG: bAibce, ceince, cotbbce ; -Cg : cttoróce ; neite, eéiliuce ;
-ZA: feóbcA ; céAOCA, CUAtlCA; -CA; ciottCA, ppéititA ;
-(G)AnnA: p*i]iceAnnd; -(g)a6a : bicpeiCA. (Note that the only noh^ ending in -{e)amp;n-n, or -{e)Ac in G., plu., are those of the Sth deck)--G: Doippe, bóicpe; -A: ubtA, pméApA (although in 1st. deck).
Pos. |
Compar. (Superl.) |
Pos. |
Compar. {Superl.) |
Pos. |
Compar. {Supoi [with different |
mó|t |
inó |
CtléATI |
rpeife |
roots from Pogt; | |
SeArfl |
510HPA |
(r)upAr 1 |
(¦pUfA |
mAir |
pcApp |
5*r |
goipe |
puiiurc j |
iufA |
obc |
meAfA |
ICAtAn pADA |
C teicne |
ClOfltTIA |
beAs |
bujA | |
((teice) ( ruiDe |
mitiic re |
mioncA reó |
[05«rl |
neAfA | |
irtop] |
Ir- |
[ib] |
tiA cuifce |
204
-ocr page 205--(O)-
ANALYSIS OF SENTENCES; OUTLINES-
262. The Analysis (’OeAtujA'ó) of a sentence consists in breaking it up into its component parts, naming these parts, andnbsp;•howing their mutual relation.
263- nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A sentence (RA1) is the complete expression of anbsp;thought in words. (The term is applied to the entire statement,nbsp;question, command, etc., i.e., from one full stop to the next.)
264- nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The first step in the analysis of a sentence should benbsp;to divide it into its Predicate and Subject1 parts. That part aboutnbsp;which something is said is called the Subject (AbbAp C.dinnce);nbsp;that which is said about the Subject is called the Predicatenbsp;(pAirnéif).
A. Simple Sentences. (RAi'öce ’OtOroe).
265- nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A simple sentence contains only one verb, expressednbsp;or understood (».«., only one predication).
t^Airtiéir. ATDüAtt CAitince.
quot;Oo tAbAijv nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;beAti
X)0 gAip nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pCAp
“Do Cuic nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bUAÓAltt
266- nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The Predicate part may include the Object (CuppOip)nbsp;of a transitive verb (§17), as(i) below. The Adverb (3) qualifies thenbsp;verb xto tuic, and the Adjective (2) qualifies the noun peAf. (1 n- anbsp;teófAinn xio is used in the following Analysis in the sense ofnbsp;qualifying, or limiting, and ceópAncA = qualifications, limitations.)
1?Ainiéir. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;AöbAt» CAitiMce.
Do puAip nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;bCAn
(1) AipgeA-o. (Curpóilt)
Do gAip nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;peAj\ (2) pAiOttip.
267- nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Phrase (j^o-pAO). A part of a sentence consistingnbsp;of a group of words which does the work of a (i) Noun,nbsp;(2) Adjective, or (3) Adverb, but not containing a verb (expressed ornbsp;understood) is called a (i) Noun Phrase (jTo-pA-ó AnmA),nbsp;(2) Adjective Phrase (po-pA-ó AixuaCca), or (3) Adverb Phrasenbsp;(po-pAb DobpiAtAp-bA), respectively:
PAiniéir, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A'DtjAti CAiMiice.
Do nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;puAipnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;beAn
(i) tAn ppApAin -o’Alps OAT).
Do nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cuicnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;OuaCaiU
203
Such sentences as “‘Do eiuinij An -ocoipnij,” where the verb is used impersonally, unA “-oonbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-oojiAr, where the verb is autonomous,
have no subject expressed.
-ocr page 206-y 268. Clause (CL^pAt). A of a sentence consisting of a group of words which does the work of a (i) Noun, (2) Adjective,nbsp;or (3) Adverb, and containing a verb, is called a (i) Noun Clausenbsp;(ClApAt AnmA), (2) Adjective Clause (CtipAt Atoiaóca), ornbsp;Adverb Clause (3) ClAfAl OobputApbA), respectively :
ATotJAlt CAitibce. beAn
Ati peAp
(2) ApuAip An c-AipseAt).
An bUAÓAItt fit)
¦OubAipc
Liom (i) 50 ntJubAtpc be^n téi. *00 giiip
(3) nuAip X)o tti f6 Ag t)ul AbAite.
269. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Each of the above clauses, (i), (2), or (3), is anbsp;Subordinate Clause (CtiipAL'po-öéimneAó), it i/tf/r«^sfor itsnbsp;full meaning on the Main Clause (Ap’o-ótifAl), viz,, ’OubAtpcnbsp;beAn liom, Do giip au peAp, Do Cuic An buAóAill üt),nbsp;respectively. Each clause has a Subject and Predicate of itsnbsp;own, the Main Clause containing the chief Subject and Predicate.
270. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A Complex Sentence (TIat!) Capca) consists of anbsp;Main Clause and one or more Subordinate Clauses. Example ;
TluAip ¦oo-óonuAic AU CAiUn An mATipA “oo bi A5 coaCc pé n-A ¦oéin, t)0 ceAf) pi (Apt)-6WpAl) 50 n-iopAt) pé 1.
f- '5 lt; it- |
|
¦Ü pee ¦*5 ^ o Ü-SJ. |
AtottAtl CAitibce» pi
271. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;When the. part of a complex sentence which is notnbsp;subordinate, has no subject and predicate of its own, that part isnbsp;the Main Predicate (AptJ-pAipoéip), as Ip 'DÓlS tlOttl (Apt)-f^Aipnéip) 50 bpuil An ceApc ajac.
272. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A sentence which can be divided into two independentnbsp;parts of co-ordinate (or equal) rank, is called a Double Sentencenbsp;(tli,* DubAlCA), as;
D’opcAilCAiis AU -DopAf (a), Ajup -oo bUAil pé ipceAó {b).
273. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Similarly, when a sentence can be divided into threenbsp;or more co-ordinate parts, it is called a Multiple Sentence (tlAt)nbsp;IoIca), as D’opcAil CAbg au -oopAp (a), tio buAil pé ipceAénbsp;(6), I *00 fUI-Ö pé’ pA ÓAtAOïp (c).
274. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The independent parts [as (a), (6), (c) in above] ofnbsp;which a Double or Multiple Sentence is composed are termednbsp;Co-ordinate Clauses (ClApAil Córh-óéimneAÓA). The latter maynbsp;contain Subordinate Clauses.
206
-ocr page 207-375- The Copula (-An nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Vide §§ 54.57,
riASC.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1f bofCA
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hi h- é mo teAbA^-pA
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;If quot;oóig Uom
Ai66Atlt; CAititice.
In a sentence or clause containing the Copula in any of its forms (is^ etc.) the full predicate consists of the Copulanbsp;together with the predicative noun, pronoun, etc., which followsnbsp;the Copula.quot; Examples:
6 fin.
(aU leAbAf) 4\cA Af An UflAf. --..o -“¦¦¦ i 50 ticiocfAit) fé 1 mbifAó.nbsp;Following such a general analysis as the above, a clausenbsp;ccurnng m the subject or predicate part of the sentence should benbsp;ysed separately. In 3., e.g., 50 ¦ociocfAib fé 1 mbAfAó is anbsp;oun Wause with a predicate fciocfAit), 1 mbAfAé) and subject (fé),nbsp;fu Note that a conjn. introducing a clause is not included innbsp;e analysis of such clause. Similarly, in analysing an Adjectivenbsp;ause (j.tf., a relative clause) the antecedent is supplied in lieu ofnbsp;the relative {vide § 280, III., ai).
276. -dCAitn (The Substantive Verb).
O (or any part, béib, etc., of this verb) usually expresses (a) position, (Ö) condition (§ 63), as (a) An éAiLc ’f-» bofCA,
' ^ Va’ós 50 t-Aitiif. The part of the sentence which denotes position or condition, eg., 'fA bOfCA, 50 lAibif, is an adverbialnbsp;qualification of c3.
277gt; Synthetic Form of Verb (futpm tAitce)..
This form of the verb shows the pronominal subject. The latter should be shown separately in the analysis. Example :
I^Aiftiéir. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;i AböAtt CAittttce.
_ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;cuspóm. :
X)o bUAiteA-OAf [|:uifm ÜAitce] é j
(vO bUAtL) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I (fun)
278. Autonomous Form (bfiAtAf SAOf).
In the Autonomous Form of the verb, the subject is suppressed. A sentence or clause containing an autonomous verb is, in form, predicative solely, and in the Analysis the verb should benbsp;noted as Autonomous [tljuAtAfi SAop].
279. Interrogative Sentences,
The form of the answer will usually guide as to the Analysis of the question, e.g.,
VAiftiéir. nAsc.
CiA b-
(lf é) SeA$.5n CAt) (if)
(If é) AU bOfCA
é fin ?
(au fut)) 100 bfif fé ? (aji put) 'oo bfif fé).
In §§ 49-61, dealing with the forms and functions of the Copula, the latter term is, for clearness, shown separately in the Analysis. Innbsp;analysing such sentences, it will be found convenient to note, as in the abovenbsp;examples (§ 275), that the Predicate includes the Copula.
207
-ocr page 208-
80Z | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
'08S |
CPÓpAOCA TIA pAlftlélfe. |
A'rSPiA-rj ! nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^ | ||||
jTAIStlélS. |
CeópAncA ¦OoBplAtAfÓA. |
cuspöm. |
ceópA, |
CAinni:e |
yAn. |
¦O’innif |
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nüinn 2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1 nné |
t'CéAt |
noAp |
möinceótpl |
TIA fcoile peo |
ttfilf'eAt' [puium tilèce] (ï’T'T) |
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;tliop 2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;fiKsrh |
DpiAtAp |
mo |
(mé) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;1 | |
BpifpeA'O [p'ui]im Cjicce (öpirpit)) |
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nï 2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;50 -oeó |
(ópiAtAp) |
(mo) |
(mé) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;i | |
Sit |
tlUAipnO tl-Atpi-jeAt) An tiüg no óuip Ao-ónbsp;Af (a). |
5upb Am-tAin.... . ...Ap A óêite (b) . |
5Aé nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;j Aoinne j | ||
t)o [ÜpiAtAp Soiop.] |
I1Ü$ |
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An 2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;noóuipnbsp;Aon Af'*’'* |
j 1 | ||
¦00 ÓUlp |
Ar |
(Liü$) |
Aon | ||
gupb [n.vt’C.] AttlLAltl |
no bi . ... Ap A CeiLe (b'). | ||||
no tti |
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A'S cuicim 2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A\\ A óéite |
Aop 1 CAlAttl |
c- An | ||
óuipptnn [puipm tiicce.] (ótuppeAt)) |
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ni 2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ap mo óeAnn 3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nA mAipinnnbsp;mile DLiAnAin (A). |
péAtAinc |
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An 2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A tugnbsp;pé . ..An pOCAt (B.) |
(mé) | |
tTlAlfVinn [pulpin ÜAicce. (mAipeAO) |
miLe btiAnAin |
(mé) | |||
tug |
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;0|\m 2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nuAip Anub-Aipc..pocAL (bgt;) |
(péAóAtnc] |
pé | ||
AnutiAipc |
1 j |
pOCAt |
An |
pé |
209
-ocr page 210-N.B.—The numbers refer to Sections of the Explanatory Grammar, except when otherwise indicated.
A» preposition (¦oo), 19, 67 preposition (^f) 257id)nbsp;relative, 181(c), i83ff.nbsp;possessive adjective, 153, 160nbsp;in A h-iton, a quot;oó, etc., 164nbsp;vocative particle, 130nbsp;Ati-dim, formation of, 239nbsp;Aneipim, ,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;234 An, article, vide article, 134 interrogative particle, 7, 34nbsp;AfV, preposition, 127, 128nbsp;relative, 183(c)nbsp;copula, 61 in rel. clauses, 187 possessive adjective, 153nbsp;defective verb, 100nbsp;interrogative particle, 5, 7nbsp;Apb’, Apb, copula, 61, 187nbsp;ACAim, etc., vide subst. verb, 255 Absolute form, 64 Abstract noun, 101nbsp;Accidence, p. 6nbsp;Accusative case, of noun, 116nbsp;adjective, 141nbsp;pers. pron., 174nbsp;relative, 180-182nbsp;of motion and dat. of rest, 128nbsp;Adjective, 138-162 ; 248 agreement with noun, 139 predic.,attrib. (or epithet), 140nbsp;declension of, I4iff., 248nbsp;dual number, 143nbsp;comparison of, 145-148nbsp;irregular comparison of, 261nbsp;vowel changes, 144, 147, 151nbsp;demonstrative, 161nbsp;indefinite and distributive, 162nbsp;verbal, 22, 23nbsp;clause, 268 ; phrase, 267nbsp;Adverb, 256 clause, 268 ; phrase, 267 |
Analogy, 233 (4) £f. Analysis of sentences, 262-280 copula, 54-57, 275nbsp;Analytic form, 9nbsp;Antecedent, 180nbsp;Apodosis (or TAew-clause), 211nbsp;Apposition, p. 124nbsp;Article, 134-137 ; 245-6 effect on initial of noun, 135 An c-f, 136, 246(0)nbsp;declension of, 137, 245nbsp;Aspiration (or, Lenition), 195-198nbsp;Attenuation, 104, 124, 144 if.nbsp;Autonomous form, 216-227, 278nbsp;past indicative, 216, 217nbsp;fut., pres., past-hab., 218, 219nbsp;subj., condl., imper., 220, 221nbsp;ACAtAp, etc., 222, 255nbsp;irreg. verbs, 227 ; pp. 118-121 tDeipim, formation of, 232 ï)eic, 67, 117 not preceded by -oo (or a) 67, j i 7 t)i, etc., vide substantive verb C4 7, 64 Cap, 7, 34nbsp;Ca-o, 34, 81nbsp;CAtAin, 34, 81nbsp;CeAnn, 171nbsp;CiA, 34, 191nbsp;Cun (x)0-6um), 115nbsp;Case, definition of, 103 vide nominative, accusative, genitive, dative, vocativenbsp;Classification sentences, 51, 54nbsp;Clause, 268 main, 6, 269 dependent (or, subord.),6, 269 co-ordinate, 274nbsp;Collective noun, loinbsp;Common noun, loi |
210
-ocr page 211-Comparison of adjectives, 145-148 Complex sentence, 270nbsp;Compound verbs, 230 ffnbsp;Conditional mood— regular verbs, 43, 47 irreg, „nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;77-79, 94 autonomous, 220, 221 distinct from sec, fut. tense, 44nbsp;Conjugation, 25 first {.p. fut.), 24 second (.06- fut.), 26nbsp;of reg. verbs, pp. 44, 45; 251nbsp;irreg. verbs, pp. 64, 65, p. 121nbsp;verbal stems, 99nbsp;pron.: -p., -p^-, .pp., -óp4-, 47nbsp;Acxiim, etc. (subst. verb), 255nbsp;Conjunction, 258 before verbs, vide particles Conjunctive personal prons., 175nbsp;Consonants, breath and voice, 27nbsp;stop and continuant, 195nbsp;aspirable, 3 Co-ordinate clauses, 274 Copula, 49£f., 244, 253-4nbsp;functions, 53, 62nbsp;classification sentences, 51, 54nbsp;identification ,, ca,nbsp;analysis, 54.57; 275nbsp;pres, ind., IS, etc., 49-57nbsp;past ind., pa, etc., 58, 61nbsp;pres, subj., .b (in gupAbnbsp;n4p.At(), 209nbsp;past subj., -bAb, 60, 214nbsp;condl., bAp, etc., 60, 6rnbsp;relative, 182, 187 ; 254nbsp;formation, 244nbsp;summary of forms, 61; 253 Ti)A (‘ two’), vide numerals ¦Oa (‘ if’), 77, 21.^ “O’a = prepn. (quot;oo or ve) poss. adj. A, 160, p. 93 D’a = prepn. (tdo or^oe) rel. a,nbsp;183 noie, 187nbsp;“OéAS, 105, 169nbsp;Do, preposition, 19 vo’n, ve’v, 128 possessive adjective, 153nbsp;preverbal particle, 3, 41 |
I Do-, prefix of compound verbs, I 82, 96, 233(3)nbsp;iDo-beipim,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;formationnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;of, 233 i Do-6im (ATj-dim) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;239 |Do-öluinim nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;238 Do-geibim nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;236 Do-jnim nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;237 Dative case, nouns, 125-128 adjectives, 149, 150 article, 137, 246(tf)nbsp;relative, 183-188nbsp;Declension, 105 of noun, 247, pp. 82, 83 vide also genitive sing., nounsnbsp;adjective, 248, pp. 90, 91nbsp;article, 137, 245nbsp;Defective verbs, 100nbsp;Definite noun, 56 predicate, 52ff. Degrees of comparison, 145-148 Demonstrative adjectives, 161nbsp;pronouns, 17Ó Dentals, 23 Dependent clauses, 6, 50 forms, 64, 96nbsp;Deuterotonic form, 231nbsp;Direct speech, 6, 80nbsp;Disjunctive pers. pronouns, 174nbsp;Distributive adjectives, 162nbsp;Double sentence, 272nbsp;Dual number, 123, 143 I 55, 174 6aP, 54 Eclipsis (or. Nasalisation), 199-202 Emphasis, 192-194nbsp;Emphatic suffixes, 192nbsp;Epithet (or, attributive) adj., 140 Péin, 177, 193 pióe, 170 Feminine gender, 102 Form— absolute, 64 ; analytic, 9 autonomous, 216-227nbsp;dependent, 64, 96nbsp;deuterotonic, 231nbsp;prototonic, 231nbsp;relative, 181(a); emphatic, 193nbsp;“ ijKia’önite,” autonomous |
211
-ocr page 212-212
-ocr page 213-tii li-, 6i, 205 (6) nïop, 5. 7. 61nbsp;nuAip, 17, 257
Nasalisation {vide eclipsis) Negation—
pres., past-Iiab., jni; n.A, (tiAó) conditional, )nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;7, 3^
past ind., niop, 5^ 7 pres, subj., n^p, 208nbsp;imper., riA, 21nbsp;rtA (n.d pAb.dt), etc.), 207nbsp;tnuiM, with pres, ind., 36, 37nbsp;,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;pres, subj., 207
mun.dp, ,, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;past ind., p. 42
with verbal noun, 54U, 21 conjn., nA, p. 20nbsp;Nominative case, 103; 67 (i)(2)nbsp;Nom. plural, of nouns, 119, 120
adjectives, 141-143 article, 137
Noun, loi
vide case, num., decl. declension of, 247nbsp;irregular declension of, 260nbsp;clause, 268 ; phrase, 267nbsp;Number, of nouns, iigff.nbsp;dual number, 123, 124nbsp;adjectives, vide adjectivesnbsp;article, vide articlenbsp;verb, vide synthetic formsnbsp;Numerals, uses of, 163-172
cardinal, 163; ordinal, 165 A h-.Aon, A quot;00, 164nbsp;no. of objects, 167-171nbsp;effect on initial letter of noun,nbsp;166, 167(c), 168, 169nbsp;aspiration of v, of véA^, 169nbsp;pi be and its compounds, 170nbsp;“04, effect on following nounnbsp;and adj., 123, 124, 143,nbsp;167 {d), p. 77nbsp;personal numerals, 172
0gt; ITIac, etc., 133 Ö in 0nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;38 I
Object, 17, 260
“Objective case,” vide accusative Optative mood, vide subj. pres.nbsp;Oratio obliqua, „ indirect speech
P'é, 5ibé, 244 (i)
Paradigms ;
of verb, reg., pp., 44, 45 ; 251 irreg.pp.64,65;p.i2inbsp;ACAim, etc., 255nbsp;vide also synthetic formsnbsp;noun, pp. 82, 83 ; 247nbsp;adj., pp. 90, 91 ; 248nbsp;art., 137; 245nbsp;Parsing, pp. 122-124nbsp;Participle, of necessity, fitness, 252nbsp;“ past participle ” vide verbalnbsp;adjective
“ pres, participle” vide verbal noun
Particles, etc., before verbs :— past tense, 7
pres., past-hab., fut., condl., 34 imper. mood, 21nbsp;subj. mood, 207, 208nbsp;substantive verb, 71nbsp;copula, 61, 253nbsp;other irreg. verbs, 84nbsp;ending in p (gup, etc.), 85
Past Tense—
regular verbs, i-io irreg. ,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;61, 68, 82-87
autonomous, 216, 227 Past-Habitual Tense—
regular verbs, 39-42 irreg. „nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;73. 9°
autonomous, 218, 227
Person, of verbs, 91 r’ufc Personal endings,] synthetic formsnbsp;pronouns, 173-175nbsp;numerals, 172nbsp;Phrase, 267nbsp;Plural—
nouns, 121, 129, 131
adjs., 141-143. 150. ^52 article, 137
Possessive adjectives, 153 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^
effect on initial of noun, 154 1 u- .A feAfArh, efc., 155nbsp;1ti-AfeAp, 1,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;156.157
before a verbal noun, 158 proleptic (a piop, etc.), 159!?.
” Possessive case,” vide gen. case
Predicate, 49, 264 definite, 52, 55nbsp;indefinite, 51, 54nbsp;main, 271nbsp;proleptic, 57 Prefix, of comp, verbs, 82, 230 Preposition, 257 Prepositional phrases, 115, 257 (a) Prepositional prons., 178, 179, 250nbsp;Present tense, 33 copula, 49-57, 61 subst. verb, 63, 225nbsp;Present-Habitual tense—nbsp;regular verbs, 33-37nbsp;irregular „nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;73, 88 autonomous, 218, 227 Preterite, vide past tensenbsp;-c preterite, 234 (4) Pretonic, 233 (3) Preverbs, vide prefix Proclitics, 230nbsp;Prolepsis, 159, 160nbsp;Proleptic predicate, 57, 160 (3) subject, 160 (2), 160 (4) Pronominal (personal) endings, 9nbsp;vide synthetic forms Pronoun, 173 personal, 173-175 demonstrative, 176nbsp;reflexive, 177nbsp;prepositional, 178, 250nbsp;interrogative, 191nbsp;relative, vide Relative, thenbsp;infixed, 234 (i), 239 (i)nbsp;Pronunciation of xio before verbal noun, 19 verbal inflexions—nbsp;past tense, 4, 10, 87nbsp;future tense, 27, 93nbsp;pres.-hab. tense, 37, 89nbsp;past-hab. ,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;42, 91 imjier. mood, 14 condl. ,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;46, 95 auton. forms, 217, 2i9ff. -P-, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-óp-, -óp.i, 47 verbal noun, 19 prepl. pronouns, 179nbsp;Proper noun, loinbsp;Protasis (or, //-clause) 211nbsp;Prototonic form, 221 |
Question and answer, 5, 8ï, 279 flAinis, 100, 241 tlo, preverbal particle, 7, 85 Reduplicated fut., 234 (2), 237 (i) perfect, 238 (i) ; past, 239 (2)nbsp;Regular verbs, 1-48 ; 206-221, 251nbsp;vide moods and tensesnbsp;Relative, the— nom. and acc. relation:— relative clause, 180nbsp;rel. form of verb, 181 (a).nbsp;¦00, quot;oo-, A, 181 UA, UAÓ, UAjl, 181 [d) rel. copula :— ip, bA, nAó, tiApb, 254 dative relation :— A(n-), Ap, 183 50, sup, 184. 185nbsp;n-A, n-Ap, p. 103nbsp;n^, UAé, nAp, 190 (3)nbsp;rel. copula :— Apb, Ap, Apt)’, 187 Supb, gup, gupb, 254nbsp;nAó, UAp, nA|,ö, 254nbsp;form of verb., 186nbsp;compound rel., A(n-), 189nbsp;summary, 190 Roots, irreg. verbs, 229!?. {A) S, in teip, etc., 257 {e) Sé, pi, piAT), 175 SintiAp, 246 So, pAn, put), as pronouns, 176 So (peo), pin, piuT), dem. adjs. 161 Secondary future tense, 30, 44 Secondary pres, subj., 210 Sentences, 263 classification, 51, 54 identification, 52, 55nbsp;simple, 265nbsp;complex, 270nbsp;double, 272nbsp;multiple, 273nbsp;analysis of, 262-280 |
214
-ocr page 215-I Synthetic forrris (contd.j 801 past subj. mood, 213 irreg. verbs, 69 ; pp. 64, 65 reg. „ complete conjugation, 251 Sequence of tenses, 8o (e) Speech, direct and indirect, 6,nbsp;Stem of verb, 2nbsp;Stress, voice, 7, 192nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'j change in, 229 ff. {B) Subject, 264 of sentence, 49, 54, 57 proleptic, 160 (2), 160 (4)nbsp;Subjunctive mood, 206nbsp;present, 207-210nbsp;secondary-pres., 210nbsp;past, 77, 91, 211-215nbsp;autonomous, 220, 227nbsp;Subordinate clause, 269nbsp;Substantive verb I óafï., (^CAtm, etc.), 3 243, 255 use of, 63nbsp;pres, ind., 63-65nbsp;past ,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;68-72 past-hab., 73 fut, 74-76nbsp;sec. fut., 75nbsp;condl. mood, 77-79nbsp;imper. mood, 66nbsp;pres, subj., mood, 209 (c)nbsp;past subj. mood, 77, 214nbsp;particles, 71nbsp;verbal noun, 67, 117nbsp;auton. forms, 222, 255nbsp;formation, 243 complete conjugation of, 255 Suffixes, emphatic, 192, 193nbsp;Syllable, stress-change, 229, 230nbsp;Syncope, 10, 147nbsp;Syntax, p. 6 Synthetic (or, personal) forms, 9 of past tense, 8nbsp;future tense, 28nbsp;sec. fut., 45 pres.-habitual tense, 35 past-habitualnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;40 imperative mood, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;13 |
C- prefixed to vowel, 204; 246(a) „ r, 204, 246 (6) C' (when pretonic), 233 (c) ' Céij(;im, formation of, 240 Cigim,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;„nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;241 Tense, 3, vide present, past, etc. TAen-cIause (or, apodosis), 211nbsp;Transitive verbs, 17 Unvoicing, 27 Verb, definition of, i transitive and intransitive, 17 vide Mood, Tense, Form,nbsp;Voice, Conjugation, Irreg.nbsp;Verbs, Defective Verbsnbsp;Verbal adjective, 22, 23nbsp;Verbal noun, 15-21, 158nbsp;gen. sing, of, 109nbsp;nom., acc., gen., dat., 117nbsp;governing gen. case, 114, 158nbsp;Verbal stem, 99, 242nbsp;Vocative case, nouns, 130, 131 adjectives, 150, 151 Voice, active, 224 ; passive, 225 ; middle, 226 Voice-stress, vide stressnbsp;Vowels, n-, c-, h-, before, 203-205nbsp;Vowel changes— nouns,gen. sing., istdecl., 106 2nd ,,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;108 3rd „ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;III dat. sing., and dual no., 126 adjs., 144, 147, 151 Wish, subj. of, subj. pres.), 208(b) |
GRAMMATICAL TERMS.
[The numbers in brackets denote the Lesson in which the term first occurs; m.—parsing exercises. Note thatcAiCce is given withnbsp;AuufeAf (óAitce) and similarly with other such combinations].
AbOAf cteAóctA (1) matter for an exercise. Aibgicip, alphabet. AmiACc (11), adjective. A. öpiAtApbA (11), verbal adj. A. feAtOAC (76), possessive adj. c6rh-A. compound adj. A. CAippeAtiCAó (78), dem. adj. A. -poinrice (78), distrib. adj. A. éi5cinnce (78), indef. adj. A. «irh-peAó (79) numeral adj. AimpeAp (1), tense. A. óAitce (1), past tense. A. SriAt- „ (23), past-hab. tense. A. t-AitpeAó (30), present tense. A. JiiaC- ,, (18), pres.-hab. tense. A. pAipcineAó (12), future tense.nbsp;Ainm (50), noun (gen., AnmA, plu., AnmtiA.) A. ¦oiteAf (hi.), proper noun. A. coicóeAnn (hi.), com. noun. A. UiUACAftiA (9), verbal noun. A. ceibröe (Ih.), abstract noun. cörh-Ainm, compound noun.nbsp;ftMAj-Ainm, collective noun.nbsp;AinmniA (hi.), w. nominative. A. A’öbAit' [hi.), subject nom. A. -pAifnéipe (hi.), pred. „ /ditifiA, n. accusative. t)éim joCa, voice stress. t)fiAtAf (1), verb,nbsp;t). Aipc|\eAC (M.), transitive verb.nbsp;b.neAni-A.(M.),intransitive verb,nbsp;b. piAjAtcA (29), regular verb,nbsp;b. TieAni- f. (48), irreg. verb,nbsp;b. fAop (94), autonomous verb. CAobu^At), attenuation. (cAotuij, V. imp., attenuate.) CAibiuit (80), chapter. CeAóc (1), lesson (gen. and^^M., -a) ] |
Céim (73), degree. An b«n-óéim, the positive deg. An b^aeip-óéim, the comp. „nbsp;An c-fAti-óéim, the super. „nbsp;CéimeAnnA coinneitje (73), degrees of comparison. Ceipc (1), question. Cinnce, definite. éigcinnce (78), indefinite. CioppusAt), syncope. CteACcAtl, act of practising. Com jeAtt, condition. Cóm-Aifnéip (1h.), apposition. Córii-yocAb, compound word.nbsp;Córn-nAfc (hi.), conjunction.nbsp;Córfi-|iéii\, syntax. Conpon (28), consonant, c. cofAig (52) initial con.nbsp;c. ¦oeifiiA (61), final con. ’DeACcugA’O, dictation. (•oeAóctiiJ, V., imp., dictate.) ¦OeAUijA-O, analysis. (¦ocAiniJ, V., imp., analyse.) thion-’oeAUijAA (hi.), parsing.nbsp;(mion--oeAlui5, v., imp., parse.)nbsp;¦DeipmeipeACc (52), example.nbsp;’OioótAon (v.), decline.nbsp;'OioótAoriAA (51), declension, ”001 (15), construction. quot;OoibpiAtAfv (91), adverb. ¦pAiftiéip (hi.), predicate. pAoit) (98), voice. An fr. JniorfiAC (98), active v. An f. óéAfCA (98), passive v. pé féip (hl.), governed by.nbsp;pateAA, inflexion.nbsp;pogAp, a sound (of voice).nbsp;¦oé-pogAp, diphthong.nbsp;cpl-pogAfA, triphthong. |
tn phonetic. pronounce poSjiAi-óe/iCc, phonetics. ¦pofVAinm (52), pronoun, p. cAippeAticAC (83), dem. pro.nbsp;p. coiüneApc^ (85), rel. „nbsp;p. pe.dpp4nc4 (83), per.nbsp;p. ceipcelt;iC (87), intg.nbsp;p. péAtfi-poctAC (84), prep. ,nbsp;p. córh-riApcAó (83), conj. ,nbsp;p. ’OionAfcAC (83), disj.nbsp;p. ppiC-piUce^c (83), refl. V. answer. jrpeAspA (1), n. answer, p. ¦oeApOtA, affirm, a.nbsp;p. ¦oifitcAC, neg. a. (5), form. p. taiCce (5), synthetic f. p. PeAt«i$te (5), analytic f.nbsp;p. gAUtA, dependent f.nbsp;p. pcApCA. absolute f.nbsp;p. tpeipe, emphatic f. ^niorfi, action. 5nioniAiPe (94), agent. Spaitia'oaC, grammar {gen., -Ai$e). 5utAit)e, vowel (plu., --óte.) Innpcin (51), gender. pf|Unnpcin (51), masculine g.nbsp;bAiiiititipcin (51), feminine g.nbsp;lAp-rfn'p, suffix. lAp-ttiiopA cpeipe (88), emp. suffixes. RéAifi-n'itp, prefix. leAtAUAC (80), page. leAtnujAC), broadening,nbsp;bictp, letter. L. CofAig (28), initial 1. l. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;¦óeipfö (52), final 1.nbsp;licpiujAt), spelling, orthography. (ticpig, V., imp., spell). niion-pocAt, particle, tbot) (7), mood. m. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;op-ouigCeAó (7), imper. m.nbsp;m. CAfCAC (29), indie, m. m. coingeAttAC (26), condl. m. tn. pofuiPceAó (92), subj. mnbsp;tlAfc, copula. |
peAppA (4), person. An CéAU p. (4), 1st person. .an TjApA p. (4), 2nd person. An cpeAp p. (4) 3rd person. Ka-ó (5), sentence. pArtce (5), plural. UéArh-pocAt (62), preposition. 'RéArii-CeACcAi’óe (til.), anteced.nbsp;RétmniugA’ó (13), conjugation. (pétmnij, V. imp., conjugate.) RlAgAlt (91), rule. (plAgAtCA,nbsp;regular). Tloinn, division • pAnnA {\l),plu. TxAnnA CAHinre, parts of speech. SéirhiugAt) (19), aspiration. (setting, V., imp., aspirate). StollA, syllable. Aon-c-ftoflA, monosyllable. ¦oé-ftoUA, dissyllable. Sutm (11), summary. CAtftle (29), paradigm. CeACc te (m.), agreeing with. CeOpA. 1 n-A CeópAinn '00 (W.),nbsp;qualifying. CpACcup, composition (an essay). CutpeAt (52) case. c. AtntnneAó (52) nom. case, c. cuppótpeAó (57), accus.nbsp;c. getneAtftnAC (52), gen.nbsp;c. CAbAptAC (62), dat.nbsp;c gAtptrteAó (65), voc.nbsp;cAm-CutpeAt, an oblique UAtttöpeAp, interjection. ^ Utrhtp (4), number, u. uAtAfö (4), sing. num.nbsp;u. tolpAtO (4), plural num.nbsp;u. t)étPe (61), dual num. UitTttp peAppAncA (82), pers. num, bun-uttntp (79), cardinal ,,nbsp;op-D-utriitp (80), ordinal „nbsp;Up-óuöAP (19), eclipsis. |
CAT) n’ peAfVfA ¦oo’n öplAtAp fin ? nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(C/.. Ca-o if Ainm 'ouic H)
iWhat person is that verb ?]
If cfeAf peAffA Tio. [It is in the 3rd per.]
Cat» If uiitiif (peAffA, cuifCAt, quot;oioótAonAt), mot), AimpeAf. innfcin ; ciAtt) quot;oo’n focAt fin ?
[What is the number (person, case, declension, mood, tense, gender ; meaning) of that word ?]
„ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;- „ / -nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;\nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;, fl HA focAit feo lonncA.
feo.
Scnioft (cum) fAitice t
' V / I nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;mOéit) uA focAit f
[Write (compose) sentences to contain the following words.]
Scfion f.^.i'óce 1 n-A mbéTó ua UfiAtfa fo teAnAf ; j 5AÓ peAffA, ¦oe’n vs uiitiif, VO 5AÓ bfiACAf aca.
[Write sentences to contain the following verbs, in the ist, 2nd, and 3rd person, singular and plural.]
Ciim f.ii'öce 1 u-A mbéit) AimfeAf pAifcineAC (CuifeAt eArtiuAC, ic.) 5aC focAit ¦oiob fo leAtiAf.
[Compose sentences to contain the Future Tense (Genitive Case, etc.) of each of the following words.]
Cuif IfCeAÓ TlA fOCAIt ACS 1 n-eAfUAttl Af UA fAiPcib feo. [Insert the words omitted from the following sentences.]
Ca T)ut An 1i)éAftA Aif fin.
[That is an English construction.]
Scfiob Af An nnut fo é.
[Write it on the model of this construction.]
Ca-d If bfiAfAf (Ainm, ^c.) Ann ?
[Define a verb (noun, etc.)]
Scftob (téij) An c-eACcfA fO (An fcéAl fo) Ajuf AimfCAf plt;iifCineAó, CfeAf jjeAffA lotfAit) (ic.) quot;oó.
[Transpose this narrative (story) into the Future Tense, 3rd per. plu., etc.]
The terms in the above pocLóif gfAitiA-OAije were adopted at a conference of the Principals of the Gaelic ^Colleges, and the list has been revised by other leading Irish scholars.
218
-ocr page 219-211
-ocr page 220-
CAiileA-ó, was lost, caipin, a cap. CAit\t)e {plu. of capa, a friend). CAit, throw, spend ; v.a., cAitce. CAom [v.], lament. cApA, a friend. cAofA (gen. CAopAC), sheep. cApAn, a path. cAf 05, a coat. cAptip, a hammer. CAC, a battle. cAtAin, (cAóoin), when? ceAtpAiiiA*, a quarter. néAnnA, same. ceAnjAt («), a binding. ceAtijAa (?;.), bind. ceAnn, head, end. ceAuriAó, act of buying. ceAunuiJ, buy. ceAfc, a hen. ceAp'oCA, a forge. ceifc, a question 5 plu., -Anna. ceö, mist ; trouble. ceótAó, misty. ceót, music. ciAtt, sense, {gen., céitte). óim, I see. (Cimi-o, we see).nbsp;ciounCAó, guilty. Clot, a shower, ciuin, quiet.nbsp;ctAibe, a fence.nbsp;ctAun, children.nbsp;cLAoi'ö(eAtiu) (v.), conquer(s).nbsp;ctAp ¦out), blackboard,nbsp;cté, left (opp. to right.)nbsp;ctiAtAn, side; ctiAtAn an tnuicnbsp;(the) side of the hill,nbsp;ctoc, a stone,nbsp;ctog, a clock,nbsp;ctöp, a yard, an enclosure.nbsp;ctCi, fame,nbsp;ctuap, an ear.nbsp;a bone. cnaipe, a button, cona, gen. and plu. of cuin, a part,nbsp;co-oait (».), sleep.nbsp;coutaO («.), sleep,nbsp;cojat), war.nbsp;coisti'Oeaf, a fortnight. |
coiieaó, a cock, coinfn, a rabbit,nbsp;comueat, a candle.nbsp;coLceaCAip, first cousin,nbsp;coi-urhan, a column.nbsp;corhAipte, advice.nbsp;córhAijiteaó, a counsellor.nbsp;cóUiAip, presence. (óf A óóiiiAif, in his presence.) cotiiAifeAiti («.), counting.nbsp;coriijAfAC, near.nbsp;coniuffA, a neighbour.nbsp;conAC, a reward.nbsp;coujAir), (coinsiO), {v.), keep.nbsp;ConuAic (fé), (he) saw. CofCAig, Cork. coftA, weary, tired.nbsp;cpArOce, vexed.nbsp;cfeaCAu, a small potato.nbsp;cfloCnuig (v.), finish,nbsp;cpionna, wise, old. Cpomap (v.), (which) bends, cpotat) (v.n.) shaking,nbsp;cputfcin, a pitcher.nbsp;cuaC, a cuckoo.nbsp;cuAifo, a visit.nbsp;cuAfoui$ (v.), search,nbsp;euro, a share, a part,nbsp;cuiueatca, company.nbsp;ciuseAtiti, a chum.nbsp;cwimit {v.), rub.nbsp;cuirtitii$ (v.), remember,nbsp;ctiitine, a corner,nbsp;ciup (v.), put s v.n., cup.nbsp;cut,, back. cufAtt, a suit of clothes, cutfiang, narrow,nbsp;cum, (cum), compose. Cun, (¦oo-Cum), towards, about to cflpta, a couple. ¦oi., if [folld. by subj. mood], •oacan (—¦oA ficro), forty,nbsp;•oeacaip, difficult. ¦oéapc {dat., -oéipc), alms. ’Déaufaró (pé), (he) will do.nbsp;¦oéappAit) (pé), (he) will say.nbsp;¦oeapöpitaip, a brother. ¦oeapna (».), palm of hand, |
220
-ocr page 221-
geAff, («.), cut; v.a., seAppCA, 5éiu, {v.}, submit,nbsp;jtic, take,nbsp;a lock. gteó, strife, tumult. (tie $.), usually. 50 ¦oeirhiM, certainly, indeed. 50 'Dci, until, as far as. goiye, nearness. Sofcuig, (v.), hurt J v.n., -o$lt;sö, 5|tetm, a grasp, a grip. Sytan {daL, St'é'n). the sun. St^antfiAiA, sunny.nbsp;gyuAim, ill-humour. 5t'uA5, hair. 5«4U, a shoulder. 5ut\ {conj.), that [vidt Notes to Less. 3]. latt, a bootlace, tape, fish. IT)’ (— in -oo), (ic’) in thy. 1 mb-SpaC, (am^^nieac), to-morrow, imipc, playing.nbsp;imCig [v.], go. 1 nt)é, yesterday. 1 nuiu, to-day. ingean, a daughter,nbsp;ingne, nails (of fingers or toes)nbsp;innip (u.), tell. ÏOC {v.), pay; («.), paying. ioni4T) (an), too muchnbsp;lonat), a place. 1 n-iona-o, instead of lonann, the same,nbsp;lonnca, in them,nbsp;ipeal, low.nbsp;ipceaó, into. It («.), eat 3 v.n., ite. U paoipe, a holiday. tabaip [v.], speak ; v.n., tabaipc. taóa, a duck. Wip, a mare. Wn («.), a great many, laoi, a poem. Wp, middle. tap {v.), light, kindle. Wtaip, presence. tiiCpeac, present,nbsp;teac, a flagstone. |
tea,i; (v.), throw down j place. Lean (v.), follow 3 v.n., -atfiainc.nbsp;Leanap {v ), (which) follows. Leap, benefit, welfare. LeaCan, wide, broad, teat beataO, half of life.nbsp;Leat-pcéai, an excuse. Léig (v.), read j v.n., -eam. Léigeann, learning. Leigeap, healing, cure. Léim {v. and n.), leap, LeifceamaiL, lazy. Lett (1 Lett) up to this place. Le'téiT), the like. Lfon, a net 1 dat. plu., -caiD, licpig (d.), spell) v.n.i -ugat».nbsp;Lón, provision, lunch. Lon, a blackbird. Luatpeap [v.), (which) mentions, luat (50), early, swift. Luc. a mouse. Luib, a herb. lüCgAip, delight. ma, if (folld by indie, mood ] ttiacanca, honest. tnaopafo), a dog. masap (as m. pC). making fun ol. maioe, a stick. maiom, morning. maip(eann) [v.), live(s). maips, woe. maiaipc (m ), a change. maLL, slow, late.nbsp;tnaLLaCc, a curse. mapa, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;sea. mapb, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;dead. mapoap, killing, murder, mopcuiseacc, riding.nbsp;mbapaC (1) to-morrow. ’mPO (— an lonipa), (cia tfiéip, c4 rhéro), how many ?nbsp;tnéap, a finger, a toe.nbsp;meat, decay. mCite {gen. sing. fern, of mCit), fat. niinic, often. nupneaibaiL, courageous.nbsp;inoL(ann) {v.), praise(s),nbsp;tnüó, quench. |
mugd, loss. muinéAi, a neck. y müinceöip, a teacfter.nbsp;munA;\, if not (witB pa%t). na (neg ), that...not! do not. neat), a nest,nbsp;neanncog, a nettle.nbsp;tieOmac, a minute. InOiméau (C.), buimtoe (U.)) mg (v.), wash,nbsp;nötnin, a daisy,nbsp;nör, a custom. obatp {«.), work, obann, sudden,nbsp;ocpap, hunger.nbsp;oioCe, night. tneaOon-oiOCe, mid-night. óinreaC, a foolish womannbsp;oipeartinaC, fitting. 01 (v and «.), drink, olann, wool.nbsp;olLarfi, a professor. Op, gold. opoOs, a thumb.nbsp;opcaiL. (popcaii.C,, U.) (t».).opennbsp;opcaii, arm pit. 0 fin, (0 foin), since. paiopeaca (pL of paioip), prayers piiibin, a plover. piobaipe, a piper. poippe. a porch. popcu-Sipge, Waterford pp4r, brass. ppéaifi, (ppéaiti), root. ppiotfi-, {prefix), principal. puntiaftn, a sheaf of corn. punc,a pound. pagai-o (M.), nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;/(ré), paCait) (C. U.) l(he)willgo. pA-o, saying \ a sentence.nbsp;paOapc, sight. Plt;SiCe, three months, pans, 3 class of pupils. P^r p^tf), a race, pac, prosperity,nbsp;péat, sixpence,nbsp;péatc, a star. |
peatA {gen. of put), a run(ning). péfó, smooth, ready,nbsp;péiticigeann Le, agrees with.nbsp;peOCac, frosty.nbsp;piagatL, a rule.nbsp;piagaLca, regular. bean-piagatca, a nun. pigm, tough. ptnne, [oo-pinne], (pé), (he) did. put (b., and n.), run. poga, a choice. pOgaipe, a rogue. poim, before. poinn, divide; v. a. poinnce. potnnc, some, a portion.nbsp;poC, a wheel. ragapc, a priest. ragar, kind, sort. raiObpear, riches. raigoiuip, a soldier. rAiLe, sea. raiLi. fat meat. raogai, world; life. pApcacc, contentment, ease. pcaip (b.), scatter; v. n., -eap. rcamatl, a cloud. rcannpuig (b.), frighten. rcaoiL (b.), free, loosen. reap (b.), separate. pcapap (b.), (which) separates. rcAtan, a mirror. pcéaL, a story. rcéilin, a short story. fcoilc, (b ), split ! v.n., -eaO. fcolAipe, a student. pcolb, a splinter, a wooden pin, pcopn, shame. repiob (b.), write; v.n., -at», pcoabta, swept.nbsp;reaó(ar), besides,nbsp;peagai, rye.nbsp;peat, a while,nbsp;peanpeap, an old man.nbsp;peapb, bitter,nbsp;peapaiti, standing,nbsp;péapüp, a season,nbsp;pecunt), a second (of time)nbsp;eintn, (peinnc), singing,nbsp;eömpa, a room. |
WfAinn,Jpa3t (HT) é, feo ê. this is. fiot, seed ; dat. plu., fiolcoiiö. SiotiA, the Shannon. puöAit, (i).), walk. fWince, health. rteAitiAin, slippery, plausible. fiTiACc, discipline. ftnóWó, a thrush. fn^t, thread. foóAn, advantage. foineAun, fair weather. . fpeAWoóip, a mower. fCjiAc (w.), tear ; v.a., -Ca.nbsp;ftiAirhneAf, rest.nbsp;rügiin, a hay-rope,nbsp;fint) {v.), sitj v.n., fuitie.nbsp;ftiit)(eA)C4n, a seat,nbsp;fut 1 ïifAt), (fAfA fAxivi), beforenbsp;long. CAgdim, I come, ciilliüifv, a tailor. CAinig, came. CAif, damp. CAifpeAin, show. clt;Mt-féitteann, honeysuckle,nbsp;woodbine. tAiCn (fé teif), (it) pleased (him). Wtt, yonder. CAOÖ, side. capAiP, quick. WfC, cAfb, a bull. ce.dn5a, a tongue ; a language.nbsp;telt;).f, in the south,nbsp;céat), a cord. céi$, (céipi$, éipig) (n.), go. ceinceAn, a fire-place.nbsp;ceópA, a boundary,nbsp;tixif, in the west.nbsp;cimCeAit, about,nbsp;cinncéip, a tinker. |
ciocfAiP (fé), (it) will comej (it) will thrive.nbsp;cioni4nuit)e, a driver,nbsp;ciontdc, an escort.nbsp;ciopCa, countries. Ciof, below. CÖ5 (v.), take, raise. cójtA, raised. toip, in the east. coifc, because. cop, a bush. copaó, beginning. cope, silence. cpAtnónA, evening. epe^f, third; epAfna, across. epeó, way, direction. cpiatt, a journey, a visit. cpoitj {v. and n.), fight(ing). epom, heavy. cpofCAp, fasting. CuAip, in the north. cuAipim, opinion.nbsp;tuAf, above,nbsp;cuigim, I understand.nbsp;cuateAp, more.nbsp;cuiu(eAnn) {v.), deserve(s).nbsp;cuippe, weariness,nbsp;cuiciin (m.), a fall; {v.), I fall. uAigneAC, lonely. uAip, hour; time {pi., uAipeancA). uaIaC, a load. uAfAt, noble. uöAtt, an apple. UÓC, breast; gen. and plu., oCca. uime, on him (of clothes). uite, every. uitte, an elbow. uifce, water. uptAp, a floor. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;' upf A, a door-post. |
22#
-ocr page 225-quot; nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;^ Vgt;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.!ui,.v«. , .. y^ •-gt;,,.j;..-sx
* nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;' i ' j- c 'nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;' V.
¦’’i,
......¦-. V ;.^ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;V',;*.gt;V gt;ï'-------:' *5-. l’.:
vï» gt;
I
-ocr page 226- -ocr page 227-. '
i
ÃPlt;r- ;
»•-â–
â– r.
-•'iC^/v'